Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version

and NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for older version.
Update copyright notices.

8 files changed, 10686 insertions, 12214 deletions

diff --git a/etc/NEWS b/etc/NEWS
index a8dd3843396..2c545b5b221 100644
--- a/etc/NEWS
+++ b/etc/NEWS
@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
-GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  2006-05-21
-Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  2006-06-04
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
           Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
-For older news, see the file ONEWS
-You can narrow news to the specific version by calling
-`view-emacs-news' with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
+If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug.
+
+This file is about changes in emacs version 22.
+
+See files NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes
+in older emacs versions.
+
+You can narrow news to a specific version by calling `view-emacs-news'
+with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n.
 
 Temporary note:
  +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
@@ -5656,9345 +5662,14 @@ red splotch.  It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does
 return.  The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument.
 This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals
 an error if the argument actually returns differing values.
-
-* Installation changes in Emacs 21.3
-
-** Support for GNU/Linux on little-endian MIPS and on IBM S390 has
-been added.
-
-
-* Changes in Emacs 21.3
-
-** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
-with Custom.
-
-** UTF-16 coding systems are available, encoding the same characters
-as mule-utf-8.
-
-** There is a new language environment for UTF-8 (set up automatically
-in UTF-8 locales).
-
-** Translation tables are available between equivalent characters in
-different Emacs charsets -- for instance `e with acute' coming from the
-Latin-1 and Latin-2 charsets.  User options `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'
-and `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' respectively turn on translation
-between ISO 8859 character sets (`unification') on encoding
-(e.g. writing a file) and decoding (e.g. reading a file).  Note that
-`unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is useful and safe, but
-`unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' can cause text to change when you read
-it and write it out again without edits, so it is not generally advisable.
-By default `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is turned on.
-
-** In Emacs running on the X window system, the default value of
-`selection-coding-system' is now `compound-text-with-extensions'.
-
-If you want the old behavior, set selection-coding-system to
-compound-text, which may be significantly more efficient.  Using
-compound-text-with-extensions seems to be necessary only for decoding
-text from applications under XFree86 4.2, whose behavior is actually
-contrary to the compound text specification.
-
-
-* Installation changes in Emacs 21.2
-
-** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 has been added.
-
-** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.
-
-
-* Changes in Emacs 21.2
-
-** Emacs now supports compound-text extended segments in X selections.
-
-X applications can use `extended segments' to encode characters in
-compound text that belong to character sets which are not part of the
-list of approved standard encodings for X, e.g. Big5.  To paste
-selections with such characters into Emacs, use the new coding system
-compound-text-with-extensions as the value of selection-coding-system.
-
-** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
-were changed.
-
-** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
-now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.
-
-** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
-initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
-instead of using default-major-mode.
-
-** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
-like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
-as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned.  If it is t
-(the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
-visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry.  If this option
-is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
-to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.
-
-This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
-NEWS.
-
-
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.2
-
-** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
-have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
-and the latter now controls scrolling down.
-
-** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
-be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.
-
-
-* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
-
-See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
-fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
-charsets in this release.
-
-** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
-
-** Support for LynxOS has been added.
-
-** There are new configure options associated with the support for
-images and toolkit scrollbars.  Use the --help option in `configure'
-to list them.
-
-** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
-support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5.  This increases the
-maximum buffer size.  See etc/MACHINES for instructions.  Changes to
-build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
-necessary changes to unexec.
-
-** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
-Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
-
-** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
-Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
-
-** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP.  You can turn this off using
-the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
-
-** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
-all of the new display features described below.  The port currently
-lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support.  See the
-"Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
-description of aspects specific to the Mac.
-
-** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
-new display features described below.
-
-
-* Changes in Emacs 21.1
-
-** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
-
-The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
-Italic text can be used without redisplay problems.  Fonts containing
-oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
-of a font can be used.  Images of various formats can be displayed in
-the text.
-
-** Emacs has a new face implementation.
-
-The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
-font.  Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
-height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
-These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
-specify a font.
-
-Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
-These terminal capabilities are auto-detected.  Details can be found
-under Lisp changes, below.
-
-** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
-
-Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
-Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
-the terminal supports it.  Faces with a weight less than normal and
-italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
-Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible.  Other face
-attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
-on terminals.
-
-The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
-supported on character terminals.
-
-Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
-the colors supported by the terminal.  This means you could have the
-same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
-a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.
-
-** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.
-
-** Sound support
-
-Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
-driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver).  Currently
-supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
-You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
-sound support.
-
-** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
-
-If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
-longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
-is on a frame of its own.  You can control resizing and the maximum
-minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:
-
-- User option: max-mini-window-height
-
-Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.  If a float, it specifies a
-fraction of the mini-window frame's height.  If an integer, it
-specifies a number of lines.
-
-Default is 0.25.
-
-- User option: resize-mini-windows
-
-How to resize mini-windows.  If nil, don't resize.  If t, always
-resize to fit the size of the text.  If `grow-only', let mini-windows
-grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
-again.
-
-Default is `grow-only'.
-
-** LessTif support.
-
-Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
-<http://www.lesstif.org>).  You will need version 0.92.26, or later.
-
-** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
-
-When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
-from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
-non-nil.
-
-** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.
-
-When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
-now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
-file to visit.  File->Save As also pops up that dialog.
-
-** Toolkit scroll bars.
-
-Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available.  When configured for
-LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar.  Otherwise, when
-configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
-bar if Xaw3d is available.  You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
-bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
-Emacs.
-
-When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
-Xaw3d is compiled on your system.  If the Makefile generated from
-Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
-Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
-define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it.  Take
-`s/freebsd.h' as an example.
-
-Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
-a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
-directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
-different systems).  You will find files `*.cf' there.  If your
-system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
-add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
-
-The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
-`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
-This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
-imake configuration file contains the necessary information.  Since
-Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
-
-** Tool bar support.
-
-Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  For details
-of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
-changes.  Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
-displayed and is on by default.  The appearance of the bar is improved
-if Emacs has been built with XPM image support.  Otherwise monochrome
-icons will be used.
-
-To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
-for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
-
-** Tooltips.
-
-Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
-mouse position.  The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them.  You can
-turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
-
-Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging.  If activated,
-variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
-the mouse in source buffers.  You can customize various aspects of the
-tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
-
-** Automatic Hscrolling
-
-Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
-`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default).  This setting can be
-customized.
-
-If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
-scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
-for automatic horizontal scrolling.  Automatic scrolling will scroll
-the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
-to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.
-
-** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
-of its own.  By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
-solid; otherwise, it is hollow.  The user-option
-`cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
-cursor in non-selected windows.  If nil, no cursor is shown, if
-non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.
-
-** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
-truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike.  The
-foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
-customizing face `fringe'.
-
-** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
-You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
-In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
-appearance of the mode line.  (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
-occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
-the window to be partially obscured.)
-
-The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
-versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
-However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
-ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
-
-** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
-
-Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
-systems which support the mouse.  Moving the mouse to a
-mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
-mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
-displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
-have enabled one.
-
-Currently, the following actions have been defined:
-
-- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
-
-- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
-
-- Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
-`*') toggles the status.
-
-- Mouse-3 on the major mode name displays a major mode menu.
-
-- Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.
-
-** Hourglass pointer
-
-Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X.  You can
-turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
-
-** Blinking cursor
-
-M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
-terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'.  Blinking
-and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
-the group `cursor'.
-
-** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
-
-This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
-generally faster.  It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
-See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
-details.
-
-Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
-have to do anything to activate it.
-
-** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.
-
-The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
-determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.
-
-On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
-according to the keyboard used.  If the keyboard has both a Backspace
-key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
-option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
-delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward.  On
-keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
-keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
-set to nil, and these keys delete backward.
-
-If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
-a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
-Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
-`keyboard-translate'.  The former functionality of C-h is available on
-the F1 key.  You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
-terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.
-
-Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
-to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.
-
-** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
-changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
-buffer by default.
-
-** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
-current line, respectively.  C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
-beginning and end of the buffer.
-
-** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files.  If the
-recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
-signaled.
-
-** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
-file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
-
-** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
-compiled with Emacs.  Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
-this behavior.
-
-The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
-compiler.  Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
-Emacs dump core.
-
-** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
-
-When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
-widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus.  When configured for
-Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
-
-** The menu bar configuration has changed.  The new configuration is
-more CUA-compliant.  The most significant change is that Options is
-now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
-
-** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
-using that menu.
-
-** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
-
-When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
-whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'.  Trailing whitespace is
-defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line.  To avoid busy
-highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
-displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
-whitespace.
-
-** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
-all frames except the selected one.
-
-** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
-let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.
-
-** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
-header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
-so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
-This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
-`Info-use-header-line'.
-
-** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
-have been added.  They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
-`de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'.  Postscript files are included.
-
-** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.
-
-** A reference card for Dired has been added.  Its name is
-`dired-ref.tex'.  A French translation is available in
-`fr-drdref.tex'.
-
-** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently.  Now if the menu bar is not
-displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
-menu bar.  If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
-menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
-
-** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
-
-You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
-because it now contains a version-dependent component.  You can still
-use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
-`~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
-
-** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
-point in a pop-up window.
-
-** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
-under XFree86.  To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
-customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.
-
-The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
-determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
-
-** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
-sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
-(On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
-You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.
-
-** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
-
-** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
-to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
-
-** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
-trailing whitespace within the current restriction.  You can also add
-this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.
-
-** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
-be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
-non-nil.
-
-** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
-set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
-file that is already visited under a different name.
-
-** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
-nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
-
-** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
-and displays information about that.
-
-** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
-expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
-
-This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
-determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
-mode from the file's name.  If it matches, the file is assumed to be
-interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
-regular expression.  The mode is then determined as the mode
-associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
-
-** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
-suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
-
-** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
-buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
-contents.  (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
-by M-x prefer-coding-system.)  Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
-insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
-the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
-Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
-
-** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
-been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
-
-** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
-system for keyboard input.
-
-** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
-coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
-escape sequences.  If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
-such escape sequences.  The default value is nil, and it is
-recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
-always want to read any escape code verbatim.  If you just want to
-read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
-(`universal-coding-system-argument').  For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
-RET C-x C-f filename RET.
-
-** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
-environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
-
-** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
-displays all characters in that character set.
-
-** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
-coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
-
-** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
-and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
-LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
-
-** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
-Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
-8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
-GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
-8859-15.  See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
-There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
-and Polish `slash'.
-
-** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
-These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
-of the tutorial.
-
-** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
-function keys are changed as follows.  This is to conform to "Emacs
-Lisp Coding Convention".
-
-    new  command                            old-binding
-    ---  -------                            -----------
-    f3   ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer         f5
-    S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region         f5
-    C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
-
-    f4   ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer         unchanged
-    S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region         unchanged
-    C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
-
-    S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation           f3
-    S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel                 f6
-    S-f7 ethio-replace-space                f7
-    S-f8 ethio-input-special-character      f8
-    S-f9 ethio-replace-space                unchanged
-    C-f9 ethio-toggle-space                 f2
-
-** There are new Leim input methods.
-New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
-"greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
-package.
-
-** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed.  Now the
-rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
-typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively.  Rules for translating
-"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted.  Now, to input
-"`", you must type "=q".
-
-** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
-8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
-more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
-empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
-window system).  Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
-on.
-
-** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
-on the context.  M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
-defined in newcomment.el.  You can choose different styles of region
-commenting with the variable `comment-style'.
-
-** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
-`display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
-indicator used by the display-time package.  On a suitable display the
-indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
-
-** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
-on the display using several methods
-
-- By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS.  PIXELS must be
-a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
-be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
-
-- By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'.  This is
-equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.
-
-- By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
-
-- By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'.  The meaning is
-the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
-
-** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
-an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer.  The
-command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
-does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
-
-** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
-`make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
-typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
-
-** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
-characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
-
-** New X resources recognized
-
-*** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
-whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode.  Synchronous mode
-is useful for debugging X problems.
-
-Example:
-
-  emacs.synchronous: true
-
-*** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
-visual Emacs should use.  The resource's value should be a string of
-the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
-and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number.  Valid
-visual class names are
-
-  TrueColor
-  PseudoColor
-  DirectColor
-  StaticColor
-  GrayScale
-  StaticGray
-
-Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
-`pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
-meaning.
-
-The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
-supported on your display, and which depths they have.  If
-`visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
-visual.
-
-Example:
-
-  emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
-
-*** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
-specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
-default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor.  Recognized
-resource values are `true' or `on'.
-
-Example:
-
-  emacs.privateColormap: true
-
-** Faces and frame parameters.
-
-There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
-Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
-`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
-`scroll-bar' and vice versa.  Setting frame parameter `border-color'
-sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa.  Likewise
-for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
-parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
-
-Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
-`default' face and vice versa.  Setting frame parameters
-`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
-`default' face and vice versa.
-
-** New face `menu'.
-
-The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
-
-** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
-
-The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
-colors.  Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
-correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
-the screen gamma of a frame's display.
-
-PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2.  smaller values result
-in darker colors.  You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
-color displays.  The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
-
-The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
-`ScreenGamma'.
-
-** Tabs and variable-width text.
-
-Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
-defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
-independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
-Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
-
-** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
-
-*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
-
-        emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
-
-The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
-LessTif/Motif one.
-
-*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
-LessTif and Motif.
-
-** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
-
-As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
-drawn as wide as that tab on the display.  To do this, set
-`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
-
-** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
-bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
-
-This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
-`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value.  The default value of this
-variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
-
-** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
-
-When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
-value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
-number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
-fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
-
-When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
-value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
-number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
-fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
-
-** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
-M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
-M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
-buffers.
-
-** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
-
-** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
-abbreviated file names.  Abbreviations can be customized by changing
-`directory-abbrev-alist'.
-
-** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
-the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
-forced on.  The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
-value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
-users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
-even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
-
-The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
-
-** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
-notably at the end of lines.
-
-All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
-spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
-
-** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.
-
-** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
-but inserts text instead of replacing it.
-
-** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
-query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
-after each match to get the replacement text.
-
-** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
-you edit the replacement string.
-
-** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
-(if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
-in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
-
-** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
-
-** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
-to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
-
-** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
-the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
-MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips.  Many standard menus
-displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
-
---
-** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
-read mail from the menu etc.
-
-** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
-This environment variable was used when creating lock files.  Emacs on
-MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore.  This change was made
-before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
-
-** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
-MS-DOS version of Emacs.
-
-** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
-of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
-This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
-correctly.  One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
-but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
-of Emacs.
-
-** Customize changes
-
-*** Customize now supports comments about customized items.  Use the
-`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
-M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value.  Note that
-customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
-earlier versions of Emacs.
-
-*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
-Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
-default).
-
-*** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
-does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
-file.  This is because saving customizations from such a session would
-wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
-file.
-
-** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
-does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
-avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
-already in your init file.
-
-** New features in evaluation commands
-
-*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
-modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
-print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
-customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
-eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
-
-The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
-respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
-the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
-the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...'  is
-printed).
-
-<RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
-printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
-
-The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
-during evaluation produces a backtrace.
-
-*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
-code when called with a prefix argument.
-
-** CC mode changes.
-
-Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
-current user setups (although it's believed that these
-incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
-However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
-back depending on user feedback.  Therefore there's no forward
-compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
-release.
-
-*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
-CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
-is entered.  This has now been removed since it caused too much
-confusion.
-
-However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
-default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
-java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before).  So you won't
-notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
-
-*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
-Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
-
-space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
-parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
-
-compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
-parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
-It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
-style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
-
-*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
-Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
-"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
-earlier statement.  An example:
-
-for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
-  if (a[i])
-    res += a[i]->offset;
-else
-
-Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
-continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
-the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
-possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
-the preceding "if".
-
-CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
-by default.
-
-*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
-Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
-meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
-documentation or other natural language text.
-
-The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
-contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
-the short strings that often reside inside statements.  Multiline
-strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
-to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
-commands, etc.  Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
-sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
-
-*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
-Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
-source, like Javadoc in Java.  Pike mode now recognize this markup in
-comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
-
-*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
-When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
-line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does.  This
-change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
-Pike mode only.
-
-*** Better handling of syntactic errors.
-The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
-improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
-stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
-following lines in a sane way (most of the time).  An "else" with no
-matching "if" is handled similarly.  If an error is discovered while
-indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
-is reported afterwards.
-
-*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
-A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
-returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
-
-*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
-Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
-on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
-can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble.  Some
-code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
-modularity somewhat.  Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
-groundwork.
-
-*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
-This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
-of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
-non-advanced users.  If you know what this variable does you might
-want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
-have to bother.
-
-Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
-situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
-and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
-If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
-the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
-by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
-
-*** New initialization procedure for the style system.
-When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
-variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
-take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style.  This
-is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
-settings would override the global settings.  This change makes it
-possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
-Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
-
-By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
-special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
-the style system.  This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
-of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
-above.
-
-Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
-when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
-function.  When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
-call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
-then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
-values.  In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
-only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
-function documentation for more info.
-
-The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
-especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
-with setq in their .emacs files.  On the other hand, the new system is
-intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
-such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot.  This new system
-is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
-configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
-global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
-
-(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
-
-**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
-This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
-
-This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
-variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
-completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
-the style is first initialized.  This means it now defaults to the
-empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
-style system.
-
-**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
-In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
-c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
-as far as possible.
-
-*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
-CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
-surrounding code, especially inside comments.  For details see the new
-chapter about this in the manual.
-
-**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
-The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
-recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments.  It's
-primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
-adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
-
-**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
-This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
-c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
-
-**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
-This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
-
-It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
-Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
-A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
-inside CC Mode.
-
-Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
-causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
-the empty string (which it commonly does).  A patch for that is
-available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
-cc-mode/).
-
-**** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
-`c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
-enders were filled, are not used anymore.  The new version of the
-function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
-they were before the filling.
-
-**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
-The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
-specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
-literals.
-
-**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
-It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
-prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments.  If
-you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
-this function.
-
-*** Fixes to IDL mode.
-It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
-to IDL.  E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
-struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
-Thanks to Eric Eide.
-
-*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
-It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
-opening braces hangs and when they don't.
-
-**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
-
-*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
-See their docstrings for details.  c-lineup-template-args does a
-better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
-and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
-
-*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
-previous line.  It used to instead preserve comments that started in
-the column specified by comment-column.
-
-*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
-In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
-is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
-prefix.  This is intended for the type of large block comments that
-contain documentation with its own formatting.  In these you normally
-don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
-
-*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
-instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
-arguments.
-
-*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
-
-*** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
-c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
-c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
-variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
-Provan).
-
-*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
-
-** Dired changes
-
-*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
-command will delete non-empty directories recursively.  The default
-is, delete only empty directories.
-
-*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
-command will copy directories recursively.  The default is, do not
-copy directories recursively.
-
-*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
-in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
-the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
-
-*** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
-replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
-directory.
-
-*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
-a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
-This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
-will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
-accurate or inaccurate as it is.
-
-*** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
-from ls switches.
-
-*** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
-of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
-which the user can then edit.  This only works if there is a single
-source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
-four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
-internationalization and mail-fetching.
-
-*** The mail-fetching functions have changed.  See the manual for the
-many details.  In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
-
-If you used procmail like in
-
-(setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
-(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
-(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
-(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
-
-this now has changed to
-
-(setq mail-sources
-      '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
-                   :suffix ".in")))
-
-More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
-Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
-
-*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader.  This affects many parts of
-Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands.  See the manual for details.
-Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
-longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
-
-The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
-use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
-installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
-
-*** Gnus has also been multilingualized.  This also affects too many
-parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables.  There
-are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
-now just a compatibility layer.
-
-*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
-Gnus facilities.
-
-*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
-called to position point.
-
-*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
-summary buffers and NOV files.
-
-*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed.  Instead, a number
-of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
-
-*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
-subtly different manner.
-
-*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
-and nnultimate.  nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
-ever-changing layouts.
-
-*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
-
-*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
-
-** Changes in Texinfo mode.
-
-*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
-macros
-
-  Key binding   Macro
-  -------------------------
-  C-c C-c C-s   @strong
-  C-c C-c C-e   @emph
-  C-c C-c u     @uref
-  C-c C-c q     @quotation
-  C-c C-c m     @email
-  C-c C-o       @<block> ... @end <block>
-  M-RET         @item
-
-*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
-
-** Changes in Outline mode.
-
-There is now support for Imenu to index headings.  A new command
-`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
-the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
-
-** Changes to Emacs Server
-
-*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
-with buffers when done with them.  If non-nil, the default, buffers
-are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
-Emacs Server.  If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
-buffers to kill, as before.
-
-Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
-i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
-this way.
-
-** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
-of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
-
-** Changes to Show Paren mode.
-
-*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
-The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
-use.  Default is 1000.
-
-** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
-groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
-
-** Changes to hideshow.el
-
-*** Generalized block selection and traversal
-
-A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
-and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
-serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
-See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
-
-*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
-hidden blocks are temporarily shown.  The variable `hs-headline' can
-be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
-the open block.
-
-*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
-function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
-the normal block-hiding function.
-
-*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.
-
-*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
-roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode.  Notably, the prefix
-for all bindings is now `C-c @'.  For details, see the documentation
-for `hs-minor-mode'.
-
-*** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
-hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.
-
-** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
-
-*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
-an entry appropriate for the file's parent.  This is useful for making
-log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
-
-**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
-current buffer.
-
-*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
-in a log file.
-
-*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
-entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
-Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
-version number is performed based on regular expressions from
-`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
-Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
-
-*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.
-
-** Changes to cmuscheme
-
-*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
-`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.
-
-** Changes in Font Lock
-
-*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
-font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.
-
-*** Multi-line patterns are now supported.  Modes using this, should
-set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.
-
-*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
-the face used for each string/comment.
-
-*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
-Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".
-
-** Changes to Shell mode
-
-*** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
-to use, which defaults to "*shell*".  When used interactively, a
-non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
-prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).
-
-** Comint (subshell) changes
-
-These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
-include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.
-
-*** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
-Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
-BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
-beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
-respectively).  This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
-the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.
-
-*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
-to distinguish prompts from user-input.  Instead, it notices which
-parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
-user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
-this information.  Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
-respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner.  To disable this
-feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
-`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.
-
-*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
-and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
-
-*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
-buffer name from the mini-buffer.  The command is sent to the current
-buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
-
-The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
-M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
-the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
-
-*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
-and support choosing previous input with mouse-2.  To control these features,
-see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
-
-*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
-saves the output from the most recent command to a file.  With a prefix
-argument, it appends to the file.
-
-*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
-(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
-compatibility.
-
-*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
-ring (history).
-
-*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
-identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
-strings, starting with a `#'.  The default value of this variable is "^#".
-
-** Changes to Rmail mode
-
-*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
-set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
-receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender, the
-recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.  If nil, the default,
-`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
-as correspondent.
-
-Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
-mails sent by you under different user names.  Then it should be a
-regexp matching your mail addresses.
-
-*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
-to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
-Rmail file.  You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
-with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p.  Default is to ask
-for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
-
-*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
-like `j'.
-
-*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
-specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
-digest message.
-
-*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
-in which folder to put messages automatically.
-
-*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
-with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
-due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.
-
-** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
-an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.
-
-** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
-use the -f option when sending mail.
-
-** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
-current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
-the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
-This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
-by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
-displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.
-
-If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
-other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
-`rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.
-
-** Changes to TeX mode
-
-*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
-`latex-mode'.
-
-*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.
-
-*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.
-
-*** Added support for outline-minor-mode.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-*** RefTeX has new support for index generation.  Index entries can be
-    created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
-    Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
-    macro.  `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
-    sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index.  Entries
-    can be edited from that buffer.
-
-*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
-    items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
-    `A' to use all marked entries).
-
-*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
-    memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
-
-*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
-    in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
-    to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
-    been cited.
-
-** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
-The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
-semicolons in a heading line.  Toplevel forms starting with a `('
-in column 1 are always made leaves.
-
-** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
-has the following new features:
-
-*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
-may match text spanning multiple lines.  For example, some people like
-to have the filename and date on separate lines.  The new variable
-time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
-
-*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file.  This
-feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
-file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
-compiled binary.  The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
-pattern.  The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
-defaults to 1.
-
-** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
-file names.
-
-** Ispell changes
-
-*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
-transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active.  Otherwise it
-spell-checks the current buffer.
-
-*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
-added.
-
-*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
-correction is made and re-checked.
-
-*** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.
-
-*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
-cases.
-
-*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
-on syntax errors.
-
-*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
-end of the buffer.
-
-*** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
-
-*** The variable `ispell-format-word' has been renamed to
-`ispell-format-word-function'.  The old name is still available as
-alias.
-
-** Makefile mode changes
-
-*** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
-
-*** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
-Fontlock mode is active.
-
-** Isearch changes
-
-*** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
-so that searches can be resumed.
-
-*** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
-respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
-that started the search.
-
-*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
-selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
-
-*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
-
-Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
-`isearch-lazy-highlight'.  When active, all matches for the current
-search string are highlighted.  The current match is highlighted as
-before using face `isearch' or `region'.  All other matches are
-highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
-`secondary-selection'.
-
-The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
-will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
-Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
-using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
-usual snappy response.
-
-If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
-matches are automatically cleared when you end the search.  If it is
-set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
-isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
-
-** VC Changes
-
-VC has been overhauled internally.  It is now modular, making it
-easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends.  (See Lisp
-Changes for details on the new structure.)  As a result, the mechanism
-to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
-changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
-`vc-handled-backends'.  Its value is a list of symbols that identify
-version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS).  When finding a file,
-each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
-file is registered in that backend.
-
-When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
-backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
-directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
-master files exists).  If none of the backends is responsible, then
-the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
-As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
-
-The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
-still supports it for backward compatibility.  To define templates for
-RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
-vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates.  (There is no such feature under CVS
-where it doesn't make sense.)
-
-The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
-obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
-`CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
-
-*** General Changes
-
-The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
-checks are always done now.
-
-VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
-operations.
-
-`vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
-`vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
-`vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.
-
-The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
-first revision number.  This means that any recent changes on the
-current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
-the working file (``merge news'').
-
-The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
-(vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
-downwards.
-
-*** Multiple Backends
-
-VC now lets you register files in more than one backend.  This is
-useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
-repository.  You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
-commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
-local RCS archives.
-
-To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
-should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
-backend (CVS) should come later.  (The default value of
-`vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)
-
-You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
-C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
-a revision number).  VC registers the file in the more local backend
-if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
-current revision number from the more remote backend.
-
-If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
-another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend).  This does not change
-any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file.  Use this to
-pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.
-
-After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
-changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET.  In this case, the
-local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
-buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.
-
-*** Changes for CVS
-
-There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'.  If it is `t' (the
-default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
-remote repositories.  The state of such files is then only determined
-by heuristics and past information.  `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
-regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
-that match it are treated locally.  If the variable is nil, then VC
-queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
-
-If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
-repository versions.  This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
-revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
-any repository interactions at all.  The name of a local version
-backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
-number.  This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
-(vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot.  As a matter
-of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
-the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
-automatically after commit.  (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
-since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
-name.)
-
-If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
-repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
-If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
-commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
-current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
-entire directory tree.
-
-The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
-"cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'.  (This option
-is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
-"watched" by other developers.)
-
-The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
-(vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS.  If you give
-an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
-starting at the given directory.
-
-*** Lisp Changes in VC
-
-VC has been restructured internally to make it modular.  You can now
-add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
-library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
-then telling VC to use that library.  For example, to add support for
-a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
-provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
-of vc.el for a detailed list of them).  To make VC use that library,
-you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
-`SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
-
-** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
-SUBS command and EDT scroll margins.  It also works with more
-terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
-See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.
-
-** New modes and packages
-
-*** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
-automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
-the default is not applicable.
-
-*** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
-rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard.  The
-shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.
-
-Features are:
-
-- Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
-  drawn, like this:   |         \ /
-                    --+--        X
-                      |         / \
-
-- Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
-  result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse.  If
-  your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
-  pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off.  You will
-  then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
-  you are drawing.
-
-- Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
-  poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.
-
-- Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
-  flood-filling.
-
-- Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
-  regions.  Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
-  turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
-  artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.
-
-- Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
-  also do without the mouse.
-
-- Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
-  reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
-  and circles are then drawn square/round.  Note, that once your
-  ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
-  the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.
-
-- Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:
-
-    lines               straight-lines
-    rectangles          squares
-    poly-lines          straight poly-lines
-    ellipses            circles
-    text (see-thru)     text (overwrite)
-    spray-can           setting size for spraying
-    vaporize line       vaporize lines
-    erase characters    erase rectangles
-
-  Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
-  diagonally.  Plain lines go in any direction.  The operations in
-  the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
-  drawing.
-
-  It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
-  (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
-  straight and connected at their endpoints.  Vaporizing is inspired
-  by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>.
-
-- Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
-  can be turned off).
-
-*** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
-implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp.  Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
-It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
-functions and external commands using the same syntax.  It supports
-history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc.  It
-will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to.  And since most of
-the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
-rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
-all within the scope of your Emacs process.
-
-*** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
-intervals.  You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
-typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
-on certain projects.
-
-*** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
-of interactively entered regexps.  For example,
-
-  M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
-
-will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
-face.  New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
-typed.  `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
-Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
-appropriate faces is provided.  The regexps can be written into the
-current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
-corresponding file is read.  There are commands to highlight matches
-to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.
-
-*** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
-Emacs is idle.
-
-*** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
-fragments in accordance with the current major mode.
-
-*** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
-parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
-
-*** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
-package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
-be more robust while offering the same functionality.
-`comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
-comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.
-
-*** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
-facilities tailored for use with C++.  It is documented in a
-separate Texinfo file.
-
-*** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
-by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
-provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS.  It comes with
-`log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
-enter check-in log messages.
-
-*** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
-without invoking external programs.
-
-The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
-and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does.  Unlike
-`manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
-is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
-Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
-
-The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
-page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
-
-*** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
-authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
-
-The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
-the regexp editor popping up in a separate window.  Matching text in
-the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
-Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
-even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
-single step.
-
-On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
-matching parens to make them stand out.  On such a setup you will
-probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
-contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
-
-*** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
-unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable.  It works as glasses, without
-actually modifying content of a buffer.
-
-*** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
-PostScript.
-
-Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
-
-The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
-
-    ;           comment (until end of line)
-    A           non-terminal
-    "C"         terminal
-    ?C?         special
-    $A          default non-terminal
-    $"C"        default terminal
-    $?C?        default special
-    A = B.      production (A is the header and B the body)
-    C D         sequence (C occurs before D)
-    C | D       alternative (C or D occurs)
-    A - B       exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
-    n * A       repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
-    (C)         group (expression C is grouped together)
-    [C]         optional (C may or not occurs)
-    C+          one or more occurrences of C
-    {C}+        one or more occurrences of C
-    {C}*        zero or more occurrences of C
-    {C}         zero or more occurrences of C
-    C / D       equivalent to: C {D C}*
-    {C || D}+   equivalent to: C {D C}*
-    {C || D}*   equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
-    {C || D}    equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
-
-Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
-
-*** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
-align.  Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
-determine where the columns should be split.  In C and C++, for
-example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
-equal signs of assignments.
-
-*** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
-paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
-
-*** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
-list-buffers or electric-buffer-list.  Use M-x bs-show to display a
-buffer menu with this package.  See the Custom group `bs'.
-
-*** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
-
-*** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
-replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe.  Actually, it
-is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
-and can be customized easily to get many more functions.  It should
-not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
-which answers different needs.
-
-*** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
-suspicious C and C++ constructions.  Currently, assignments inside
-expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
-course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
-reference parameters are recognized.  The modes require font-lock mode
-to be enabled.
-
-*** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
-containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
-
-*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
-
-*** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
-current line in the current buffer.  It also provides
-`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.
-
-*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
-
-Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
-`global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
-disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
-`comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers.  This
-displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
-and background colors.
-
-*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
-Pascal) language.
-
-*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
-the text at point.
-
-*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
-
-*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
-
-*** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
-whitespace in a file.
-
-*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
-files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
-(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
-interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
-often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
-uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
-codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
-
-*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
-
-Here is an example of columns:
-
-horse   apple   bus
-dog     pineapple       car     EXTRA
-porcupine       strawberry      airplane
-
-Doing the following settings:
-
-   (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
-   (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
-   (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
-   (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
-
-
-Selecting the lines above and typing:
-
-   M-x delimit-columns-region
-
-It results:
-
-[ horse    , apple     , bus     ,       ]
-[ dog      , pineapple , car     , EXTRA ]
-[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane,       ]
-
-delim-col has the following options:
-
-   delimit-columns-str-before           Specify a string to be inserted
-                                        before all columns.
-
-   delimit-columns-str-separator        Specify a string to be inserted
-                                        between each column.
-
-   delimit-columns-str-after            Specify a string to be inserted
-                                        after all columns.
-
-   delimit-columns-separator            Specify a regexp which separates
-                                        each column.
-
-delim-col has the following commands:
-
-   delimit-columns-region       Prettify all columns in a text region.
-   delimit-columns-rectangle    Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
-
-*** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
-operated on recently.  User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
-menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
-recent file list can be displayed:
-
-- organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
-- sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
-- showing paths relative to the current default-directory
-
-The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
-dynamically change the menu appearance.
-
-*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
-text.
-
-*** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
-of footnotes.  It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
-specific to Message mode.
-
-*** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
-viewing/editing context diffs (patches).  It is selected for files
-with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
-
-*** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
-interface to access directory servers using different directory
-protocols.  It has a separate manual.
-
-*** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
-for Autoconf, selected automatically.
-
-*** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
-
-*** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
-minibuffer with completion.
-
-*** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
-with the diary features.
-
-*** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
-numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
-
-*** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
-Fill mode.
-
-*** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
-facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer.  The main
-difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
-they can be profiled, debugged, etc.
-
-*** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
-It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
-`.g'.
-
-** Changes in sort.el
-
-The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
-as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal.  The
-new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
-numeric base.
-
-** Changes to Ange-ftp
-
-*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
-names cleanly.  It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
-sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'.  (This syntax comes from EFS.)
-
-*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
-ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
-
-*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
-output ^M at the end of lines.
-
-** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
-mode `iswitchb-mode'.
-
-** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
-If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
-`(msb-mode 1)'.
-
-** Changes in Flyspell mode
-
-*** Flyspell mode has various new options.  See the `flyspell' Custom
-group.
-
-*** The variable `flyspell-generic-check-word-p' has been renamed
-to `flyspell-generic-check-word-predicate'.  The old name is still
-available as alias.
-
-** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
-behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'.  The following values
-are recognized:
-
-`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
-`hungry'   -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
-`all'      -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
-nil        -- just delete one character.
-
-Default value is `untabify'.
-
-[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]
-
-** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
-symbol, not double-quoted.
-
-** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
-version.  They are:  auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
-profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc.  Their implementations have been
-moved to lisp/obsolete.
-
-** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
-To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
-`auto-compression-mode' command.
-
-** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
-`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
-`browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.
-
-** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
-`browse-url-new-window-flag'.
-
-** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
-operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.
-
-** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'.  It
-is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.
-
-** The Strokes package has been updated.  If your Emacs has XPM
-support, you can use it for pictographic editing.  In Strokes mode,
-use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
-buffer.  You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
-M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer.  There is a
-new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.
-
-** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
-a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
-
-** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.
-
-The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
-file you are visiting in Hexl mode.
-
-** Shell script mode changes.
-
-Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
-derived from sh and rc.  The indentation style is customizable, and
-sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
-
-** Etags changes.
-
-*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
-
-*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex.  It is now
-possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
-{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
-This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
-a regular expression.  The manual contains details.
-
-*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
-declarations when given the --declarations option.
-
-*** In C++, tags are created for "operator".  The tags have the form
-"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
-
-*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
-automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
-`template' keywords.
-
-*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
-C-like languages.  Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.
-
-*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
-types.
-
-*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
-
-*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
-
-*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
-are now tagged.
-
-*** In makefiles, tags the targets.
-
-*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables.  my and local
-variables are tagged.
-
-*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
-
-*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
-for PSWrap.
-
-** Changes in etags.el
-
-*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
-tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive.  The default
-is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
-
-*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
-the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
-
-If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
-FUNCTION TO-SEARCH).  For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
-TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it.  TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
-obarray, or symbol.  If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
-
-TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
-
-FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
-List buffer.  It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
-
-A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
-
-  '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
-    ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
-    ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
-
-*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
-of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
-
-*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
-names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
-
-*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
-If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
-/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
-"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c".  If the tag matches the file name,
-point will go to the beginning of the file.
-
-*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
-auto-compression-mode is active.  You can tag (with Etags) and search
-(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.
-
-*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
-in buffers where no match is found.  In buffers where a match is
-found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.
-
-** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
-remove text past column 72.  The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
-appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
-
-** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
-
-** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
-
-** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
-containing a list of regular expressions.  Buffers matching a regular
-expression from that list, are not checked.
-
-** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
-When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
-and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
-the buffer, just like for the local files.
-
-** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
-
-** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
-displays local abbrevs, only.
-
-** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
-paragraphs filled as you modify them.
-
-** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
-may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair.  Its value
-is measured in pixels.
-
-** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
-to be visited as images.
-
-** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
-were added to compile.el.
-
-** Withdrawn packages
-
-*** mldrag.el has been removed.  mouse.el provides the same
-functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
-
-*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
-
-*** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
-
-
-* Incompatible Lisp changes
-
-There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
-may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
-See the sections below for details.
-
-** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
-`(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
-Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
-to remove the properties of the copy.
-
-** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
-which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
-may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
-these properties are active.
-
-** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
-ranges may affect some code.
-
-** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
-buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
-make a difference to some code.
-
-** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
-operates on the minibuffer.
-
-** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
-cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
-different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
-(previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
-Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
-character.  This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
-multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
-encoding (auto-saving does that, for example).  If a Lisp program
-reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
-sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
-a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
-the buffer as multibyte characters.
-
-Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
-MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'.  `no-conversion' is only
-appropriate for reading truly binary files.
-
-** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
-`after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail.  Use
-`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.
-
-** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
-long promised.  So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
-such as `mapconcat'.
-
-** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
-string.
-
-** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
-extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
-dimension-2 private charset.  User code which tries to add more than
-one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
-charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
-the emacs-mule encoding.  Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
-encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
-probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.
-
-** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
-Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
-aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
-not be used.  It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
-on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
-behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable.  It
-turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
-remove this variable in the near future.  Lisp programs are well
-advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
-will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.
-
-
-* Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
-(Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
-
-** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.
-
-** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
-allows the animated display of strings.
 
-** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
-interactive form of a function.
-
-** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
-between custom options.  Example:
-
-  (defcustom default-input-method nil
-    "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
-  This is the input method activated automatically by the command
-  `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
-    :group 'mule
-    :type '(choice (const nil) string)
-    :set-after '(current-language-environment))
-
-This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
-current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
-first in a custom-set-variables statement.
-
-** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
-function execute-kbd-macro.  Functions on this hook are called with no
-args.  The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
-(signal or normal termination).
-
-** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
-from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.
-
-** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
-to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
-
-** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
-alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.
-
-** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".
-
-** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
-deleting the frame.  The hook is called with one arg, the frame
-being deleted.
-
-** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.
-
-** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
-If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
-skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
-with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
-C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
-charset.
-
-** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
-the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
-message.
-
-** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
-expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.
-
-** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
-with the more general `:mask' property.
-
-** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.
-
-** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
-backslash.
-
-** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
-is running in batch mode.  For example,
-
-  (message "%s" (read t))
-
-will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
-to standard output.
-
-** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
-`kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
-
-** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
-will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
-frame or window.
-
-** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
-were added
-
-- Function: remove ELT SEQ
-
-Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed.  SEQ must be
-a list, vector, or string.  The comparison is done with `equal'.
-
-- Function: remq ELT LIST
-
-Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed.  The
-comparison is done with `eq'.
-
-** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
-
-** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
-has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
-`key-and-value', in addition to `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
-
-** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
-without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string".  It may
-convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
-
-** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
-or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
-
-** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
-function was declared obsolete.
-
-** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
-retained as an alias).
-
-** Easy-menu's :filter now takes the unconverted form of the menu and
-the result is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
-
-** The new function `window-list' has been defined
-
-- Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF
-
-Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW.  FRAME nil or
-omitted means use the selected frame.  WINDOW nil or omitted means use
-the selected window.  MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
-even if it isn't active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
-minibuffer window only if it's active.  MINIBUF neither nil nor t
-means never include the minibuffer window.
-
-** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
-
-- Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
-
-Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
-
-This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
-calling PREDICATE on each one.  PREDICATE is called with a window as
-argument.  The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
-value is returned.  If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
-returned.
-
-Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
-if not active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
-it is active.  MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
-minibuffer even if it is active.
-
-Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
-counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
-too.  Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
-and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
-`walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
-entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
-
-ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
-ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
-ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
-ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
-ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
-If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
-Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
-
-** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
-event names in angle brackets.  When called with a second optional
-argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
-
-** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
-call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
-message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
-Default value is nil.
-
-** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
-meaning no limit.
-
-** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
-the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
-numbers in the mode line.  The default is 200.
-
-** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
-coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
-DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
-
-** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
-list of a primitive.
-
-** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.
-
-** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
-buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
-This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
-than replacing the local map.
-
-** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
-`after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
-removed.  Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
-instead.
-
-** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
-
-** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
-as promised long ago.
-
-** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
-
-** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
-for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
-patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.
-
-
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
-
-** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
-regular expressions.
-
-- Function: rx-to-string SEXP
-
-Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
-
-- Macro: rx SEXP
-
-Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
-
-The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
-notation.
-
-STRING
-     matches string STRING literally.
-
-CHAR
-     matches character CHAR literally.
-
-`not-newline'
-     matches any character except a newline.
-                        .
-`anything'
-     matches any character
-
-`(any SET)'
-     matches any character in SET.  SET may be a character or string.
-     Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
-
-'(in SET)'
-     like `any'.
-
-`(not (any SET))'
-     matches any character not in SET
-
-`line-start'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
-     in the text being matched
-
-`line-end'
-     is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
-
-`string-start'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
-     string being matched against.
-
-`string-end'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
-     string being matched against.
-
-`buffer-start'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
-     buffer being matched against.
-
-`buffer-end'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
-     buffer being matched against.
-
-`point'
-     matches the empty string, but only at point.
-
-`word-start'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
-     word.
-
-`word-end'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
-
-`word-boundary'
-     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
-     word.
-
-`(not word-boundary)'
-     matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
-     word.
-
-`digit'
-     matches 0 through 9.
-
-`control'
-     matches ASCII control characters.
-
-`hex-digit'
-     matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
-
-`blank'
-     matches space and tab only.
-
-`graphic'
-     matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
-     space, and DEL.
-
-`printing'
-     matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
-     and DEL.
-
-`alphanumeric'
-     matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
-     it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-
-`letter'
-     matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
-     it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-
-`ascii'
-     matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
-
-`nonascii'
-     matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
-
-`lower'
-     matches anything lower-case.
-
-`upper'
-     matches anything upper-case.
-
-`punctuation'
-     matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
-     it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
-
-`space'
-     matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
-
-`word'
-     matches anything that has word syntax.
-
-`(syntax SYNTAX)'
-     matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
-     of the following symbols.
-
-     `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
-     `punctuation'              (\\s.)
-     `word'                     (\\sw)
-     `symbol'                   (\\s_)
-     `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
-     `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
-     `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
-     `string-quote'             (\\s\")
-     `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
-     `escape'                   (\\s\\)
-     `character-quote'          (\\s/)
-     `comment-start'            (\\s<)
-     `comment-end'              (\\s>)
-
-`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
-     matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
-
-`(category CATEGORY)'
-     matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
-     either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
-
-     `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
-     `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
-     `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
-     `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
-     `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
-     `symbol'                           (\\c5)
-     `digit'                            (\\c6)
-     `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
-     `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
-     `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
-     `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
-     `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
-     `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
-     `chinse-two-byte'                  (\\cC)
-     `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
-     `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
-     `indian-two-byte'                  (\\cI)
-     `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
-     `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
-     `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
-     `ascii'                            (\\ca)
-     `arabic'                           (\\cb)
-     `chinese'                          (\\cc)
-     `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
-     `greek'                            (\\cg)
-     `korean'                           (\\ch)
-     `indian'                           (\\ci)
-     `japanese'                         (\\cj)
-     `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
-     `latin'                            (\\cl)
-     `lao'                              (\\co)
-     `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
-     `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
-     `thai'                             (\\ct)
-     `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
-     `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
-     `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
-     `can-break'                        (\\c|)
-
-`(not (category CATEGORY))'
-     matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
-
-`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
-     matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
-
-`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
-     like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
-     `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
-
-`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
-     another name for `submatch'.
-
-`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
-     matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
-     args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
-     regular expression.
-
-`(minimal-match SEXP)'
-     produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
-     zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
-     match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
-     still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
-
-`(maximal-match SEXP)'
-     produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
-
-`(zero-or-more SEXP)'
-     matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
-
-`(0+ SEXP)'
-     like `zero-or-more'.
-
-`(* SEXP)'
-     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
-
-`(*? SEXP)'
-     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
-
-`(one-or-more SEXP)'
-     matches one or more occurrences of A.
-
-`(1+ SEXP)'
-     like `one-or-more'.
-
-`(+ SEXP)'
-     like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
-
-`(+? SEXP)'
-     like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
-
-`(zero-or-one SEXP)'
-     matches zero or one occurrences of A.
-
-`(optional SEXP)'
-     like `zero-or-one'.
-
-`(? SEXP)'
-     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
-
-`(?? SEXP)'
-     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
-
-`(repeat N SEXP)'
-     matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
-
-`(repeat N M SEXP)'
-     matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
-
-`(eval FORM)'
-      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
-      `regexp-quote' it.
-
-`(regexp REGEXP)'
-      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
-
-*** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.
-
-*** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
-buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
-the original restriction.  Previously, doing this would cause the saved
-restriction to be restored incorrectly.
-
-*** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
-`eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
-when they find 8-bit characters.  Previously, they included `ascii' in a
-multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
-
-*** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
-`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
-if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
-
-*** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
-changed.  Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
-[\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
-regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+.  Thus, if
-the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
-extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions.  Now such extra
-bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
-eight-bit-graphic.
-
-** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
-
-A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
-a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
-character set as previously.
-
-*** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
-They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME.  The function
-modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
-
-CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
-characters.  In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
-range FROM and TO (inclusive).  CHARACTER may be a charset.  In that
-case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
-
-FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
-name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.
-
-*** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted.  The default charset
-registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
-"fontset-default".
-
-*** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
-argument STYLE-VARIANT.  It never creates style-variant fontsets.
-
-** The method of composing characters is changed.  Now character
-composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
-buffers and strings.
-
-*** Charset composition is deleted.  Emacs never creates a `composite
-character' which is an independent character with a unique character
-code.  Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
-have been deleted: composite-char-component,
-composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
-composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
-The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
-also been deleted.
-
-*** Three more glyph reference points are added.  They can be used to
-specify a composition rule.  See the documentation of the variable
-`reference-point-alist' for more detail.
-
-*** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
-MODIFICATION-FUNC.  With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
-composition rule but also characters to be composed.  Such characters
-may differ between buffer and string text.
-
-*** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
-COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
-
-*** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
-directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
-Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
-`composition' from STRING.
-
-*** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
-a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
-
-*** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
-obsolete.
-
-** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
-the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.
-
-** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
-`mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
-introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
-U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.
-
-Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
-characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
-etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
-different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned.  For example, text
-which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
-encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.
-
-** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
-It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text.  For
-details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
-
-** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
-`japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
-standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
-
-** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
-have been introduced.
-
-** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
-have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
-0xA0..0xFF respectively.  Note that the multibyte representation of
-eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
-emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
-buffer/string internal representation.  Note that to search for
-eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
-must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
-their multibyte equivalent.
-
-** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
-that offset in the file before writing.
-
-** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
-compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
-
-** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
-`*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
-from which the command was issued.
-
-** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
-`query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
-`replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
-additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
-operate on.
-
-** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
-to `window-buffer-height'.
-
-- Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
-
-Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
-The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
-lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
-
-Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
-respectively.
-
-If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
-COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
-
-The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
-obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
-on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
-
-Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
-buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
-possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
-is currently displayed in some window.
-
-** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
-argument function's results.
-
-** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
-signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.  Also,
-`base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
-20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
-sequence).
-
-** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
-header in the list of headers passed to it.
-
-** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
-ignores differences in case and text representation.
-
-** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
-cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer.  Values are interpreted
-as follows:
-
-  t             use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
-  nil           don't display a cursor
-  `bar'         display a bar cursor with default width
-  (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
-  others        display a box cursor.
-
-** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
-an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
-defun.  If set, the default, it is considered a defun start.  If not
-set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
-
-** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
-specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
-the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
-text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
-
-Example:
-
-  (string-to-syntax "()")
-    => (4 . 41)
-
-** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
-other than 10.
-
-*** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
-INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
-
-  #b1111
-    => 15
-  #b-1111
-    => -15
-
-*** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
-
-  #o666
-    => 438
-
-*** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
-
-  #xbeef
-    => 48815
-
-*** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
-
-  #2R-111
-    => -7
-  #25rah
-    => 267
-
-** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
-the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
-and isn't a string.
-
-** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
-a `function-documentation' property of that symbol.  If it has a non-nil
-value, the documentation is taken from that value.  If the value is
-not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
-
-** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
-
-** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
-for a regexp in a string.
-
-** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
-`mouse-position-function'.
-
-** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
-that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
-
-** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
-Keywords are now always considered constants.
-
-** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
-returns it.
-
-** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
-returned by function `recent-keys'.
-
-** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
-can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
-Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
-etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
-mode.
-
-** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
-and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
-
-** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
-has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
-function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not.  If it
-returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
-been performed."
-
-When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
-and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
-hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
-then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
-
-** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
-In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
-and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
-
-** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
-with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
-specified table.
-
-  (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
-
-Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
-TABLE.  The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
-saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit.  Value is
-what BODY returns.
-
-** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
-Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
-Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
-corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
-Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').
-
-** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
-removed since it wasn't used by anything.
-
-** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
-instead of being optional.
-
-** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
-modify read-only text.
-
-** New functions and variables for locales.
-
-The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
-decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
-time functions like strftime.  The new variables
-`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
-locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
-
-The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
-environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
-the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
-environment variables.  Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
-not be invoked thereafter.  It uses the new variables
-`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
-`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
-
-** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
-To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
-modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
-start sequences.
-
-** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
-because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
-
-** New function `propertize'
-
-The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
-strings with text properties.
-
-- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
-
-Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
-by PROPERTIES.  PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
-PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
-specified value of that property.  Example:
-
-  (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
-
-** push and pop macros.
-
-Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
-are now defined in Emacs Lisp.  These macros allow only symbols
-as the place that holds the list to be changed.
-
-(push NEWELT LISTNAME)  add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
-(pop LISTNAME)          return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
-                        (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
-
-** New dolist and dotimes macros.
-
-Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
-are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
-
-(dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
-      Execute body once for each element of LIST,
-      using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
-      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
-
-(dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
-      Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
-      inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
-      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
-
-** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
-[:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.  These must be used within a character
-class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
-or a sign.
-
-[:digit:]  matches 0 through 9
-[:cntrl:]  matches ASCII control characters
-[:xdigit:]  matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
-[:blank:]  matches space and tab only
-[:graph:]  matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
-           space, and DEL.
-[:print:]  matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
-           and DEL.
-[:alnum:]  matches letters and digits.
-           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
-            it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-[:alpha:]  matches letters.
-           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
-            it matches anything that has word syntax.)
-[:ascii:]  matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
-[:nonascii:]  matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
-[:lower:]  matches anything lower-case.
-[:punct:]  matches punctuation.
-           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
-            it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
-[:space:]  matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
-[:upper:]  matches anything upper-case.
-[:word:]   matches anything that has word syntax.
-
-** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
-
-The following functions are defined for hash tables:
-
-- Function: make-hash-table ARGS
-
-The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs.  All arguments
-are optional.  The following arguments are defined:
-
-:test TEST
-
-TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys.  Default is `eql'.
-Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'.  If TEST is not predefined,
-it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
-
-:size SIZE
-
-SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
-many elements will be put in the hash table.  Default size is 65.
-
-:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
-
-REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
-full.  If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
-size to get the new size.  Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
-1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
-old size.  Default rehash size is 1.5.
-
-:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
-
-THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
-hash table.  It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
-(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD.  Default threshold is 0.8.
-
-:weakness WEAK
-
-WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
-`key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
-`key-and-value'.  Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
-collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
-outside of the hash table.  Default are non-weak hash tables.
-
-- Function: makehash &optional TEST
-
-Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
-
-- Function: hash-table-p TABLE
-
-Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
-
-- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
-
-Returns a copy of TABLE.  Only the table itself is copied, keys and
-values are shared.
-
-- Function: hash-table-count TABLE
-
-Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
-
-Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
-
-Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
-
-Returns the size of TABLE.
-
-- Function: hash-table-test TABLE
-
-Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
-
-- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
-
-Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
-
-- Function: clrhash TABLE
-
-Clear TABLE.
-
-- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
-
-Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
-not found.
-
-- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
-
-Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE.  If KEY is already associated with
-another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
-
-- Function: remhash KEY TABLE
-
-Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
-
-- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
-
-Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE.  FUNCTION must take two
-arguments KEY and VALUE.
-
-- Function: sxhash OBJ
-
-Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
-
-- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
-
-Define a new hash table test named NAME.  If NAME is specified as
-a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
-comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys.  Test
-and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
-of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
-
-TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
-
-HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
-code of the argument.  The function should use the whole range of
-integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
-
-Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
-be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
-
-  (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
-    (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
-
-  (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
-    (sxhash (upcase a)))
-
-  (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
-                          'case-fold-string-hash))
-
-  (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
-
-** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
-
-It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
-circular structures.  For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
-a cons cell which is its own cdr.
-
-** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
-
-If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
-#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
-
-** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
-t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
-specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
-is too short to reach that column.
-
-** perform-replace has a new feature:  the REPLACEMENTS argument may
-now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA).  This means to call FUNCTION
-after each match to get the replacement text.  FUNCTION is called with
-two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
-
-If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
-perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
-and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
-
-** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
-to specify which buffer to return the size of.
-
-** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
-calendar-move-hook after moving point.
-
-** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
-directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
-small.  (Certain Emacs features use this directory.)  If
-small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
-temporary-file-directory instead.
-
-** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
-the hooks that track changes in the buffer.  This affects
-`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
-hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
-
-** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
-elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.
-
-** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
-
-make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
-creates the file before it returns.  This prevents a timing error,
-ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
-
-** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
-
-The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW.  If non-nil, it insists
-on a check for an existing file with the same name.  If MUSTBENEW
-is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
-never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
-ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
-overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
-
-If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
-that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
-to get an error if the file exists at that time.
-The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
-
-** Function `format' now handles text properties.
-
-Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
-If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
-ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
-result string.
-
-Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
-string where arguments appear in the result string.
-
-Example:
-
-  (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
-        (s2 "world"))
-     (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
-     (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
-     (format s1 s2))
-
-results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
-
-** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
-
-Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
-The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
-argument in it.
-
-  (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
-        (arg "world"))
-     (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
-     (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
-     (message msg arg))
-
-** Sound support
-
-Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
-(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
-
-Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
-(*.au).  You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
-to enable sound support.
-
-Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND).  SOUND is a
-list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'.  The function is only defined
-when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs.  The
-functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
-sound to play, before playing the sound.
-
-The following sound properties are supported:
-
-- `:file FILE'
-
-FILE is a file name.  If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
-searched relative to `data-directory'.
-
-- `:data DATA'
-
-DATA is a string containing sound data.  Either :file or :data
-may be present, but not both.
-
-- `:volume VOLUME'
-
-VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
-0..1.  This property is optional.
-
-- `:device DEVICE'
-
-DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
-sound.  The default device is system-dependent.
-
-Other properties are ignored.
-
-An alternative interface is called as
-(play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).
-
-** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
-
-** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
-a keyword symbol.
-
-** Changes to garbage collection
-
-*** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
-of live and free strings.
-
-*** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
-strings that have been consed so far.
-
-
-* Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
-Lisp Manual
-
-** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
-mini-windows.
-
-** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
-argument, PARTIALLY.  If a character is only partially visible, nil is
-returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.
-
-** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
-
-** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
-
-** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
-image.
-
-- Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
-
-Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
-
-SPEC is an image specification.  PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
-measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
-character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
-font).  FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
-FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
-
-** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
-has a mask bitmap.
-
-- Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
-
-Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
-FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
-or omitted means use the selected frame.
-
-** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
-satisfying one of a list of specifications.
-
-** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
-optional.
-
-** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
-below).
 
 
-* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
-
-** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
-to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
-
-Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
-text in brighter colors.  On such a console, a bold black foreground
-is displayed in a gray color.  If this turns out to be hard to read on
-your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
-laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
-just display it black instead.
-
-This situation can't be detected automatically.  You will have to put
-a line like
-
-  (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
-
-in your `.emacs'.
-
-** New face implementation.
-
-Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch.  They don't use XLFD
-font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
-
-*** New faces.
-
-Each face can specify the following display attributes:
-
-   1. Font family or fontset alias name.
-
-   2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
-   width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
-
-   3. Font height in 1/10pt
-
-   4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
-
-   5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
-
-   6. Foreground color.
-
-   7. Background color.
-
-   8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
-
-   9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
-
-   10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
-
-   11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
-
-   12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
-   color.
-
-   13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
-   color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
-
-Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
-same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
-frames.  Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
-faces.  The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
-with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
-attributes mentioned above.
-
-There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'.  Face
-definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
-created frames.
-
-A face doesn't have to specify all attributes.  Those not specified
-have a nil value.  Faces specifying all attributes are called
-`fully-specified'.
-
-*** Face merging.
-
-The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
-combining several faces.  This process is called `face merging'.  Any
-aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
-properties is taken from the `default' face.  Since it is made sure
-that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
-results in a fully-specified face.
-
-*** Face realization.
-
-After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
-merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'.  The
-realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
-available on the system where Emacs runs.  The result is a `realized
-face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
-cache of the frame on which it was realized.
-
-Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
-character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
-for different charsets.  In other words, for characters of different
-charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
-
-Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
-specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
-being realized specifies a fontset.  The reason is that the result of
-the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
-statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
-
-In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
-`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
-0x7f.  The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
-the variable `face-default-registry' in this case.  The variable is
-initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
-Emacs.
-
-Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
-`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
-registry and encoding `face-default-registry'.  This is consistent
-with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
-
-**** Clearing face caches.
-
-The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
-on all frames.  If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
-unused fonts.
-
-*** Font selection.
-
-Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
-given (charset, face) combination.  This is done slightly differently
-for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
-
-If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
-pattern for fonts of the given charset.  If the face specifies a font
-family, a font pattern is constructed.  Charset symbols have a
-property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
-an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
-
-Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
-against the font pattern.  The result of font selection is the best
-match for the given face attributes in this font list.
-
-Font selection can be influenced by the user.
-
-The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
-attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
-face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
-names.  The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
-that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
-width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
-to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
-
-Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
-alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
-doesn't exist.
-
-Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
-all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
-registry.
-
-Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
-slightly different.
-
-Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.
-
-
-**** Scalable fonts
-
-Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
-since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
-servers.
-
-To enable scalable font use, set the variable
-`scalable-fonts-allowed'.  A value of nil, the default, means never use
-scalable fonts.  A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
-Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions.  A
-scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
-that list.  Example:
-
-  (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
-
-allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
-
-*** Functions and variables related to font selection.
-
-- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
-
-Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME.  If FAMILY
-is omitted or nil, list all families.  Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
-string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
-
-If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Each element of
-the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
-FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING].  FAMILY is the font family name.
-POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt.  WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
-SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
-These symbols are the same as for face attributes.  FIXED-P is non-nil
-if the font is fixed-pitch.  FULL is the full name of the font, and
-REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
-the font.  The result list is sorted according to the current setting
-of the face font sort order.
-
-- Function: x-font-family-list
-
-Return a list of available font families on FRAME.  If FRAME is
-omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Value is a list of conses
-(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
-non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
-
-- Variable: font-list-limit
-
-Limit for font matching.  If an integer > 0, font matching functions
-won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
-matching font.  The default is currently 100.
-
-*** Setting face attributes.
-
-For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
-with the old one.  Old face attribute related functions are now
-implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
-`face-attribute'.
-
-Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
-symbols.  All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
-
-The following attributes are recognized:
-
-`:family'
-
-VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
-or a fontset alias name.  If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
-and `?' are allowed.
-
-`:width'
-
-VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
-It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
-`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
-`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
-
-`:height'
-
-VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
-in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
-scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
-height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
-
-`:weight'
-
-VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use.  It must be one of the
-symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
-`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
-
-`:slant'
-
-VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use.  It must be one of the
-symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
-`reverse-oblique'.
-
-`:foreground', `:background'
-
-VALUE must be a color name, a string.
-
-`:underline'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined.  If
-VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is
-a string, underline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly
-don't underline.
-
-`:overline'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined.  If
-VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is a
-string, overline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
-overline.
-
-`:strike-through'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
-striking through them.  If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
-face.  If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color.  If VALUE
-is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
-
-`:box'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
-around them.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes.  If
-VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
-of the face.  If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
-and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1.  Otherwise,
-VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
-:color COLOR :style STYLE)'.  If a keyword/value pair is missing from
-the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
-specified below.  WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
-defaults to 1.  COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
-the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
-color of the face for 3D boxes.  STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
-should be draw.  If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
-like a released 3D button.  If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
-that appears like a pressed button.  If STYLE is nil, the default if
-the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
-box.
-
-`:inverse-video'
-
-VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
-inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
-
-`:stipple'
-
-If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
-The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
-searched.  Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
-HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
-is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap.  VALUE nil means
-explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
-
-For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
-and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
-
-`:font'
-
-Set font-related face attributes from VALUE.  VALUE must be a valid
-XLFD font name.  If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
-is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
-versions of Emacs.
-
-For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
-be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used.  VALUE
-must be t or nil in that case.  A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
-
-Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
-`defface'.
-
-`:inherit'
-
-VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
-of face names.  Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
-like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
-
-*** Face attributes and X resources
-
-The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
-from X resources:
-
-  Face attribute        X resource              class
------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  :family               attributeFamily .       Face.AttributeFamily
-  :width                attributeWidth          Face.AttributeWidth
-  :height               attributeHeight         Face.AttributeHeight
-  :weight               attributeWeight         Face.AttributeWeight
-  :slant                attributeSlant          Face.AttributeSlant
-   foreground           attributeForeground     Face.AttributeForeground
-  :background           attributeBackground .   Face.AttributeBackground
-  :overline             attributeOverline       Face.AttributeOverline
-  :strike-through       attributeStrikeThrough  Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
-  :box                  attributeBox            Face.AttributeBox
-  :underline            attributeUnderline      Face.AttributeUnderline
-  :inverse-video        attributeInverse        Face.AttributeInverse
-  :stipple              attributeStipple        Face.AttributeStipple
-        or              attributeBackgroundPixmap
-                                                Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
-  :font                 attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont
-  :bold                 attributeBold           Face.AttributeBold
-  :italic               attributeItalic .       Face.AttributeItalic
-  :font                 attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont
-
-*** Text property `face'.
-
-The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
-specification or a list of such specifications.  Each face
-specification can be
-
-1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
-
-2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
-   KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
-   for that attribute.  Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
-   for face attribute names.
-
-3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
-   (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name.  This is
-   for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
-
-** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
-
-The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
-on TTY and MSDOS frames.  It maps a color name to a color number on
-the terminal.  Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
-default.  You can get defined colors with a call to
-`defined-colors'.  The function `tty-color-clear' can be
-used to clear the mapping table.
-
-** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
-
-The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
-and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame.  On frames whose
-type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
-color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
-display.  Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
-old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
-`x-display-color-p'.  (The old function names are still available for
-compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.)  Lisp programs
-should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
-modify their color-related behavior.
-
-The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
-any frame type.
-
-** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
-
-The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
-`display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
-`display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
-`display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
-`display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
-`display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
-display.  Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
-the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
-platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
-
-The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
-display can display image files.
-
-** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
-
-This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
-To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
-the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
-`Inviolable' option.
-
-The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
-end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
-Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
-
-** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
-
-There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
-buffers.  A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
-property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
-
-Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
-forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
-to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
-not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
-commands continue into the next field if repeated.  Stopping at field
-boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
-`inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
-functions.
-
-Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
-a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
-editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
-
-The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
-
-- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
-
-Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
-
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
-constrained position if that is different.
-
-If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
-positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
-ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
-constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
-as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
-is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
-fields.  Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
-the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
-also considered to be `on the boundary'.
-
-If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
-NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
-unconstrained.  This useful for commands that move by line, like
-C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
-only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
-
-If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
-a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
-
-Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
-
-- Function: delete-field &optional POS
-
-Delete the field surrounding POS.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-
-- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
-
-Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
-field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
-
-- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
-
-Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
-then the end of the *following* field is returned.
-
-- Function: field-string &optional POS
-
-Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-
-- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
-
-Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
-A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
-If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
-
-** Image support.
-
-Emacs can now display images.  Images are inserted into text by giving
-strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
-(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE.  The display of the `display' property value
-replaces the display of the characters having that property.
-
-If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
-`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'.  If
-AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
-window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
-area.
-
-IMAGE is an image specification.
-
-*** Image specifications
-
-Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
-is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols.  Each
-specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
-symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'.  Properties not
-described below are ignored.
-
-The following is a list of properties all image types share.
-
-`:ascent ASCENT'
-
-ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
-If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
-to use for its ascent.
-
-If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
-image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
-
-If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
-centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
-of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
-overlays that apply to the image.
-
-`:margin MARGIN'
-
-MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
-as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
-horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin.  Default is 0.
-
-`:relief RELIEF'
-
-RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces.  Puts a relief
-around an image.
-
-`:conversion ALGO'
-
-Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
-
-ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
-edge-detection algorithm to the image.
-
-ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
-apply a general edge-detection algorithm.  MATRIX must be either a
-nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers.  A pixel at
-position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
-around that position.  MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
-neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
-transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
-x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
-below.
-
-  (x-1/y-1  x/y-1  x+1/y-1
-   x-1/y    x/y    x+1/y
-   x-1/y+1  x/y+1  x+1/y+1)
-
-The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
-resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
-multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
-of the factors' absolute values.
-
-Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
-
-  (1  0  0
-   0  0  0
-   9  9 -1)
-
-Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
-
-  ( 2 -1  0
-   -1  0  1
-    0  1 -2)
-
-ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
-``disabled''.
-
-`:mask MASK'
-
-If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
-the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
-image.  If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
-background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
-image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
-the background color of the image.  Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
-GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
-image.
-
-If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one.  Images
-in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
-`:mask nil'.
-
-`:file FILE'
-
-Load image from FILE.  If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
-search for the image in `data-directory'.  Some image types support
-building images from data.  When this is done, no `:file' property
-may be present in the image specification.
-
-`:data DATA'
-
-Get image data from DATA.  (As of this writing, this is not yet
-supported for image type `postscript').  Either :file or :data may be
-present in an image specification, but not both.  All image types
-support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
-
-*** Supported image types
-
-**** XBM, image type `xbm'.
-
-XBM images don't require an external library.  Additional image
-properties supported are:
-
-`:foreground FG'
-
-FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
-meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
-
-`:background BG'
-
-BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
-meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
-
-XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file.  In this
-case, the image specification must contain the following properties
-instead of a `:file' property.
-
-`:width WIDTH'
-
-WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
-
-`:height HEIGHT'
-
-HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
-
-`:data DATA'
-
-DATA must be either
-
-   1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
-   have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
-
-   2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
-
-   3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
-   bitmap.
-
-   4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file.  Neither width nor
-   height may be specified in this case because these are defined
-   in the file.
-
-**** XPM, image type `xpm'
-
-XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
-`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later.  Make sure the library is
-found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
-`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
-
-Additional image properties supported are:
-
-`:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
-
-SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
-name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
-name.
-
-XPM images can be built from memory instead of files.  In that case,
-add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
-
-The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
-to display compressed images.
-
-**** PBM, image type `pbm'
-
-PBM images don't require an external library.  Color, gray-scale and
-mono images are supported.  Additional image properties supported for
-mono images are:
-
-`:foreground FG'
-
-FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
-meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
-
-`:background FG'
-
-BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
-meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
-
-**** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
-
-Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
-package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
-properties defined.
-
-**** TIFF, image type `tiff'
-
-Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
-package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
-properties defined.
-
-**** GIF, image type `gif'
-
-Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
-`libungif-4.1.0', or later.
-
-Additional image properties supported are:
-
-`:index INDEX'
-
-INDEX must be an integer >= 0.  Load image number INDEX from a
-multi-image GIF file.  If INDEX is too large, the image displays
-as a hollow box.
-
-This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
-For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
-at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
-every 0.1 seconds.
-
-(defun show-anim (file max)
-  "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
-  (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
-
-(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
-  (when (= idx max)
-    (setq idx 0))
-  (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
-    (save-excursion
-      (set-buffer buffer)
-      (goto-char (point-min))
-      (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
-      (insert-image img "x"))
-    (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
-
-**** PNG, image type `png'
-
-Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
-package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
-properties defined.
-
-**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
-
-Additional image properties supported are:
-
-`:pt-width WIDTH'
-
-WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  WIDTH must be an
-integer.  This is a required property.
-
-`:pt-height HEIGHT'
-
-HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  HEIGHT
-must be a integer.  This is an required property.
-
-`:bounding-box BOX'
-
-BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
-the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
-files.  This is an required property.
-
-Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp.  See
-lisp/gs.el.
-
-*** Lisp interface.
-
-The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
-which are supported in the current configuration.
-
-Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
-they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
-The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
-manually.  Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
-images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
-
-*** Simplified image API, image.el
-
-The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
-creation and putting images into text.  The function `create-image'
-can be used to create images.  The macro `defimage' can be used to
-define an image based on available image types.  The functions
-`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
-buffer.
-
-** Display margins.
-
-Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
-and images.
-
-To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
-`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
-`set-window-margins'.  The function `window-margins' can be used to
-obtain the current settings.  To make `left-margin-width' and
-`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
-the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
-of the display margins.
-
-You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
-containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
-one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil.  VALUE can be either a
-string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
-in this file).
-
-** Help display
-
-Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
-moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
-`help-echo'.  This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
-that have a `help-echo' property.
-
-If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
-is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION.  WINDOW is
-the window in which the help was found.
-
-If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
-`help-echo' text property was found.
-
-If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
-POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
-
-If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
-the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
-mouse.
-
-If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
-string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
-
-For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
-determine the help to display.  If their definition contains a
-property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
-For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
-used as help string.
-
-The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
-the help string differently.  For example, enabling a tooltip window
-causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
-
-** Vertical fractional scrolling.
-
-The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
-This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
-
-The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
-scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
-The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
-scrolling value.  Here is an example of how these function might be
-used.
-
-  (global-set-key [A-down]
-    #'(lambda ()
-        (interactive)
-        (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
-                            (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
-  (global-set-key [A-up]
-    #'(lambda ()
-        (interactive)
-        (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
-                            (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
-
-** New hook `fontification-functions'.
-
-Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
-when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified.  This
-variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.  Each function
-is called with one argument, POS.
-
-At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
-characters starting at POS in the current buffer.  It should mark them
-as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
-property.  It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
-`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
-
-** Tool bar support.
-
-Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  The frame
-parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
-controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar.  A zero value
-suppresses the tool bar.  If the value is non-zero and
-`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
-automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
-
-*** Tool bar item definitions
-
-Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
-`tool-bar'.  For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
-where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
-
-CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
-evaluated to get a string.  The caption is currently not displayed in
-the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
-property (see below).
-
-BINDING is the tool bar item's binding.  Tool bar items with keymaps as
-binding are currently ignored.
-
-The following properties are recognized:
-
-`:enable FORM'.
-
-FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
-or disabled.
-
-`:visible FORM'
-
-FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
-
-`:filter FUNCTION'
-
-FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
-FUNCTION is specified as the filter.  The value FUNCTION returns is
-used instead of BINDING to display this item.
-
-`:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
-
-TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'.  SELECTED is evaluated
-and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
-
-`:image IMAGES'
-
-IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
-image specifications.  If it is a vector, this table lists the
-meaning of each of the four elements:
-
-   Index        Use when item is
-   ----------------------------------------
-     0          enabled and selected
-     1          enabled and deselected
-     2          disabled and selected
-     3          disabled and deselected
-
-If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
-algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
-
-`:help HELP-STRING'.
-
-Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item.  This help
-is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
-
-The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
-toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
-to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
-menu bar.
-
-The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
-dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
-buffer-locally to override the global map.
-
-*** Tool-bar-related variables.
-
-If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
-resize to show all defined tool bar items.  It will never grow larger
-than 1/4 of the frame's size.
-
-If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
-raised when the mouse moves over them.
-
-You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
-`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
-pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
-vertical margins .  Default is 1.
-
-You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
-`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer.  Default is 3.
-
-*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
-
-You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
-a tool bar item.  If
-
-  (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
-    '(menu-item "Shell" shell
-                :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
-
-is the original tool bar item definition, then
-
-  (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
-
-makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
-item.
-
-** Mode line changes.
-
-*** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
-
-The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
-that have a `local-map' text property.  There are three ways to display
-a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
-
-1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
-a `local-map' text property.
-
-2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
-that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
-
-3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'.  FORM
-is evaluated.  If the result is a string, and that string has a
-`local-map' property.
-
-The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
-properties of strings in the mode line.  See `bindings.el' for an
-example.
-
-*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
-evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
-
-*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
-variable mode-line-format to nil.
-
-*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
-
-This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
-`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
-completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
-`default-mode-line-format'.  A value of nil means don't display a top
-line.
-
-The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
-`header-line'.
-
-The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
-position in the header-line.
-
-** Text property `display'
-
-The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
-replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
-also used to control other aspects of how text displays.  The value of
-the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
-below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
-
-*** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas
-
-To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
-text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.
-
-If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
-marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
-the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
-is displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
-simpler form STRING as property value.
-
-*** Variable width and height spaces
-
-To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
-specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'.  If LOCATION is
-`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
-area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
-marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
-displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
-simpler form STRETCH as property value.
-
-The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
-PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
-properties described below.
-
-The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
-characters having the `display' property.
-
-- :width WIDTH
-
-Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
-character width.  WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
-
-- :relative-width FACTOR
-
-Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
-first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
-same `display' property.  The computation is done by multiplying the
-width of that character by FACTOR.
-
-- :align-to HPOS
-
-Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS.  The
-value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
-
-Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
-
-- :height HEIGHT
-
-Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
-normal line height.
-
-- :relative-height FACTOR
-
-The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
-of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
-
-- :ascent ASCENT
-
-Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
-used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
-baseline.  The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
-equal to 100.
-
-You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
-
-*** Images
-
-A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
-. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification.  The image replaces,
-in the display, the characters having this display specification in
-their `display' text property.  If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
-the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
-`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
-area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
-the text.  In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
-as display specification.
-
-*** Other display properties
-
-- (space-width FACTOR)
-
-Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
-should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
-integer or float.
-
-- (height HEIGHT)
-
-Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
-
-If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
-means to use a font that is N steps larger.  If HEIGHT is a list of
-the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller.  A
-``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
-a font is available counts as a step.
-
-If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
-as tall as the frame's default font.
-
-If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
-height as argument.  The function should return the new height to use.
-
-Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
-`height' bound to the current specified font height.
-
-- (raise FACTOR)
-
-FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
-font's height.  If it is positive, that means to display the characters
-raised.  If it is negative, that means to display them lower down.  The
-amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
-`height' subproperty.
-
-*** Conditional display properties
-
-All display specifications can be conditionalized.  If a specification
-has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
-only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.  During the
-evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
-conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
-bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
-the display property was found, respectively.  Both positions can be
-different when object is a string.
-
-The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
-`(when t . SPEC)'.
-
-** New menu separator types.
-
-Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type.  Menu items with
-item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
-treated like before.  In addition, the following item names are used
-to specify other menu separator types.
-
-- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
-
-No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
-separator occurs.
-
-- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
-
-A single line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
-
-A double line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
-
-A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
-
-A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
-
-A single line with 3D sunken appearance.  This is the form
-displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
-
-A single line with 3D raised appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
-
-A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
-
-A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
-
-Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
-
-Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
-
-Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
-
-- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
-
-Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
-
-Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
-the corresponding single-line separators.
-
-** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
-
-The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
-`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
-Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
-that scroll bars should use a default color.  For toolkit scroll bars,
-default colors are toolkit specific.  For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
-default background is the background color of the frame, and the
-default foreground is black.
-
-The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
-(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
-`ScrollBarBackground').
-
-Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
-settings for scroll bar colors.
-
-** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
-display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
-
-** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
-starts on a continuation line.  The new window start is computed based
-on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
-line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
-the original window start.
-
-** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
-`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
-now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
-
-** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
-
-A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
-`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil.  A value of `height' makes
-windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
-other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
-
-The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
-fixed-width and fixed-height.
-
-  (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
-
-A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
-fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
-window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height.  To
-change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
-temporarily to nil, for example
-
-  (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
-     (enlarge-window 10))
-
-Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
-or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
-
-** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
-terminals.  When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
-to a solid box, as it does on Unix.  The `cursor-type' frame parameter
-overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
-horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
-support a vertical-bar cursor).
-
-
-
-* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
-
-** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
-input.
-
-** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
-
-** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
-
-** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
-only for character input, but also in incremental search.  The
-exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
-(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
-(e.g. iso-2022-jp).  They are ignored in incremental search.
-
-** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
-been added.
-
-
-* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
-
-** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
-
-
-
-* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
-
-** Not new, but not mentioned before:
-M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
-
-* Changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
-
-You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
-Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'.  If you use the name
-`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
-
-If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
-is the one that is used.
-
-** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
-the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
-Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
-separate from the command's regular output.
-Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
-says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
-In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
-the buffer name.
-
-When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
-output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
-it from the previous batch of error output.  The error buffer is not
-cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
-
-** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
-the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
-is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
-created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
-
-** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names.  For
-example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
-match c*.c.  To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
-quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
-
-** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
-now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
-if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
-they never ignore case.
-
-** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
-under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
-applies to all operating systems.  Emacs recognizes from the contents
-of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
-just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
-convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing.  This is a
-part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
-
-If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
-the same format that was used in the file before.
-
-You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
-`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
-
-** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
-renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
-This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
-
-** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
-The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
-buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
-your operating system.  For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
-is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems.  The usual
-end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
-Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
-
-The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
-eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
-control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
-format.  You can now customize these variables.
-
-** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
-filename contained non-ASCII characters.  Now this is fixed.  Such a
-filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
-enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
-
-** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
-in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
-windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
-
-** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
-dynamic-completion-mode to enable it.  Just loading the file
-doesn't have any effect.
-
-** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
-not one per buffer.
-
-** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
-use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
-  (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
-
-** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
-To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
-`auto-show-mode' command.
-
-** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
-avoid redisplay problems.  As a consequence, compared with previous
-versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
-choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line.  This change
-occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
-
-** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
-cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
-
-** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
-character set specified in the message.  If you want to disable this
-feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
-
-** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
-the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
-interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
-and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
-
-** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
-
-The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
-that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
-one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
-codepage.  For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
-set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
-
-Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
-from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
-
-IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
-equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
-a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
-`?' on other systems.
-
-IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
-feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
-Unix.
-
-Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
-current codepage when it starts.
-
-** Mail changes
-
-*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
-`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
-appropriate MIME headers are added.  The headers are added only if
-non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
-MIME headers are already present.  For example, the following three
-headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
-latin-1:
-
-  MIME-version: 1.0
-  Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
-  Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
-
-*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
-default way to encode outgoing mail.  This has higher priority than
-default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
-sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
-buffer-file-coding-system.
-
-You should not set this variable manually.  Instead, set
-sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
-mail.
-
-*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
-if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
-Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
-list of possible coding systems.
-
-** CC Mode changes
-
-*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
-modes to style names.  When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
-longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style.  See the variable's
-docstring for details.
-
-*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
-symbol.  The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
-found.  This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
-prioritized order on a single line.  However, none of the supplied
-lineup functions use this feature currently.
-
-*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
-"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
-
-*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
-"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
-
-*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
-from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode.  Two new
-symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
-c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
-anonymous classes.
-
-*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
-syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
-
-*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
-inexpr-class.  New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
-support and gcc-style statements inside expressions.  New lineup
-function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
-
-*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
-(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
-brace.  These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
-c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
-(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
-
-*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
-
-*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
-
-*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
-for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
-
-*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
-
-*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol.  The indentation
-associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
-This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
-circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
-class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
-added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See the
-Gnus manual for the full story.
-
-*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
-before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
-group, which is created automatically.
-
-*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
-values.
-
-*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
-
-*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
-outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
-
-*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
-`C-u C-c C-c'.
-
-*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
-
-*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
-re-highlighting of the article buffer.
-
-*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
-
-*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
-Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
-
-*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
-`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
-
-*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
-control over simplification.
-
-*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
-
-*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
-limit.
-
-*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
-
-*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
-
-*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
-If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
-rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
-
-*** Canceling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
-`a' forces normal posting method.
-
-*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
--- `W d'.
-
-*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
-to a non-nil value.
-
-*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
-where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
-
-*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
-has been added.
-
-*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
-
-*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
-
-*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
-`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
-
-*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
-`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
-
-*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
-
-*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
-been added.
-
-*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
-`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
-
-*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
-updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
-
-*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
-
-*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
-
-*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
-
-** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
-
-*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
-options for the TeX run.  The default value causes TeX to run in
-nonstopmode.  For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
-
-*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell.  In a
-TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
-of these keys may not work on all systems).  For instance, if you run
-TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
-can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
-
-*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
-All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
-but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell.  Thus you can use
-the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
-
-*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
-the matching of braces and $'s.  The errors are listed in a *Occur*
-buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
-mismatch.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
-file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
-
-*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
-lowercase by default.  To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
-characters will lose their accent.  All Mule characters will be
-removed from the label.
-
-*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
-a window instead of the echo area.  See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
-
-*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files.  See the
-customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
-
-*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
-`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
-expressions.
-
-*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
-
-** New/deleted modes and packages
-
-*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
-SNMPv2 MIBs.  It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
-
-*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
-editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
-SQL interpreters.  It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
-
-*** ispell4.el has been deleted.  It got in the way of ispell.el and
-this was hard to fix reliably.  It has long been obsolete -- use
-Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
-
-* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
-This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
-conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
-and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup.  For details,
-check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
-
-The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
-Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
-distribution when the config.bat script is run.
-
-** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
-MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
-controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
-directly to a printer port.  Similarly, in the previous version of
-Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
-on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
-string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
-program is used.  (These changes were made so that configuration of
-printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
-
-** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
-output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
-available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
-input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
-temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
-program.
-
-An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
-and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware.  For both of these
-programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
-automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
-as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
-ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
-
-** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
-a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
-MS-DOS and MS-Windows only.  This has been true since version 20.3, but
-was not documented clearly before.
-
-** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
-This includes Tetris and Snake.
-
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
-return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
-They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
-meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
-
-** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
-WILDCARD.  If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
-and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
-
-** Changes in the file-attributes function.
-
-*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
-It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
-
-*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
-the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
-integers.
-
-** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
-files in a directory and their attributes.  It accepts the same
-arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
-file names and attributes are returned.
-
-** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
-sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes.  It
-accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
-It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
-returns the result.
-
-** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
-to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
-
-** New functions for base64 conversion:
-
-The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
-into the base64 code used in MIME.  base64-decode-region
-performs the opposite conversion.  Line-breaking is supported
-optionally.
-
-Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
-job on the text in a string.  They return the value as a new string.
-
-**
-The new function process-running-child-p
-will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
-terminal to its own child process.
-
-** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
-when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
-to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
-itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
-
-** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
-be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
-
-** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
-:included is an alias for :visible.
-
-easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
-easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p.  This can be used
-to move or copy menu entries.
-
-** Multibyte editing changes
-
-*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed.  Now, sref is
-an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1.  This change is to
-make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
-work on the latest Emacs.  Such code uses a combination of sref and
-char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
-        (setq char (sref str idx)
-              idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
-The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
-
-If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
-(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
-        (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
-
-*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
-region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
-deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
-
-    Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
-
-This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
-across the boundary.
-
-*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
-`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
-    o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
-      contains 8-bit characters.
-    o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
-      contains invalid characters.
-
-*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
-text properties of the target region.  Ideally, they should correctly
-preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard.  Removing
-text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
-way.
-
-*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
-If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
-end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
-prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
-
-*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
-compose Thai characters in a string.
-
-** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
-argument NAME, which should be a string.  It supplies the menu name
-for the created keymap.  Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
-menus should always use the third argument.
-
-** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
-read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped.  Now the second
-arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  These functions use the current
-input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
-
-** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
-of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns.  This is useful in
-programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
-inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
-
-** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
-the echo area, while executing some Lisp code.  Like `progn', it
-returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
-echo area contents.
-
-   (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
-
-** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
-NOERROR.  If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
-requested feature cannot be loaded.
-
-** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
-foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
-means to clear out that attribute.
-
-** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
-gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
-
-** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
-read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
-unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
-end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
-
-** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
-the gap of the current buffer.
-
-** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
-to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
-current buffer.
-
-** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
-facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
-These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
-it back in after any modifications have been made.
-
-* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
-
-** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
-the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
-/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
-directories themselves.  Both immediate subdirectories and
-subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
-
-Not all subdirectories are included, though.  Subdirectories whose
-names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
-Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded.  Also, a subdirectory
-which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded.  You can use
-these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
-
-Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
-starts up.  While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
-time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
-
-This feature is an incompatible change.  If you have stored some Emacs
-Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
-to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
-subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
-`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
-results.
-
-** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
-GCC.  This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
-that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
-fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
-
-* Changes in Emacs 20.3
-
-** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
-including its argument.  If you repeat the z afterward,
-it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
-perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
-
-** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
-specified region.  To do this, set point and mark around the desired
-region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_).  You can then continue undoing
-further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
-command C-x u or C-_.  This will keep undoing changes that were made
-within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
-are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
-region.
-
-In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
-selective undo.
-
-** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
-unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
-buffer.  Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
-effect.  The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
-Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
-
-The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
-though.  If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
--*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.  That will force Emacs to
-load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
-
-** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
-no longer appears in the menu bar.  We've realized that changing the
-enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
-something that most users not do.
-
-** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
-operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
-The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
-applications.
-
-C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
-pasting operations.
-
-** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
-setting the variable `printer-name'.  Just what a printer name looks
-like depends on your operating system.  You can specify a different
-printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
-`ps-printer-name'.
-
-** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
-minor mode.  It is called M-x flyspell-mode.  You don't have to remember
-any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
-except when you make a spelling error.  Flyspell works by highlighting
-incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
-hits a new word.
-
-Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
-Ispell in Emacs.  In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
-to be confused by TeX commands.
-
-You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
-correct.  You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
-clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
-of various alternative replacements and actions.
-
-Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections.  M-TAB replaces
-the current misspelled word with a possible correction.  If several
-corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
-alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
-flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
-
-Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
-flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
-
-** Changes in input method usage.
-
-Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
-the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
-respectively.
-
-You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
-
-If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
-of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
-
-The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
-that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
-
-  If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
-
-  If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
-
-  If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
-  when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
-
-  If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
-  given in the following case:
-    o When you are using a complex input method.
-    o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
-
-If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
-input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
-and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
-setting it to t is helpful.
-
-The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
-
-In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
-keys:
-        Shift-SPC       toggle-korean-input-method
-        C-F9            quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
-        F9              quail-hangul-switch-hanja
-These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
-environment.
-
-** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
-names, not the entire minibuffer input.  For example, if the
-minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
-get
-
-     /usr/foo//etc/passwd
-
-which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
-
-Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
-Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
-
-** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
-at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
-its owner and group.
-
-** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
-Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
-
-** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
-contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
-
-** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
-which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
-in all the lines on a rectangle.  The column is specified
-by the left edge of the rectangle.
-
-** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
-increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
-C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG.  This is useful
-for writing keyboard macros.
-
-** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
-files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to.  The
-frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
-the frame that it was started from.  Some major modes define
-additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
-info.
-
-** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
-
-** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
-query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
-contents only.
-
-** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
-confirmation before overwriting an existing file.  When you call
-the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
-says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
-
-** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
-non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
-literally.  If you say no, it signals an error.
-
-** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
-now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
-Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
-inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
-
-** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
-failure if the command produces no output.
-
-** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
-manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
-the mouse.
-
-** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
-mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
-function and variable names.
-
-** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
-reading specific files.  This has higher priority than
-file-coding-system-alist.
-
-** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
-t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
-converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
-the current language environment.  As a result, they are displayed
-according to the current fontset.
-
-** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
-
-The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
-that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
-nonascii-insert-offset.
-
-For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
-enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
-nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
-characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
-
-** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
-an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
-
-** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
-letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
-
-** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
-are inferred and hyperlinked.  Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
-command keys.
-
-** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
-user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
-
-Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
-user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
-all variables that have documentation.
-
-** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
-shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
-that shows you overlap with the previous line of text.  The variable
-minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
-it should show; the default is 20.
-
-Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
-the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
-of your input.
-
-** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
-all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
-recent Emacs versions.  You specify a previous Emacs version number as
-argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
-the customizable options which were changed since that version.
-Newly added options are included as well.
-
-If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
-then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
-for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
-
-This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
-Customize menu.
-
-** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
-the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
-
-** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
-buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
-invoked.
-
-** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
-that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
-The default is 1.
-
-** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
-syntax, not word syntax.  Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
-new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
-(C-x n d).  M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
-sensibly.
-
-** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
-
-** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
-value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
-two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
-
-** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
-reminder about upcoming diary entries.  See the documentation string
-for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
-every night.
-
-** Desktop changes
-
-*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
-the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
-
-*** Minor modes are now restored.  Which minor modes are restored
-and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
-
-** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
-read and post multi-lingual articles.
-
-** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
-doing an isearch.  In order for this to happen search-invisible should
-be set to open (the default).  If an isearch match is inside a hidden
-outline the outline is made visible.  If you continue pressing C-s and
-the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
-made invisible again.
-
-** Mail reading and sending changes
-
-*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
-the message before it lets you edit the message.  This is so that any
-changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
-toggle.
-
-*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
-now works in the summary buffer as well.  (The command to delete the
-summary buffer is now Q.)  The default file name for the w command, if
-the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
-rmail-default-body-file.
-
-*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
-longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator.  Instead, they
-handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
-
-*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
-it should be an expression.  When you send a message, this expression
-is evaluated to insert the signature.
-
-*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
-outbound email messages.  It works in coordination with other email
-handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
-putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
-transmission.  Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
-especially interested in trying feedmail.
-
-feedmail is not enabled by default.  See comments at the top of
-feedmail.el for set-up instructions.  Among the bigger features
-provided by feedmail are:
-
-**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
-stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
-there is also a queue for draft messages
-
-**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
-be prompted for confirmation
-
-**** does smart filling of address headers
-
-**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
-the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
-can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
-
-**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
-the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
-/usr/lib/sendmail, and Emacs Lisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
-function for something else (10-20 lines of Lisp code).
-
-** Dired changes
-
-*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
-files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
-
-*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el.  It allows one to easily
-run Dired on the directory name at point.
-
-*** Dired has a new command: %g.  It searches the contents of
-files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
-for a specified regexp.
-
-** VC Changes
-
-*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
-conveniently.
-
-*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten.  It is now much
-faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
-Dired.
-
-VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
-directory to display.  By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
-listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
-currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
-
-You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
-then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
-vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
-control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
-on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
-
-All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
-is redefined as the version control prefix.  That means you may type
-`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
-the file named in the current Dired buffer line.  `v v' invokes
-`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
-
-The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
-toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
-VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command,
-`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
-
-Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
-ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
-command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
-
-*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
-file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
-session to resolve them.
-
-Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
-resolve conflicts in a file at any time.  It works in any buffer that
-contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
-uses as well).
-
-*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
-command vc-merge (C-x v m).  It is implemented for RCS and CVS.  When
-you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
-either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
-branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
-If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
-using ediff.
-
-** Changes in Font Lock
-
-*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
-are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
-use for highlighting constants and labels.  (Its face properties are
-unchanged.)  The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
-compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
-
-** Frame name display changes
-
-*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
-frame.  You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
-raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
-when many frames are invisible or iconified.
-
-*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
-frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
-menu.
-
-** Comint (subshell) changes
-
-*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
-subjob now also kill pending input.  This is for compatibility
-with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
-
-*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
-
-C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
-that is, the line after the last line you got.
-You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
-
-C-c SPC accumulates lines of input.  More precisely, it arranges to
-send the current line together with the following line, when you send
-the following line.
-
-C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
-which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
-previously sent input.
-
-C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
-it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
-as the search string.
-
-*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
-automatically in compilation-mode windows.
-
-** C mode changes
-
-*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
-and as recognized syntax.  New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
-assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
-definition.
-
-*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
-(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
-Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated.  "gnu"
-style is still the default however.
-
-*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
-
-*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
-are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
-them.  They do not have key bindings by default.
-
-*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
-and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
-
-*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
-namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
-
-*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
-makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
-
-*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
-c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
-
-*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded.  You
-should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
-package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file.  A new
-variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
-
-** Changes to hippie-expand.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
-non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
-which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
-non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
-expanding dynamically.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
-non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
-non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
-this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
-expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
-
-*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
-automatic key generation.  This replaces variable
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
-against the first word in the title.
-
-*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
-capitalized words.  To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
-lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use
-lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
-
-*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
-generation is more flexible.  Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
-replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
-bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
-
-** Changes in vcursor.el.
-
-*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
-and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text.  A
-variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
-entered exactly as if typed.  Numerous functions, including
-`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
-in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
-
-*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
-Editing group once the package is loaded.
-
-*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
-generally a bad side effect.  Use M-x customize to set
-vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
-
-*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
-vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
-
-** Ispell changes.
-
-*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
-buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings
-are identified by syntax tables in effect.
-
-*** Generic region skipping implemented.
-A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
-and will not be checked.  The definitions of the regions can be user
-defined.  New applications and improvements made available by this
-include:
-
-    o URLs are automatically skipped
-    o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
-
-*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
-large projects (like a several volume math book).  The parser has been
-re-written from scratch.  To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
-section `Optimizations' in the manual.
-
-*** New recursive parser.
-
-The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
-entire multifile document in order to parse the document.  The new
-recursive parser scans the individual files.
-
-*** Parsing only part of a document.
-
-Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
-partial scans.  To use this feature, read the documentation string of
-the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
-
-    (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
-
-*** Storing parsing information in a file.
-
-This can improve startup times considerably.  To turn it on, use
-
-    (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
-
-*** Using multiple selection buffers
-
-If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
-for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
-
-    (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
-
-*** References to external documents.
-
-The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
-documents.  RefTeX can provide information about the external
-documents as well.  To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
-macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
-RefTeX.  The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
-the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
-The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
-
-*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
-
-The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
-and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
-
-Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
-the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
-
-*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
-
-The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
-buffers.  See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
-
-*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
-
-The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
-contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
-`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'.  The selection processes
-have a number of new keys predefined.  In particular, TAB lets you
-enter a label with completion.  Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
-at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
-more.
-
-*** Support for the varioref package
-
-The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
-
-*** New hooks
-
-Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
-and citations are created. These hooks are
-`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
-`reftex-format-cite-function'.
-
-*** Citations outside LaTeX
-
-The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
-a mail buffer).  See the Info documentation for details.
-
-*** Short context is no longer fontified.
-
-The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
-fontification from the text in the buffer.  If you prefer it to be
-fontified, use
-
-   (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
-
-** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
-With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
-the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
-directories that contain the same file name.
-
-Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
-Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
-file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
-Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
-have Makefile.  A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
-names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
-directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
-directory.
-
-** New modes and packages
-
-*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
-It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
-it, but some do not.
-
-*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
-code.
-
-*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
-current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
-around in a buffer.
-
-Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
-
-*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees.  The author
-uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
-be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
-established system of notation similar to Chess.
-
-*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
-documentation string checking for style and spelling.  The style
-guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
-
-*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
-available in Emacs.  Some of these functions are wrappers around
-system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc.); others are implementations of
-simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp.  There are also
-functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
-the like.
-
-*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
-identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
-
-*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
-within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
-used in a considerable time.  To use this feature, customize
-the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
-
-*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
-
-  apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
-  samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
-  fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
-  x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
-  hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc.)
-  mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
-  javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
-  vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
-  java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
-  java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
-  mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
-
-  Platform-specific modes:
-
-  prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
-  pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
-  alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
-  inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
-  ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
-  reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
-  bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
-  rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
-  rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
-
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
-
-** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
-use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
-That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
-Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
-
-Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
-you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
-consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
-
-** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
-and using a default value if the key is not found there.  You can
-specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
-searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
-
-** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
-multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
-character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
-environment.
-
-** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
-take two optional arguments.  PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
-string.  SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
-current input method for reading this one event.
-
-** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
-now control whether to output certain characters as
-backslash-sequences.  print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
-non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
-characters.  Both of these variables are used only when printing
-in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
-
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
-
-** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
-of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
-
-** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
-in Emacs 19 and before.  This means that (forward-char 1)
-always increases point by 1.
-
-The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments.  It is
-considered obsolete.  The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
-
-See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
-
-** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
-Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
-default value changed.  For example,
-
-   (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
-     :type 'integer
-     :group 'foo
-     :version "20.3")
-
-   (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
-     :version "20.3")
-
-If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
-default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
-is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
-`:version' in the top level group.
-
-This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
-
-** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
-starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
-
-However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
-symbol itself, is not an error.  This is for the sake of programs that
-support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
-to themselves.
-
-If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
-this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
-values whatever.
-
-** There is a new debugger command, R.
-It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
-in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
-
-** Frame-local variables.
-
-You can now make a variable local to various frames.  To do this, call
-the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
-local bindings for that variable.
-
-These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
-frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
-modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
-parameter name.
-
-Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
-Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
-active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
-that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
-
-It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
-clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
-very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
-through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
-
-** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
-"symbolic regular expressions."  These are Lisp expressions that, when
-evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps.  The symbolic form
-makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
-See the documentation in sregex.el.
-
-** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
-is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
-parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
-The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
-
-** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
-If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
-
-** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
-known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
-define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
-
-** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
-when the user enters empty input.  It now returns the null string, as
-it did in Emacs 19.  The default value is made available in the
-history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
-
-The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
-return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
-empty input.
-
-** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
-for selecting buffers.  For example, if you set this variable to
-`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
-Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
-`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
-
-** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
-echoing a period for each character typed.  It takes three arguments:
-a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
-default password to use if the user enters nothing.
-
-** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
-specify not to break a line at certain places.  Its value is a
-function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
-place where a break is being considered.  If the function returns
-non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
-
-** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
-If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
-up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
-end of the window, even if this requires computation.
-
-** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
-which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
-If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
-
-** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
-holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
-was directed to display this buffer.
-
-** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
-with `equal'.  Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
-describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
-other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
-set-window-configuration.
-
-** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
-window configurations loosely.  It ignores differences in saved buffer
-positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
-windows and the choice of buffers to display.
-
-** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
-override the key bindings of a minor mode.  The elements of this alist
-look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
-
-If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
-non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
-map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
-
-minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
-and it is meant to be set by major modes.
-
-** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
-except that it discards all text properties from the result.
-
-** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
-USE-FLOATS.  If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
-floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
-
-** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
-to use for creating temporary files.  The default value is determined
-in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
-it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
-
-** Menu changes
-
-*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
-keywords :visible and :filter.  The existing keyword :keys is now
-better supported.
-
-The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
-a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
-you define the menu.  The default is t.  If you rarely use menus, you
-can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
-then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
-
-*** A new format for menu items is supported.
-
-In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
- (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
-defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
-starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
-
-The format is:
- (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
- (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
-where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
-string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
-The supported properties include
-
-:enable FORM      Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
-                  item is enabled.
-:visible FORM     Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
-                  item should appear in the menu.
-:filter FILTER-FN
-                  FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
-                  which will be REAL-BINDING.
-                  It should return a binding to use instead.
-:keys DESCRIPTION
-                  DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
-                  binding for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
-                  `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
-:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
-                  KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
-                  keyboard binding.
-:key-sequence nil
-                  This means that the command normally has no
-                  keyboard equivalent.
-:help HELP        HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
-:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
-                  TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
-                  SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
-                  value says whether this button is currently selected.
-
-Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
-Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
-
-(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
-
-** New event types
-
-*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
-mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse).  The event contains a delta that
-corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
-which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom.  The format is:
-
-  (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
-
-where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
-same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
-indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated.  A
-negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
-the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
-forward, away from the user.
-
-As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
-
-*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
-files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
-and dropped onto an Emacs frame.  The event contains a list of
-filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
-loaded into Emacs.  The format is:
-
-  (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
-
-where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
-same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
-that were dragged and dropped.
-
-As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
-
-** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
-
-*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
-any attempt to set it directly signals an error.  The only way
-to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
-
-*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all".  You
-can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
-that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
-
-*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
-in Emacs 19 and before.
-
-The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
-The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
-
-*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
-buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
-unibyte representation.  If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
-representation.  Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
-
-This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
-as a sequence of bytes.  However, it does change the contents
-viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
-one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
-will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
-
-This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
-representation is in use.  It also adjusts various data in the buffer
-(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
-consistent with the new representation.
-
-*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
-representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care
-about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
-however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
-
-The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
-nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
-using the table nonascii-translation-table.
-
-*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
-representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
-representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
-
-The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
-loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
-is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
-
-*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
-which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
-
-*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
-which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
-
-*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
-portions of two strings.  Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
-so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
-You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
-
-*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
-it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
-
-*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
-convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
-buffer or string being searched.
-
-One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
-[...] to match all non-ASCII characters.  This does still work when
-searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
-searching or matching a multibyte string.  Unfortunately, there is no
-obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job.  But, what
-you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
-expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
-
-*** Structure of coding system changed.
-
-All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
-by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
-which defines the coding system.  Aliases share the same vector
-as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
-vector affects the principal name and its aliases.  You can define
-your own alias name of a coding system by the function
-define-coding-system-alias.
-
-The coding system definition includes a property list of its own.  Use
-the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
-access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
-pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
-character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
-safe-charsets.  For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
-'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
-`iso-8859-1'.
-
-Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
-The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
-coding system can correctly encode and decode.  For instance:
-(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
-
-Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
-also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
-are capable of that coding system.  Though, Emacs itself can encode
-the other character sets and read it back correctly.
-
-*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
-proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
-This function requires a user interaction.
-
-*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
-find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
-select-safe-coding-system.  They return a list of all proper coding
-systems to encode a text in some region or string.  If you don't want
-a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
-select-safe-coding-system.
-
-*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
-decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
-last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
-was done.
-
-*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
-used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
-coding systems used by some specific language environment.
-
-*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
-return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil.  Thus, if only ASCII
-characters are found, they now return a list of single element
-`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
-
-*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
-coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
-coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
-converted.
-
-*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
-coding system for communicating with other X clients.
-
-*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
-character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
-character sets or entire subrows of a character set.  In other words,
-each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
-either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
-range of characters.
-
-*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
-Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
-
-*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
-in the current buffer at position POS.
-
-*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
-input-method-function.  If this is non-nil, its value should be a
-function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
-character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
-event as an argument.  Often this function will read more input, first
-binding input-method-function to nil.
-
-The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
-method processing.  These events will be processed sequentially as
-input, before resorting to unread-command-events.  Events returned by
-the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
-not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
-
-The input method function is not called when reading the second and
-subsequent events of a key sequence.
-
-*** You can customize any language environment by using
-set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
-
-The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
-customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook.  For
-instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
-environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
-exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
-
-* Changes in Emacs 20.1
-
-** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
-options.  It is called M-x customize.  With this facility you can look
-at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
-tree structure.
-
-M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
-user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
-
-With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
-session or permanently.  (Permanent settings are stored automatically
-in your .emacs file.)
-
-** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
-You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
-
-** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
-This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
-
-** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
-immediately afterward.  At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
-kills the region.
-
-The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
-delete the character before point, as usual.
-
-** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
-on terminals which support this.  (You can disable this feature
-by setting search-highlight to nil.)
-
-** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
-insert the default value into the minibuffer as text.  In effect,
-the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
-onto the history "in the future".  (The more normal use of the
-history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
-past.)
-
-** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
-This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
-in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
-TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
-makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
-
-As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
-and is an alias for it.
-
-If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
-use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
-
-** Scrolling changes
-
-*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
-position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
-
-In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
-on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
-where it started.
-
-*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
-move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
-screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
-does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
-
-*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
-top or bottom of a window.  It is a number of screen lines; if point
-comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
-recenters the window.
-
-** International character set support (MULE)
-
-Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
-including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
-Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
-Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts.  These
-features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
-MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
-
-Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
-coding systems for storing files.  Emacs uses a single multibyte
-character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
-variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
-into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
-
-Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
-generally don't have keys for all the characters in them.  So Emacs
-supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
-language, to make it possible to type them.
-
-The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
-character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
-
-The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
-to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
-
-You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
-
-  (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
-
-Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
-characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
-argument, AUTO.  This provides compatibility for people who are
-already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
-characters for their work until they want to change.
-
-*** Input methods
-
-An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
-specifically for interactive input.  In Emacs, typically each language
-has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
-the same characters can share one input method).  Some languages
-support several input methods.
-
-The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
-another alphabet.  This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
-work.
-
-A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
-characters into one letter.  Many European input methods use
-composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
-consists of a letter followed by diacritics.  For example, a' is one
-sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
-letter.
-
-The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
-by conversion.  The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
-First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
-marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
-mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
-
-None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
-they are handled specially.  First you input a whole word using
-phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
-converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
-
-Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
-word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
-typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
-the first guess is wrong.
-
-*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
-turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
-
-If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
-byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
-they did in Emacs 19.34.  This includes the features for support for
-the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
-
-However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
-use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
-includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
-translate automatically to and from either one.
-
-*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
-
-Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
-file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
-sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte.  This is probably not
-what you want.
-
-If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
-example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
-system when reading the file.  This coding system also turns off
-multibyte characters in that buffer.
-
-If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
-character conversion as well.
-
-*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
-
-A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
-Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
-requires using many fonts.
-
-Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets".  Each fontset is a
-collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
-
-A fontset has a name, like a font.  Individual fonts are defined by
-the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself.  But once you
-have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
-you would use a font.
-
-If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
-specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
-display that character.  It will display an empty box instead.
-
-The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
-(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
-characters).
-
-*** Defining fontsets.
-
-Emacs does not use any fontset by default.  Its default font is still
-chosen as in previous versions.  You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
-with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
-
-Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
-of standard-fontset-spec.  This fontset's short name is
-`fontset-standard'.  Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
-standard fontset are created automatically.
-
-If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
-argument, a fontset is generated from it.  This works by replacing the
-FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
-with `*' then using this to specify a fontset.  This fontset's short
-name is `fontset-startup'.
-
-Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
-The resource value should have this form:
-        FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
-FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
-        * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
-        * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
-        * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
-The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
-of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
-CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
-should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
-
-Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
-last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
-You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
-
-For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
-font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME.  For instance, with the
-following resource,
-        Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
-the font for ASCII is generated as below:
-        -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
-Here is the substitution rule:
-    Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
-    defined in the variable x-charset-registries.  For instance, ASCII has
-    the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable.  Then, reduce
-    sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
-    (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
-
-The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
-fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec.  You can also call
-that function explicitly to create a fontset.
-
-With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
-like an actual font name.  But be careful not to specify a fontset
-name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
-fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
-fontsets.
-
-*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
-defaults for a particular choice of language.
-
-Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
-method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
-visiting files.  However, it does not try to reread files you have
-already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected.  The
-language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
-system for new files that you create.
-
-It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
-set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
-whole Emacs session.
-
-For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
-chooses the Latin-1 character set.  In the .emacs file, you can do this
-with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
-
-*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
-specifies the file coding system for the current buffer.  This
-specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
-the file.  As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
-coding systems that Emacs supports.
-
-*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
-lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
-This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
-After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
-is used for *the immediately following command*.
-
-So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
-write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
-
-If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
-then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
-
-For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
-visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
-
-*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
-construct.  Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
-to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM.  You can also
-specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
-of the file.
-
-*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
-the coding system for terminal output.  If you specify a character
-code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
-translated into that character code.
-
-This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
-various countries to support the languages of those countries.
-
-By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
-
-*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
-the coding system for keyboard input.
-
-Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
-with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
-some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
-
-By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
-
-Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
-input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
-translate into single characters.  However, input methods are designed
-to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
-designed to work with terminals.
-
-*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
-specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
-This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
-has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
-translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
-in the corresponding buffer.
-
-By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
-
-*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
-to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
-It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
-
-*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
-an input method.  If no input method has been selected before, the
-command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
-want to use.
-
-C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
-method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
-
-*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
-layouts commonly used for particular scripts.  How to do this
-remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout.  To specify
-which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
-
-*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
-the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
-related information.
-
-*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
-HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
-scripts.
-
-*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
-information about the support for a particular language.
-You specify the language as an argument.
-
-*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
-the coding system used in the visited file.  It normally follows the
-first dash.
-
-A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
-(except CRLF => newline if appropriate).  `=' means no conversion
-whatsoever.  The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
-1 through 9.  Other coding systems are represented by letters:
-
-    A alternativnyj (Russian)
-    B big5 (Chinese)
-    C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
-    C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
-    D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
-    E euc-japan (Japanese)
-    I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
-    J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv)  (Japanese)
-    K euc-korea (Korean)
-    R koi8 (Russian)
-    Q tibetan
-    S shift_jis (Japanese)
-    T lao
-    T tis620 (Thai)
-    V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
-    i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
-    k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
-    v viqr (Vietnamese)
-    z hz (Chinese)
-
-When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
-two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
-coding system.  These two characters describe the coding system for
-keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
-
-*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
-conversion to use for RMAIL files.  The default value is nil.
-
-When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
-into Emacs' internal format.  This has nothing to do with
-rmail-file-coding-system.  That variable controls reading and writing
-Rmail files themselves.
-
-*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
-conversion for outgoing mail.  The default value is nil.
-
-Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
-for sending mail:
-
-- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
-- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
-- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
-  if that is non-nil.  That comes from your language environment.
-- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
-
-*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
-to specify the language for the tutorial file.  Currently, English,
-Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported.  We welcome additional
-translations.
-
-** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
-of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally.  There is also a command
-insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
-without any conversion.
-
-** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
-You can now specify any number of octal digits.
-RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
-any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
-
-** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
-functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
-
-Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
-Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
-
-Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
-mode.  For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
-
-** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
-complete-symbol.  This command performs completion on the symbol name
-in the buffer before point.
-
-With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
-symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
-you are using.
-
-With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
-just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
-
-** File locking works with NFS now.
-
-The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
-in the same directory as FILENAME.
-
-This means that collision detection between two different machines now
-works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
-can become a bottleneck.
-
-The new method does have drawbacks.  It means that collision detection
-does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
-create new files.  Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
-file server does not support symbolic links.  But these conditions are
-rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
-so useful that the change is worth while.
-
-When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
-are stale.  So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
-collisions.  When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
-tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
-
-** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
-it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el.  Instead you must call
-show-paren-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
-selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
-delsel.el.  Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
-within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
-complete.el.  Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
-it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el.  You must also
-set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
-
-** Changes in View mode.
-
-*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
-Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
-
-*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
-view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
-
-*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
-previous state.
-
-*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
-scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
-
-*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows.  If
-non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
-not just the selected window.
-
-*** New customization variable view-read-only.  If non-nil, visiting a
-read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
-turns View mode on or off.
-
-*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
-how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
-delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
-
-** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
-now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
-
-** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
-has a new feature.  If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
-presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
-which version to compare with.
-
-** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
-blocks if a match is inside the block.
-
-The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
-is outside the block.  By customizing the variable
-isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
-shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
-
-By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
-of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
-blocks, all of them or none.
-
-** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
-current buffer and deletes the selected window.  It asks for
-confirmation first.
-
-** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
-now changes the major mode according to that file name.
-However, the mode will not be changed if
-(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
-(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
-    not suitable for ordinary files, or
-(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
-
-This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
-
-However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
-these commands do not change the major mode.
-
-** M-x occur changes.
-
-*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
-it performs a case-sensitive search.
-
-*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
-if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
-using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
-
-** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
-in just one window at a time.  At first, it is highlighted in the
-window where you set the mark.  The buffer's highlighting remains in
-that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
-buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
-
-** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
-after the command finishes.  The message suggesting key bindings
-appears temporarily in the echo area.  The previous echo area contents
-come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
-
-** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
-selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
-buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
-
-** Outline mode changes.
-
-*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
-
-*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
-
-** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
-you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
-Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
-was already active.
-
-The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
-unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
-get confused by it.
-
-If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
-set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
-
-** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
-
-*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
-conversion.  If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
-character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
-including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
-
-The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
-mixed case.  And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
-copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
-
-*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
-are no longer Lisp expressions.  They have simply three possible
-values.
-
-`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
-case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
-`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
-case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
-
-** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
-certain length.  The variable history-length specifies how long they
-can be.  The default value is 30.
-
-** Changes in Mail mode.
-
-*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
-Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
-composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
-`mail-user-agent'.  The default choice of user agent is
-`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
-behavior.
-
-C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
-compose-mail-other-frame.
-
-*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
-the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
-replying to.  This copies the text which is the selected region in the
-buffer that shows the original message.
-
-*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
-with separator lines around the contents.
-
-*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
-in suitable mail headers.  Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
-definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc).  You do not
-need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
-
-*** New features in the mail-complete command.
-
-**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
-for local users or if that is known.  The variable mail-complete-style
-controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
-Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
-
-**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
-to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
-/etc/passwd.
-
-**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
-to get the list of user ids.  By default, one file is used:
-/etc/passwd.
-
-** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
-special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning.  Thus, if you have a
-directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
-reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
-
-Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
-when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
-be taken to be magic.
-
-** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
-files to search through, and grep to scan them.  The output is
-available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
-
-M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
-(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
-
-** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
-suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
-
-In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
-
-new key         dired.el binding                old key
--------         ----------------                -------
-  * c           dired-change-marks              c
-  * m           dired-mark                      m
-  * *           dired-mark-executables          *  (binding deleted)
-  * /           dired-mark-directories          /  (binding deleted)
-  * @           dired-mark-symlinks             @  (binding deleted)
-  * u           dired-unmark                    u
-  * DEL         dired-unmark-backward           DEL
-  * ?           dired-unmark-all-files          C-M-?
-  * !           dired-unmark-all-marks
-  * %           dired-mark-files-regexp         % m
-  * C-n         dired-next-marked-file          M-}
-  * C-p         dired-prev-marked-file          M-{
-
-** Rmail changes.
-
-*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
-saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
-chosen to make a unique name.  This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
-each time you run it.
-
-*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
-whether to include the line count in the summary.  Non-nil means yes.
-
-*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
-messages) now take repeat counts as arguments.  A negative argument
-means to move in the opposite direction.
-
-*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
-you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
-
-*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
-just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
-It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
-can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
-for output.
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
-
-*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
-Gnus.
-
-*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
-`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
-
-*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
-article mode line.
-
-*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
-
-*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
-
-(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
-
-*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
-are to be considered home score and adapt files.  See
-`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
-
-*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
-
-*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
-
-*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
-See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
-
-*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
-Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
-used to pick articles.
-
-*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
-another have been added.
-
-    `M-x gnus-change-server'
-
-*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
-generating lines in buffers.
-
-*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
-`C-M-_'.
-
-*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
-
-*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
-
-    (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
-
-*** Scores can be decayed.
-
-    (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
-
-*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
-Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
-
-*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
-the native server.
-
-   `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
-
-*** A new command for reading collections of documents
-(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
-
-*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
-
-*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
-even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
-
-*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
-(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
-
-    Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
-    a group.
-
-*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
-sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
-
-    See the commands under the `T S' submap.
-
-*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
-
-    See the commands under the `G P' submap.
-
-*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
-
-    Use the `Y c' command.
-
-*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
-
-*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
-
-    `M-x nnmail-split-history'
-
-*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
-from incoming mail before saving the mail.
-
-    See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
-
-*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
-
-*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
-the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
-
-        (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
-
-Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
-and show appropriate characters.  (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
-from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
-hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
-this issue.)
-
-Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
-automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
-particular news group.  This can be done by:
-
-        (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
-
-Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
-of newsgroups.  If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
-"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
-system.  CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
-for reading and posting).
-
-CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
-  (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
-Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
-newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
-there.
-
-Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
-default.  Here are some of these default settings:
-
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
-
-When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
-the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
-
-** CC mode changes.
-
-*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
-code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
-values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file.  To do
-this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
-Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
-loaded.
-
-If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
-Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
-style variables have buffer local values.  By default, all buffers
-share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
-c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you
-must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
-
-*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
-of the current buffer.
-
-*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
-it is no longer necessary.  C mode now handles all the supported styles
-of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
-
-*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
-style that the Python developers like.
-
-*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
-This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
-just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
-
-** VC Changes [new]
-
-*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
-name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
-directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
-
-This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
-master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
-developers.
-
-You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
-RET in a buffer visiting that file.
-
-*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
-other developers.  Such files are made read-only by CVS.  To get a
-writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file.  VC then
-calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
-
-*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
-version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
-
-** Calendar changes.
-
-*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
-subclasses of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow
-you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
-following/previous years.
-
-*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system.  Use `pb' in
-the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date.  The Baha'i
-calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
-each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year).  The
-calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
-supposed attribute of God.
-
-** ps-print changes
-
-There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
-layout.
-
-*** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
-
-Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
-be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex.  If your
-printer system has this behavior, set variable
-`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
-
-If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
-blank page as the very first printed page.  So, it behaves as if the
-very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
-
-The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
-setting duplex mode and page size.  Valid values are:
-
- lpr-switches    duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
-                 Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
-                 printing for your printer.
-
- setpagedevice   duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
-                 setpagedevice PostScript operator.
-
- nil             duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
-                 the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
-
-The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
-opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other.  If
-`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
-bindings on the left or right.  If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
-ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
-This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
-The default value is nil.
-
-The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
-properties alist.  Valid frame properties are:
-
-  fore-color    Specify the foreground frame color.
-                Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
-                color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
-                color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
-                correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
-                float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
-                color).  The default is 0 ("black").
-
-  back-color    Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
-                The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
-
-  shadow-color  Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
-                The default is 0 ("black").
-
-  border-color  Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
-                The default is 0 ("black").
-
-  border-width  Specify the border width.
-                The default is 0.4.
-
-Any other property is ignored.
-
-Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
-`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
-documentation).
-
-Ps-print can also print footers.  The footer variables are:
-`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
-`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
-`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
-`ps-footer-frame-alist'.  These variables are similar to those
-controlling headers.
-
-*** Color management (subgroup)
-
-If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
-color.
-
-*** Face Management (subgroup)
-
-If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
-set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
-background should be used.  Valid values are:
-
- t              always use face background color.
- nil            never use face background color.
- (face...)      list of faces whose background color will be used.
-
-*** N-up printing (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
-sheet of paper.
-
-The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
-between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
-
-If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
-each page.
-
-The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
-on each sheet of paper.  Following are the valid values for
-`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
-
-   `left-top'   1  2  3  4         `left-bottom'    9  10 11 12
-                5  6  7  8                          5  6  7  8
-                9  10 11 12                         1  2  3  4
-
-   `right-top'  4  3  2  1         `right-bottom'   12 11 10 9
-                8  7  6  5                          8  7  6  5
-                12 11 10 9                          4  3  2  1
-
-   `top-left'   1  4  7  10        `bottom-left'    3  6  9  12
-                2  5  8  11                         2  5  8  11
-                3  6  9  12                         1  4  7  10
-
-   `top-right'  10 7  4  1         `bottom-right'   12 9  6  3
-                11 8  5  2                          11 8  5  2
-                12 9  6  3                          10 7  4  1
-
-Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
-
-*** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
-RGB color.
-
-The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
-continue on next page.  Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
-to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
-
-                   `nil'        `follow'        `full'        `full-follow'
-   Current Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
-                1  XXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXX +   1  XXXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                2  XXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXX +   2  XXXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                3  XXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXX +   3  XXXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                4        +   4           +   4         +   4                +
-                5        +   5           +   5         +   5                +
-                6        +   6           +   6         +   6                +
-                7  XXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXX +   7  XXXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                8  XXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXX +   8  XXXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                9  XXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXX +   9  XXXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                10       +   10          +
-                11       +   11          +
-                --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
-      Next Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
-                12 XXXXX +   12          +   10 XXXXXX +   10               +
-                13 XXXXX +   13 XXXXXXXX +   11 XXXXXX +   11               +
-                14 XXXXX +   14 XXXXXXXX +   12 XXXXXX +   12               +
-                15       +   15 XXXXXXXX +   13        +   13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                16       +   16          +   14        +   14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                17       +   17          +   15        +   15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
-                18 XXXXX +   18          +   16 XXXXXX +   16               +
-                19 XXXXX +   19 XXXXXXXX +   17 XXXXXX +   17               +
-                20 XXXXX +   20 XXXXXXXX +   18 XXXXXX +   18               +
-                21       +   21 XXXXXXXX +
-                22       +   22          +
-                --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
-
-Any other value is treated as `nil'.
-
-
-*** Printer management (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
-some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
-`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string.  If you're using the lpr
-utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
-to "-P".
-
-The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
-paper feeding.  If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place.  If it's
-non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
-
-The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
-should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript.  Non-nil means
-do so.
-
-*** Page settings (subgroup)
-
-If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
-error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
-indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
-instead.  If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
-the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
-by `ps-paper-type'.  This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
-`setpagedevice'.
-
-The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
-printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
-`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
-
-The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print.  If
-it's nil, all pages are printed.  If it's a list, list elements may be
-integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
-specifying to print from page FROM to TO.  Invalid list elements, that
-is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
-its TO, are ignored.
-
-The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
-pages.  Valid values are:
-
-   nil          print all pages.
-
-   `even-page'  print only even pages.
-
-   `odd-page'   print only odd pages.
-
-   `even-sheet' print only even sheets.
-                That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
-                `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
-                print only the even sheet of paper.
-
-   `odd-sheet'  print only odd sheets.
-                That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
-                `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
-                only the odd sheet of paper.
-
-Any other value is treated as nil.
-
-If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
-are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
-`ps-even-or-odd-pages'.  For example, if we have:
-
-   (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
-
-and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
-`ps-n-up-printing', we get:
-
-`ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
-   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'       PAGES PRINTED
-        nil                     1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
-        even-page               4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
-        odd-page                1, 7, 9, 13, 15
-        even-sheet              4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
-        odd-sheet               1, 7, 9, 13, 15
-
-`ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
-   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'       PAGES PRINTED
-        nil                     1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
-        even-page               4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
-        odd-page                1/7, 9/13, 15
-        even-sheet              6/7, 10/12, 15/16
-        odd-sheet               1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
-
-*** Miscellany (subgroup)
-
-The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
-messages should be sent.
-
-It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
-front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
-`ps-user-defined-prologue'.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
-points for line numbers.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
-numbers.  See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
-line numbers are printed.  For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
-to 2, the printing will look like:
-
-   1 one line
-     one line
-   3 one line
-     one line
-   5 one line
-     one line
-     ...
-
-Valid values are:
-
-integer         an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
-                printed.  If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
-                is used.
-
-`zebra'         specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
-                zebra stripe is to be printed.
-
-Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
-
-The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
-the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'.  For example, if
-`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
-3, the output will look like:
-
-     one line
-     one line
-   3 one line
-     one line
-     one line
-   6 one line
-     one line
-     one line
-   9 one line
-     one line
-     ...
-
-The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
-where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
-
-The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
-for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
-`ps-font-size').
-
-The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
-in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
-`ps-font-size').
-
-The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
-
-The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
-start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
-
-** hideshow changes.
-
-*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
-C++, ; for lisp).
-
-*** Support for java-mode added.
-
-*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
-in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
-
-*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
-the beginning of the files.  Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
-way!  This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
-
-*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
-robust and a lot faster.
-
-*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
-
-*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
-to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden.  See the
-documentation for more details.
-
-** Changes in Enriched mode.
-
-*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
-filled to the current fill-column.  This behavior is now independent
-of the size of the window.  When you save the file, the fill-column in
-use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
-the next time unless the fill-column is different.
-
-*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode.  When it is enabled, Emacs
-distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
-as paragraph boundaries.  Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
-as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
-
-** Font Lock mode
-
-*** Custom support
-
-The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
-font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify
-the faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new
-custom group font-lock-faces.  If you set font-lock-face-attributes in your
-~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value.  However, you should
-consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
-
-You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
-
-*** Maximum decoration
-
-Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
-default.  Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
-of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
-supported.  You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
-to get the old behavior.
-
-*** New support
-
-Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
-
-Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
-support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
-
-*** Configurable support
-
-Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
-additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
-c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
-java-font-lock-extra-types.  These value of each of these variables should be a
-list of regexps matching the extra type names.  For example, the default value
-of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
-convention that C type names end in _t.  This results in slower fontification.
-
-Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
-way you wish, typically by adding regexps.  However, these new variables make
-it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
-
-*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
-
-You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
-highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
-for any mode.
-
-For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
-
- (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
-
-in your ~/.emacs.
-
-*** New faces
-
-Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
-font-lock-warning-face.  These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
-distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
-to user attention, respectively.  Various modes now use these new faces.
-
-*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
-
-The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
-cache files silently.  You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
-same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
-
-*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
-
-The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
-according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines.  You can use
-the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature.  If
-non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
-refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time.  If nil, then only
-the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
-Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
-
-This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
-For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
-this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
-refontified to reflect their new syntactic context.  Previously, only the line
-containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
-the command M-o M-o (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
-
-As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
-
-Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
-Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
-Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
-new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
-
-If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
-settings.
-
-** Ada mode changes.
-
-*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
-If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
-procedure (modulo overloading).  If a spec has no body file yet, but
-you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
-stubs.
-
-*** There are two new commands:
- - `ada-make-local'   : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
- - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
-
-The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
-`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
-`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
-
-*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode.  The outline level
-is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
-Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
-
-*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
-formatting used in GNAT.  It places two blanks after a comment start,
-places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
-space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
-
-** Scheme mode changes.
-
-*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
-mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
-for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'.  The variables
-with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
-have any effect.
-
-If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
-still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
-scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
-variables as buffer-local variables.
-
-*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
-Use M-x dsssl-mode.
-
-** Changes to the emacsclient program
-
-*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
-USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
-associated with the name.  That is an emacsclient running as root
-can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
-
-*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
-it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
-buffer in Emacs.
-
-*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
-use if Emacs is not running.  The environment variable
-ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
-option takes precedence.
-
-** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
-constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
-(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
-
-** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
-which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
-the current defun.
-
-** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
-following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
-
-** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
-and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
-necessary).
-
-** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
-if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
-these register values no longer become completely useless.
-If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
-asked whether to visit the file again.  If you say yes,
-it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
-
-** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
-example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
-be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
-you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
-
-You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
-variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions.  If a
-file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
-revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
-only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
-
-** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
-since it applies only to the current frame.
-
-** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
-file for tex-file to run TeX on.  (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
-and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
-
-This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
-multiple files.  In each of the included files, you can set up a local
-variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
-tex-main-file.  Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
-instead of just the file you are editing.
-
-** RefTeX mode
-
-RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
-and \cite macros in LaTeX documents.  RefTeX distinguishes labels of
-different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
-multifile documents.  To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
-turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode.  Here are the main user commands:
-
-C-c (    reftex-label
-   Creates a label semi-automatically.  RefTeX is context sensitive and
-   knows which kind of label is needed.
-
-C-c )    reftex-reference
-   Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
-   label definition.  The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
-
-C-c [    reftex-citation
-   Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
-   database entries.  The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
-
-C-c &    reftex-view-crossref
-   Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
-
-C-c =    reftex-toc
-   Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document.  From there you
-   can quickly jump to every section.
-
-Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
-commands.  Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
-Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
-reftex.el.  You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
-C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Info documentation is now available.
-
-*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore.  This confused
-both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
-bibtex-user-optional-fields.
-
-*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
-(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
-
-*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
-entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
-appropriate functions.
-
-*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
-entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
-
-*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
-been cleaned.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
-bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
-shall be delimited.
-
-*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
-bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
-bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
-
-*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
-field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
-prefixed with `ALT'.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
-bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
-formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
-documentation).
-
-*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
-documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
-for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
-
-*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
-comma should be inserted at end of last field.
-
-*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
-alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
-signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
-
-*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
-
-*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
-
-*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
-from alien sources.
-
-*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
-to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
-crossref entries.
-
-*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
-region.
-
-*** Added support for imenu.
-
-*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
-of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
-`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
-`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
-
-*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
-from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
-
-** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
-
-** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
-
-** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
-functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
-Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
-as an argument.
-
-When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
-and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
-
-** browse-url changes
-
-*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
-Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
-(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
-non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
-customization variables.
-
-*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
-
-*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
-lines.  Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
-(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
-
-** Changes in Ediff
-
-*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
-pops up the Info file for this command.
-
-*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
-the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
-merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
-directories).
-
-*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
-and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
-files in the same directory.
-
-*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
-The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format.  (The bug
-related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
-
-** Changes in Viper
-
-*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
-*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
-    instead of vip-.
-*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
-*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
-Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
-*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
-*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
-*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
-color when Viper is in insert state.
-*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
-Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
-viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
-
-** Etags changes.
-
-*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
-default.  The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
-Use --no-globals to turn this feature off.  Etags can also tag
-variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
-not by default.  Use --members to turn this feature on.
-
-*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
-
-*** Java is tagged like C++.  In addition, "extends" and "implements"
-constructs are tagged.  Files are recognized by the extension .java.
-
-*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript.  Files are
-recognized by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
-In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
-
-*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code.  The usual C and
-C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
-recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
-methods and protocols.
-
-*** Etags also handles Cobol.  Files are recognized by the extension
-.cobol.  The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
-column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
-paragraph name.
-
-*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep.  The syntax of
-an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
-at least M times and as many as N times.
-
-** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
-in files has changed slightly.
-
-With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
-time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
-This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
-with old time-stamp-format values.
-
-In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
-(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
-This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
-reasons.
-
-In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
-natural width.  (With format-time-string, each format has a
-fixed-width default.)  In this version, you can specify the colon
-(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
-time-stamp-format width default."  Do not use colon if you are
-specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
-
-Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
-case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year.  Digit
-truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
-
-The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs.  New formats are
-being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
-future to be compatible with format-time-string.  The new forms being
-recommended now will continue to work then.
-
-See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
-details.
-
-** There are some additional major modes:
-
-dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
-m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
-meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
-
-** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
-copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
-into Emacs.
-
-** New Lisp packages include:
-
-*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
-
-*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
-be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
-
-*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
-
-*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
-in shell buffers.
-
-*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
-See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
-and `elint-defun'.
-
-*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
-meant for programming constructs.  These abbrevs expand like ordinary
-ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
-strings or comments.
-
-These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
-abbrev for insertion of additional text.  Once you expand the abbrev,
-you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
-insertion points.  Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
-at these points.
-
-*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
-can visit them by short forms of their names.
-
-*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
-Emacs Lisp function at point.
-
-*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
-
-*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
-switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
-
-*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
-
-*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
-
-*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
-
-*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
-from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
-
-*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
-You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
-inserted at point.  M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
-original place after inserting the copy.
-
-*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
-on the buffer.
-
-You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
-velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
-(with mouse-drag-drag).  Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
-
-Enable mouse-drag with:
-    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
--or-
-    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
-
-*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
-mail waiting to be read in them.  It works with procmail.
-
-*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
-It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
-
-*** ogonek
-
-The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
-Polish diacritic characters in buffers.  Codings known from various
-platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
-TeX.  For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
-ISO8859-2.  Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
-prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
-instance) and vice versa.
-
-To use this package load it using
-    M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
-Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
-    M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish
-    M-x ogonek-how        -- in English
-The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
-ways of customization in `.emacs'.
-
-*** Interface to ph.
-
-Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
-
-The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
-services about people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
-these servers.
-
-*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
-
-*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
-You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
-while the real cursor does not move.
-
-*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
-for visiting your favorite web sites.
-
-*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
-so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
-
-** movemail change
-
-Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
-mail retrieval to function properly.  This is because it no longer
-supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
-user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
-
-This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
-
-* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-
-** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
-
-Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
-end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
-Macintosh).  Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
-file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
-file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
-
-To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
-C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
-coding system for the buffer.  Then, when you save the file, the newly
-specified coding system will take effect.  For example, to save with
-LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
-save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
-
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
-
-** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
-Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19.  And
-vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
-Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
-
-** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
-to start with w32- instead of win32-.
-
-In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise.  We
-don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
-"win".
-
-** Basic Lisp changes
-
-*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
-evaluates to itself.  Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
-
-*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed.  It should now
-be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
-or by the user.
-
-The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
-
-*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
-
-(when CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
-(unless CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
-
-*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
-usual Lisp meanings.  For example, caar returns the car of the car of
-its argument.
-
-*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
-
-*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
-
-*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
-
-*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
-error if the integer is not a valid character code.  These primitives
-include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
-`format' function.
-
-*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
-or .elc, to the file name.  Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
-whose name is just foo.  It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
-
-*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
-either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
-adding one of these suffixes.
-
-*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
-which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
-If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
-
-We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
-because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
-
-*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
-
-*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
-You must load the `cl' library to define it.
-
-*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
-conveniently with a different current buffer.  It looks like this:
-
-  (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
-
-BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
-BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
-
-*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
-choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
-restoring the value of point or the mark.  `with-current-buffer'
-works using `save-current-buffer'.
-
-*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
-write the output to a specified file.  Like `progn', it returns the value
-of the last form.
-
-*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
-which is discarded after use.  Like `progn', it returns the value of the
-last form.  If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
-as the last form.
-
-*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
-characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
-matches.
-
-For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
-
-*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
-with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
-Then it returns that string.
-
-For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
-
-(with-output-to-string
-  (princ "The buffer is ")
-  (princ (buffer-name)))
-
-returns "The buffer is foo".
-
-** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
-is non-nil.
-
-These characters have character codes above 256.  When inserted in the
-buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
-characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
-
-*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
-a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
-
-Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
-character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
-Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
-position by 2, 3 or 4.  The function forward-char moves by whole
-characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
-  (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
-
-ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
-Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
-non-ASCII characters.  These sequences are called "multibyte
-characters".
-
-The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
-through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237).  These values are called
-"leading codes".  The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
-range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377).  The first byte, the
-leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
-
-*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
-(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
-multibyte character.  Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
-character, which may be more than one buffer position.
-
-This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
-always one buffer position, need to be changed.
-
-However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
-
-*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
-because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
-have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377.  However,
-the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
-guaranteed.
-
-*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
-between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
-character).
-
-When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
-
- 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
- 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
- 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
- 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
- 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
-
-*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
-
-*** Strings can contain multibyte characters.  The function
-`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
-more than the number of characters.
-
-You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
-it literally.  You can also represent it with a hex escape,
-\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary.  Any character which
-is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct.  If you want to
-follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
-newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
-
-*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
-and returns a string containing those characters.
-
-*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
-(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX.  INDEX
-counts from zero.  If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
-character, sref signals an error.
-
-*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
-in a string.  This is less than the length of the string, if the
-string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
-
-*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
-in a region from BEG to END.  This is less than (- END BEG) if the
-region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
-
-*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
-the characters in it.  string-to-vector converts a string
-to a vector of the characters in it.
-
-*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
-of a string.  You call it as follows:
-
-   (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
-
-This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
-STRING.  OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
-This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
-Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
-it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
-
-*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
-if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
-
-*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
-if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
-
-*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
-to fit within a certain number of columns.  (Of course, it does
-not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
-which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
-
-(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
-
-This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
-
-The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
-If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
-are not included in the resulting value.
-
-The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
-at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
-WIDTH columns.  If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
-is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
-
-If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
-place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
-character extends across that column), then the padding character
-PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
-string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
-column START-COLUMN.
-
-*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
-the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
-necessarily the number of characters.  It is, in effect, the
-difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
-changed text, before the change.
-
-*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
-sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol.  In general there is
-one character set for each script, not for each language.
-
-**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
-
-**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
-
-**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
-set that the character belongs to.  (The value is a symbol.)
-
-**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
-name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
-which identify the character within that character set.
-
-**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
-byte-values, constructs a character code.  This is roughly the
-opposite of split-char.
-
-**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
-of all the characters between BEG and END.
-
-**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
-of all the characters in a string.
-
-*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
-and specifying coding systems.
-
-**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
-system names (symbols).  With optional argument t, it returns a list
-of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
-(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
-and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
-as what to do about code conversion.)
-
-**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
-name.  It returns t if so, nil if not.
-
-**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
-for certain file names.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
-except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
-
-Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
-which file names the element applies to.  PATTERN should be a regexp
-to match against a file name.
-
-VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
-a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
-decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
-to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
-systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
-specifies the coding system for encoding.
-
-If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
-or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
-
-**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
-the coding system to use for network sockets.
-
-Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
-which network sockets the element applies to.  PATTERN should be
-either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
-service names.
-
-VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
-a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
-decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
-to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
-systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
-specifies the coding system for encoding.
-
-If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
-or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
-
-**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
-for certain subprocess.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
-except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
-start the subprocess.
-
-**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
-systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
-when nothing else specifies what to do.  The value is a cons cell
-(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING).  OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
-to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
-
-**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
-coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
-subprocess.
-
-It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
-but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
-start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
-connection permanently or until overridden.
-
-The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
-file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
-network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
-coding system for output.  But most of the time this variable is nil.
-It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
-system for one operation at a time.
-
-**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
-files, subprocesses or network connections.
-
-**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
-coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
-The value is a cons cell,
- (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
-where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
-the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
-input to the subprocess.
-
-**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
-change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
-
-** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
-customization options.  To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
-you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
-
-You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
-variable.  The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
-information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
-legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
-customization.
-
-Thus, instead of writing
-
-    (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
-      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
-
-you would now write this:
-
-    (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
-      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
-      :type 'boolean
-      :group foo)
-
-The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
-two meaningful states: nil and non-nil.  Other type values
-describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
-for a description of them.
-
-The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
-should belong to.  You define a new group like this:
-
-    (defgroup ispell nil
-      "Spell checking using Ispell."
-      :group 'processes)
-
-The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group.  The root
-group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
-but only other groups.  The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
-to the keywords used by C-h p.  Under these subgroups come
-second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
-
-Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups.  A simple
-package should have just one group; a more complex package should
-have a hierarchy of its own groups.  The sole or root group of a
-package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
-first-level subgroups.
-
-** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
-
-This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
-separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
-
-** easy-mmode
-
-The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
-developing minor modes easier.  Roughly, the programmer has to code
-only the functionality of the minor mode.  All the rest--toggles,
-predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
-`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation).  See also
-`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
-
-** Text property changes
-
-*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
-text property.
-
-*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
-previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
-place where either a text property or an overlay might change.  The
-functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT.  POSITION is the
-starting position for the scan.  LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
-
-If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT.  If
-LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
-of the buffer.  If no property change is found, the value is the
-position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
-
-*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
-value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap.  This
-is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
-
-** Changes in invisibility features
-
-*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
-hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
-is inside that portion of the buffer.  To enable this the overlay
-should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
-would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
-make the overlay visible.
-
-During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
-invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
-needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
-which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
-the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
-t when it should hide it.
-
-*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
-
-Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
-invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
-and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
-Use  `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
-manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
-Here is an example of how to do this:
-
- ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
- (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
- ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
- (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
-
-  ...
- (overlay-put  (make-overlay beginning end)  'invisible 'my-symbol)
-
- ...
- ;; When done with the overlays:
- (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
- ;; Or respectively:
- (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
-
-** Changes in syntax parsing.
-
-*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
-`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
-obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
-`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
-
-If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
-is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
-used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
-
-When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
-character in the buffer is calculated thus:
-
-        a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
-           is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
-
-           Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
-           syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
-           a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
-
-        b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
-           is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
-           (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
-           determine the syntax type of the character.
-
-        c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
-           of the current buffer.
-
-*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
-value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'.  The details are the same as
-for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
-
-*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
-and 15).  A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
-only by another character with the same code (unless quoted).  A
-character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
-another character with the same code (unless quoted).
-
-These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
-text property.
-
-*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
-arg COMMENTSTOP.  If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
-of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
-
-*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
-(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
-element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
-nil if none.  The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
-string/comment is started by a "!"  or "|" syntax-code.
-
-*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
-syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
-`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
-
-** Changes in face features
-
-*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
-if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
-
-*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
-of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
-
-*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
-set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
-
-*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
-set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
-
-*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
-by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
-and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
-the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
-overlay property).
-
-This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
-arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
-
-** Changes in file-handling functions
-
-*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
-directory name from the beginning of the file name.  In other words,
-they no longer do anything special with // or /~.  That conversion
-is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
-
-This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
-begins with ~.
-
-*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
-it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
-
-*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
-the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
-
-*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
-as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
-
-*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
-character code conversion as well as other things.
-
-Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
-(formerly it did not).
-
-*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
-environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
-
-*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
-instead of constant strings.
-
-*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially.  It used
-to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
-any `//' or `/~' sequence.  Now it passes them straight through.
-
-substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
-in the same way as before.
-
-*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
-The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
-which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
-
-*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
-error if that fails.  If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
-else, and returns nil.
-
-*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
-directory cannot be listed.
-
-** Changes in minibuffer input
-
-*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
-read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
-additional argument which specifies the default value.  If this
-argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
-ways:
-
-  It is returned if the user enters empty input.
-  It is available through the history command M-n.
-
-*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
-read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
-argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  If this is non-nil, then the
-minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
-enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
-
-In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
-argument in this way.
-
-*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
-from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
-minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
-
-** Echo area features
-
-*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
-echo-area-clear-hook.  Note that the echo area can be used while the
-minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
-after the echo area is cleared.
-
-*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
-in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
-
-** Keyboard input features
-
-*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
-set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
-
-*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
-received so far from the terminal.  It does not count those generated
-by keyboard macros.
-
-** Frame-related changes
-
-*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
-creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
-hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
-
-*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
-the window configuration has changed.  The frame whose configuration
-has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
-
-*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
-selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
-value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
-in the selected frame.
-
-*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
-is now `left', `right' or nil.  A non-nil value specifies
-which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
-
-** X Windows features
-
-*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
-x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource.  The usual value of
-x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
-
-*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
-The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
-
-*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
-MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
-A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
-
-If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
-it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
-
-** Subprocess features
-
-*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
-functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
-automatically.
-
-*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
-and returns the output from the command as a string.
-
-*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
-and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
-
-** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
-does clear the variable to nil.  The documentation was wrong before.
-
-** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
-at the end of the keymap.  If the keymap is a menu, this means it
-goes after the other menu items.
-
-** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
-of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
-around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
-are in use.
-
-The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
-series of several changes--if that seems safe.
-
-Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
-after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
-form.
-
-** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
-is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
-but its hook is still run.
-
-** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
-for errors that are handled by condition-case.
-
-If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
-regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition.  This is
-useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
-
-This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways.  Errors that
-are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
-filters, will instead invoke the debugger.  So don't say you weren't
-warned.
-
-** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
-way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
-
-** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
-integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
-functions like display-time.
-
-** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
-name of a Lisp library.  This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
-
-** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
-can be used from Lisp.  Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
-is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
-
-** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
-if there is an error in compilation.
-
-** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
-switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
-argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer.  If it is non-nil,
-they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
-
-** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
-Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
-the *scratch* buffer.
-
-** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
-The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN.  This function can be used
-where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
-e.g., in Font Lock mode.
-
-** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
-and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
-It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
-
-** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
-using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
-variable mail-user-agent).  It has variants compose-mail-other-window
-and compose-mail-other-frame.
-
-** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
-can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name).  The
-full name of the specified user will be returned.
-
-** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
-of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
-where to find it.  They should load the profile of the user name found
-in that variable.  If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
-option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
-files at all.
-
-** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
-and type of padding.  This works as in printf: you write the field
-width as digits in the middle of a %-construct.  If you start
-the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
-
-For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
-minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
-with spaces to 3 positions.  Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
-is how %S normally pads to two positions.
-
-** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
-
-** imenu.el changes.
-
-You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
-item from menu created by imenu.
-
-An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
-#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
-select one of those items.
-
-* For older news, see the file ONEWS
-
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
 
-Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-   2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
    of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
diff --git a/etc/ONEWS.2 b/etc/NEWS.1-17
index d9f75c278ed..0297c928b72 100644
--- a/etc/ONEWS.2
+++ b/etc/NEWS.1-17
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  26-Mar-1986
-Copyright (C) 1986 Richard M. Stallman.
+Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 2006 Richard M. Stallman.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.1.
+This file is about changes in emacs versions 1 through 17.
+
+
 
 Changes in Emacs 17
 
@@ -407,6 +409,7 @@ By default it is still "--text follows this line--".
 
 Just before each garbage collection, all but the last 30 elements
 of the command history are discarded.
+
 
 Incompatible Lisp Programming Changes in Emacs 17
 
@@ -484,6 +487,7 @@ The functions `forward-to-word', `backward-to-word',
 `upcase-char', `mark-beginning-of-buffer' and `mark-end-of-buffer'
 have been removed.  Their definitions can be found in file
 lisp/unused.el if you need them.
+
 
 Upward Compatible Lisp Programming Changes in Emacs 17
 
@@ -804,6 +808,8 @@ a period in `modify-syntax-entry'.
 
 Backup suffixes of all kinds are now stripped from a file's name
 before searching `auto-mode-alist'.
+
+
 
 Changes in Emacs 16
 
@@ -1325,13 +1331,1187 @@ except when `-batch' has been specified.
 * Emacs can be built with output redirected to a file.
 
 This is because -batch (see above) is now used in building Emacs.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 15
+
+* Emacs now runs on Sun and Megatest 68000 systems;
+ also on at least one 16000 system running 4.2.
+
+* Emacs now alters the output-start and output-stop characters
+ to prevent C-s and C-q from being considered as flow control
+ by cretinous rlogin software in 4.2.
+
+* It is now possible convert Mocklisp code (for Gosling Emacs) to Lisp code
+ that can run in GNU Emacs.  M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer
+ converts the contents of the current buffer from Mocklisp to
+ GNU Emacs Lisp.  You should then save the converted buffer with C-x C-w
+ under a name ending in ".el"
+
+ There are probably some Mocklisp constructs that are not handled.
+ If you encounter one, feel free to report the failure as a bug.
+ The construct will be handled in a future Emacs release, if that is not
+ not too hard to do.
+
+ Note that lisp code converted from Mocklisp code will not necessarily
+ run as fast as code specifically written for GNU Emacs, nor will it use
+ the many features of GNU Emacs which are not present in Gosling's emacs.
+ (In particular, the byte-compiler (m-x byte-compile-file) knows little
+ about compilation of code directly converted from mocklisp.)
+ It is envisaged that old mocklisp code will be incrementally converted
+ to GNU lisp code, with M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer being the first
+ step in this process.
+
+* Control-x n (narrow-to-region) is now by default a disabled command.
+
+ This means that, if you issue this command, it will ask whether
+ you really mean it.  You have the opportunity to enable the
+ command permanently at that time, so you will not be asked again.
+ This will place the form "(put 'narrow-to-region 'disabled nil)" in your
+ .emacs file.
+
+* Tags now prompts for the tag table file name to use.
+
+ All the tags commands ask for the tag table file name
+ if you have not yet specified one.
+
+ Also, the command M-x visit-tag-table can now be used to
+ specify the tag table file name initially, or to switch
+ to a new tag table.
+
+* If truncate-partial-width-windows is non-nil (as it intially is),
+ all windows less than the full screen width (that is,
+ made by side-by-side splitting) truncate lines rather than continuing
+ them.
+
+* Emacs now checks for Lisp stack overflow to avoid fatal errors.
+ The depth in eval, apply and funcall may not exceed max-lisp-eval-depth.
+ The depth in variable bindings and unwind-protects may not exceed
+ max-specpdl-size.  If either limit is exceeded, an error occurs.
+ You can set the limits to larger values if you wish, but if you make them
+ too large, you are vulnerable to a fatal error if you invoke
+ Lisp code that does infinite recursion.
+
+* New hooks  find-file-hook  and  write-file-hook.
+ Both of these variables if non-nil should be functions of no arguments.
+ At the time they are called (current-buffer) will be the buffer being
+ read or written respectively.
+
+ find-file-hook  is called whenever a file is read into its own buffer,
+ such as by calling  find-file,  revert-buffer, etc.  It is not called by
+ functions such as  insert-file  which do not read the file into a buffer of
+ its own.
+ find-file-hook  is called after the file has been read in and its
+ local variables (if any) have been processed.
+
+ write-file-hook  is called just before writing out a file from a buffer.
+
+* The initial value of shell-prompt-pattern is now  "^[^#$%>]*[#$%>] *"
+
+* If the .emacs file sets inhibit-startup-message to non-nil,
+ the messages normally printed by Emacs at startup time
+ are inhibited.
+
+* Facility for run-time conditionalization on the basis of emacs features.
+
+ The new variable  features  is a list of symbols which represent "features"
+ of the executing emacs, for use in run-time conditionalization.
+
+ The function  featurep  of one argument may be used to test for the
+ presence of a feature. It is just the same as
+ (not (null (memq FEATURE features))) where FEATURE is its argument.
+ For example, (if (featurep 'magic-window-hack)
+                  (transmogrify-window 'vertical)
+                (split-window-vertically))
+
+ The function  provide  of one argument "announces" that FEATURE is present.
+ It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
+                            (setq features (cons FEATURE features)))
+
+ The function  require  with arguments FEATURE and FILE-NAME loads FILE-NAME
+ (which should contain the form (provide FEATURE)) unless FEATURE is present.
+ It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
+                            (progn (load FILE-NAME)
+                                   (if (not featurep FEATURE) (error ...))))
+ FILE-NAME is optional and defaults to FEATURE.
+
+* New function load-average.
+
+ This returns a list of three integers, which are
+ the current 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages,
+ each multiplied by a hundred (since normally they are floating
+ point numbers).
+
+* Per-terminal libraries loaded automatically.
+
+ Emacs when starting up on terminal type T automatically loads
+ a library named term-T.  T is the value of the TERM environment variable.
+ Thus, on terminal type vt100, Emacs would do (load "term-vt100" t t).
+ Such libraries are good places to set the character translation table.
+
+ It is a bad idea to redefine lots of commands in a per-terminal library,
+ since this affects all users.  Instead, define a command to do the
+ redefinitions and let the user's init file, which is loaded later,
+ call that command or not, as the user prefers.
+
+* Programmer's note: detecting killed buffers.
+
+ Buffers are eliminated by explicitly killing them, using
+ the function kill-buffer.  This does not eliminate or affect
+ the pointers to the buffer which may exist in list structure.
+ If you have a pointer to a buffer and wish to tell whether
+ the buffer has been killed, use the function buffer-name.
+ It returns nil on a killed buffer, and a string on a live buffer.
+
+* New ways to access the last command input character.
+
+ The function last-key-struck, which used to return the last
+ input character that was read by command input, is eliminated.
+ Instead, you can find this information as the value of the
+ variable last-command-char.  (This variable used to be called
+ last-key).
+
+ Another new variable, last-input-char, holds the last character
+ read from the command input stream regardless of what it was
+ read for.  last-input-char and last-command-char are different
+ only inside a command that has called read-char to read input.
+
+* The new switch -kill causes Emacs to exit after processing the
+ preceding command line arguments.  Thus,
+    emacs -l lib data -e do-it -kill
+ means to load lib, find file data, call do-it on no arguments,
+ and then exit.
+
+* The config.h file has been modularized.
+
+ Options that depend on the machine you are running on are defined
+ in a file whose name starts with "m-", such as m-vax.h.
+ Options that depend on the operating system software version you are
+ running on are defined in a file whose name starts with "s-",
+ such as s-bsd4.2.h.
+
+ config.h includes one m- file and one s- file.  It also defines a
+ few other options whose values do not follow from the machine type
+ and system type being used.  Installers normally will have to
+ select the correct m- and s- files but will never have to change their
+ contents.
+
+* Termcap AL and DL strings are understood.
+
+ If the termcap entry defines AL and DL strings, for insertion
+ and deletion of multiple lines in one blow, Emacs now uses them.
+ This matters most on certain bit map display terminals for which
+ scrolling is comparatively slow.
+
+* Bias against scrolling screen far on fast terminals.
+
+ Emacs now prefers to redraw a few lines rather than
+ shift them a long distance on the screen, when the terminal is fast.
+
+* New major mode, mim-mode.
+
+ This major mode is for editing MDL code.  Perhaps a MDL
+ user can explain why it is not called mdl-mode.
+ You must load the library mim-mode explicitly to use this.
+
+* GNU documentation formatter `texinfo'.
+
+ The `texinfo' library defines a format for documentation
+ files which can be passed through Tex to make a printed manual
+ or passed through texinfo to make an Info file.  Texinfo is
+ documented fully by its own Info file; compare this file
+ with its source, texinfo.texinfo, for additional guidance.
+
+ All documentation files for GNU utilities should be written
+ in texinfo input format.
+
+ Tex processing of texinfo files requires the Botex macro package.
+ This is not ready for distribution yet, but will appear at
+ a later time.
+
+* New function read-from-string (emacs 15.29)
+
+ read-from-string takes three arguments: a string to read from,
+ and optionally start and end indices which delimit a substring
+ from which to read.  (They default to 0 and the length of the string,
+ respectively.)
+
+ This function returns a cons cell whose car is the object produced
+ by reading from the string and whose cdr is a number giving the
+ index in the string of the first character not read. That index may
+ be passed as the second argument to a later call to  read-from-string
+ to read the next form represented by the string.
+
+ In addition, the function  read  now accepts a string as its argument.
+ In this case, it calls  read-from-string  on the whole string, and
+ returns the car of the result. (ie the actual object read.)
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 14
+
+* Completion now prints various messages such as [Sole Completion]
+ or [Next Character Not Unique] to describe the results obtained.
+ These messages appear after the text in the minibuffer, and remain
+ on the screen until a few seconds go by or you type a key.
+
+* The buffer-read-only flag is implemented.
+ Setting or binding this per-buffer variable to a non-nil value
+ makes illegal any operation which would modify the textual content of
+ the buffer.  (Such operations signal a  buffer-read-only  error)
+ The read-only state of a buffer may be altered using toggle-read-only
+ (C-x C-q)
+ The buffers used by Rmail, Dired, Rnews, and Info are now read-only
+ by default to prevent accidental damage to the information in those
+ buffers.
+
+* Functions car-safe and cdr-safe.
+ These functions are like car and cdr when the argument is a cons.
+ Given an argument not a cons, car-safe always returns nil, with
+ no error; the same for cdr-safe.
+
+* The new function user-real-login-name returns the name corresponding
+ to the real uid of the Emacs process.  This is usually the same
+ as what user-login-name returns; however, when Emacs is invoked
+ from su, user-real-login-name returns "root" but user-login-name
+ returns the name of the user who invoked su.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 13
+
+* There is a new version numbering scheme.
+
+ What used to be the first version number, which was 1,
+ has been discarded since it does not seem that I need three
+ levels of version number.
+
+ However, a new third version number has been added to represent
+ changes by user sites.  This number will always be zero in
+ Emacs when I distribute it; it will be incremented each time
+ Emacs is built at another site.
+
+* There is now a reader syntax for Meta characters:
+ \M-CHAR means CHAR or'ed with the Meta bit.  For example:
+
+    ?\M-x   is   (+ ?x 128)
+    ?\M-\n  is   (+ ?\n 128)
+    ?\M-\^f is   (+ ?\^f 128)
+
+ This syntax can be used in strings too.  Note, however, that
+ Meta characters are not meaningful in key sequences being passed
+ to define-key or lookup-key; you must use ESC characters (\e)
+ in them instead.
+
+ ?\C- can be used likewise for control characters.  (13.9)
+
+* Installation change
+ The string "../lisp" now adds to the front of the load-path
+ used for searching for Lisp files during Emacs initialization.
+ It used to replace the path specified in paths.h entirely.
+ Now the directory ../lisp is searched first and the directoris
+ specified in paths.h are searched afterward.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.12
+
+* There is a new installation procedure.
+ See the file INSTALL that comes in the top level
+ directory in the tar file or tape.
+
+* The Meta key is now supported on terminals that have it.
+ This is a shift key which causes the high bit to be turned on
+ in all input characters typed while it is held down.
+
+ read-char now returns a value in the range 128-255 if
+ a Meta character is typed.  When interpreted as command
+ input, a Meta character is equivalent to a two character
+ sequence, the meta prefix character followed by the un-metized
+ character (Meta-G unmetized is G).
+
+ The meta prefix character
+ is specified by the value of the variable meta-prefix-char.
+ If this character (normally Escape) has been redefined locally
+ with a non-prefix definition (such as happens in completing
+ minibuffers) then the local redefinition is suppressed when
+ the character is not the last one in a key sequence.
+ So the local redefinition is effective if you type the character
+ explicitly, but not effective if the character comes from
+ the use of the Meta key.
+
+* `-' is no longer a completion command in the minibuffer.
+ It is an ordinary self-inserting character.
+
+* The list load-path of directories load to search for Lisp files
+ is now controlled by the EMACSLOADPATH environment variable
+[[ Note this was originally EMACS-LOAD-PATH and has been changed
+ again; sh does not deal properly with hyphens in env variable names]]
+ rather than the EPATH environment variable.  This is to avoid
+ conflicts with other Emacses.
+
+ While Emacs is being built initially, the load-path
+ is now just ("../lisp"), ignoring paths.h.  It does not
+ ignore EMACSLOADPATH, however; you should avoid having
+ this variable set while building Emacs.
+
+* You can now specify a translation table for keyboard
+ input characters, as a way of exchanging or substituting
+ keys on the keyboard.
+
+ If the value of keyboard-translate-table is a string,
+ every character received from the keyboard is used as an
+ index in that string, and the character at that index in
+ the string is used as input instead of what was actually
+ typed.  If the actual input character is >= the length of
+ the string, it is used unchanged.
+
+ One way this feature can be used is to fix bad keyboard
+ designes.  For example, on some terminals, Delete is
+ Shift-Underscore.  Since Delete is a more useful character
+ than Underscore, it is an improvement to make the unshifted
+ character Delete and the shifted one Underscore.  This can
+ be done with
+
+  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
+  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 128 0))
+  (let ((i 0))
+    (while (< i 128)
+      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
+      (setq i (1+ i))))
+
+  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
+
+ If your terminal has a Meta key and can therefore send
+ codes up to 255, Meta characters are translated through
+ elements 128 through 255 of the translate table, and therefore
+ are translated independently of the corresponding non-Meta
+ characters.  You must therefore establish translations
+ independently for the Meta characters if you want them too:
+
+  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
+  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 256 0))
+  (let ((i 0))
+    (while (< i 256)
+      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
+      (setq i (1+ i))))
+
+  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
+
+  ;; Now alter translations of some Meta characters.
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\_) (+ 128 ?\^?))
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\^?) (+ 128 ?\_))
+
+* (process-kill-without-query PROCESS)
+
+This marks the process so that, when you kill Emacs,
+you will not on its account be queried about active subprocesses.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.11
+
+* The commands C-c and C-z have been interchanged,
+ for greater compatibility with normal Unix usage.
+ C-z now runs suspend-emacs and C-c runs exit-recursive-edit.
+
+* The value returned by file-name-directory now ends
+ with a slash.  (file-name-directory "foo/bar") => "foo/".
+ This avoids confusing results when dealing with files
+ in the root directory.
+
+ The value of the per-buffer variable default-directory
+ is also supposed to have a final slash now.
+
+* There are now variables to control the switches passed to
+ `ls' by the C-x C-d command (list-directory).
+ list-directory-brief-switches is a string, initially "-CF",
+ used for brief listings, and list-directory-verbose-switches
+ is a string, initially "-l", used for verbose ones.
+
+* For Ann Arbor Ambassador terminals, the termcap "ti" string
+ is now used to initialize the screen geometry on entry to Emacs,
+ and the "te" string is used to set it back on exit.
+ If the termcap entry does not define the "ti" or "te" string,
+ Emacs does what it used to do.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.10
+
+* GNU Emacs has been made almost 1/3 smaller.
+ It now dumps out as only 530kbytes on Vax 4.2bsd.
+
+* The term "checkpoint" has been replaced by "auto save"
+ throughout the function names, variable names and documentation
+ of GNU Emacs.
+
+* The function load now tries appending ".elc" and ".el"
+ to the specified filename BEFORE it tries the filename
+ without change.
+
+* rmail now makes the mode line display the total number
+ of messages and the current message number.
+ The "f" command now means forward a message to another user.
+ The command to search through all messages for a string is now "F".
+ The "u" command now means to move back to the previous
+ message and undelete it.  To undelete the selected message, use Meta-u.
+
+* The hyphen character is now equivalent to a Space while
+ in completing minibuffers.  Both mean to complete an additional word.
+
+* The Lisp function error now takes args like format
+ which are used to construct the error message.
+
+* Redisplay will refuse to start its display at the end of the buffer.
+ It will pick a new place to display from, rather than use that.
+
+* The value returned by garbage-collect has been changed.
+ Its first element is no longer a number but a cons,
+ whose car is the number of cons cells now in use,
+ and whose cdr is the number of cons cells that have been
+ made but are now free.
+ The second element is similar but describes symbols rather than cons cells.
+ The third element is similar but describes markers.
+
+* The variable buffer-name has been eliminated.
+ The function buffer-name still exists.  This is to prevent
+ user programs from changing buffer names without going
+ through the rename-buffer function.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.9
+
+* When a fill prefix is in effect, paragraphs are started
+ or separated by lines that do not start with the fill prefix.
+ Also, a line which consists of the fill prefix followed by
+ white space separates paragraphs.
+
+* C-x C-v runs the new function find-alternate-file.
+ It finds the specified file, switches to that buffer,
+ and kills the previous current buffer.  (It requires
+ confirmation if that buffer had changes.)  This is
+ most useful after you find the wrong file due to a typo.
+
+* Exiting the minibuffer moves the cursor to column 0,
+ to show you that it has really been exited.
+
+* Meta-g (fill-region) now fills each paragraph in the
+ region individually.  To fill the region as if it were
+ a single paragraph (for when the paragraph-delimiting mechanism
+ does the wrong thing), use fill-region-as-paragraph.
+
+* Tab in text mode now runs the function tab-to-tab-stop.
+ A new mode called indented-text-mode is like text-mode
+ except that in it Tab runs the function indent-relative,
+ which indents the line under the previous line.
+ If auto fill is enabled while in indented-text-mode,
+ the new lines that it makes are indented.
+
+* Functions kill-rectangle and yank-rectangle.
+ kill-rectangle deletes the rectangle specified by dot and mark
+ (or by two arguments) and saves it in the variable killed-rectangle.
+ yank-rectangle inserts the rectangle in that variable.
+
+ Tab characters in a rectangle being saved are replaced
+ by spaces in such a way that their appearance will
+ not be changed if the rectangle is later reinserted
+ at a different column position.
+
+* `+' in a regular expression now means
+ to repeat the previous expression one or more times.
+ `?' means to repeat it zero or one time.
+ They are in all regards like `*' except for the
+ number of repetitions they match.
+
+ \< in a regular expression now matches the null string
+ when it is at the beginning of a word; \> matches
+ the null string at the end of a word.
+
+* C-x p narrows the buffer so that only the current page
+ is visible.
+
+* C-x ) with argument repeats the kbd macro just
+ defined that many times, counting the definition
+ as one repetition.
+
+* C-x ( with argument begins defining a kbd macro
+ starting with the last one defined.  It executes that
+ previous kbd macro initially, just as if you began
+ by typing it over again.
+
+* C-x q command queries the user during kbd macro execution.
+ With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
+  reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
+  You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
+ Without prefix argument, reads a character.  Your options are:
+  Space -- execute the rest of the macro.
+  Delete -- skip the rest of the macro; start next repetition.
+  C-d -- skip rest of the macro and don't repeat it any more.
+  C-r -- enter a recursive edit, then on exit ask again for a character
+  C-l -- redisplay screen and ask again."
+
+* write-kbd-macro and append-kbd-macro are used to save
+ a kbd macro definition in a file (as Lisp code to
+ redefine the macro when the file is loaded).
+ These commands differ in that write-kbd-macro
+ discards the previous contents of the file.
+ If given a prefix argument, both commands
+ record the keys which invoke the macro as well as the
+ macro's definition.
+
+* The variable global-minor-modes is used to display
+ strings in the mode line of all buffers.  It should be
+ a list of elements thaht are conses whose cdrs are strings
+ to be displayed.  This complements the variable
+ minor-modes, which has the same effect but has a separate
+ value in each buffer.
+
+* C-x = describes horizontal scrolling in effect, if any.
+
+* Return now auto-fills the line it is ending, in auto fill mode.
+ Space with zero as argument auto-fills the line before it
+ just like Space without an argument.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.8
+
+This release mostly fixes bugs.  There are a few new features:
+
+* apropos now sorts the symbols before displaying them.
+ Also, it returns a list of the symbols found.
+
+ apropos now accepts a second arg PRED which should be a function
+ of one argument; if PRED is non-nil, each symbol is tested
+ with PRED and only symbols for which PRED returns non-nil
+ appear in the output or the returned list.
+
+ If the third argument to apropos is non-nil, apropos does not
+ display anything; it merely returns the list of symbols found.
+
+ C-h a now runs the new function command-apropos rather than
+ apropos, and shows only symbols with definitions as commands.
+
+* M-x shell sends the command
+    if (-f ~/.emacs_NAME)source ~/.emacs_NAME
+ invisibly to the shell when it starts.  Here NAME
+ is replaced by the name of shell used,
+ as it came from your ESHELL or SHELL environment variable
+ but with directory name, if any, removed.
+
+* M-, now runs the command tags-loop-continue, which is used
+ to resume a terminated tags-search or tags-query-replace.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.7
+
+It's Beat CCA Week.
+
+* The initial buffer is now called "*scratch*" instead of "scratch",
+ so that all buffer names used automatically by Emacs now have *'s.
+
+* Undo information is now stored separately for each buffer.
+ The Undo command (C-x u) always applies to the current
+ buffer only.
+
+ C-_ is now a synonym for C-x u.
+
+ (buffer-flush-undo BUFFER) causes undo information not to
+ be kept for BUFFER, and frees the space that would have
+ been used to hold it.  In any case, no undo information is
+ kept for buffers whose names start with spaces.  (These
+ buffers also do not appear in the C-x C-b display.)
+
+* Rectangle operations are now implemented.
+ C-x r stores the rectangle described by dot and mark
+ into a register; it reads the register name from the keyboard.
+ C-x g, the command to insert the contents of a register,
+ can be used to reinsert the rectangle elsewhere.
+
+ Other rectangle commands include
+  open-rectangle:
+    insert a blank rectangle in the position and size
+    described by dot and mark, at its corners;
+    the existing text is pushed to the right.
+  clear-rectangle:
+    replace the rectangle described by dot ane mark
+    with blanks.  The previous text is deleted.
+  delete-rectangle:
+    delete the text of the specified rectangle,
+    moving the text beyond it on each line leftward.
+
+* Side-by-side windows are allowed.  Use C-x 5 to split the
+ current window into two windows side by side.
+ C-x } makes the selected window ARG columns wider at the
+ expense of the windows at its sides.  C-x { makes the selected
+ window ARG columns narrower.  An argument to C-x 5 specifies
+ how many columns to give to the leftmost of the two windows made.
+
+ C-x 2 now accepts a numeric argument to specify the number of
+ lines to give to the uppermost of the two windows it makes.
+
+* Horizontal scrolling of the lines in a window is now implemented.
+ C-x < (scroll-left) scrolls all displayed lines left,
+ with the numeric argument (default 1) saying how far to scroll.
+ When the window is scrolled left, some amount of the beginning
+ of each nonempty line is replaced by an "$".
+ C-x > scrolls right.  If a window has no text hidden at the left
+ margin, it cannot be scrolled any farther right than that.
+ When nonzero leftwards scrolling is in effect in a window.
+ lines are automatically truncated at the window's right margin
+ regardless of the value of the variable truncate-lines in the
+ buffer being displayed.
+
+* C-x C-d now uses the default output format of `ls',
+ which gives just file names in multiple columns.
+ C-u C-x C-d passes the -l switch to `ls'.
+
+* C-t at the end of a line now exchanges the two preceding characters.
+
+ All the transpose commands now interpret zero as an argument
+ to mean to transpose the textual unit after or around dot
+ with the one after or around the mark.
+
+* M-! executes a shell command in an inferior shell
+ and displays the output from it.  With a prefix argument,
+ it inserts the output in the current buffer after dot
+ and sets the mark after the output.  The shell command
+ gets /dev/null as its standard input.
+
+ M-| is like M-! but passes the contents of the region
+ as input to the shell command.  A prefix argument makes
+ the output from the command replace the contents of the region.
+
+* The mode line will now say "Def" after the major mode
+ while a keyboard macro is being defined.
+
+* The variable fill-prefix is now used by Meta-q.
+ Meta-q removes the fill prefix from lines that start with it
+ before filling, and inserts the fill prefix on each line
+ after filling.
+
+ The command C-x . sets the fill prefix equal to the text
+ on the current line before dot.
+
+* The new command Meta-j (indent-new-comment-line),
+ is like Linefeed (indent-new-line) except when dot is inside a comment;
+ in that case, Meta-j inserts a comment starter on the new line,
+ indented under the comment starter above.  It also inserts
+ a comment terminator at the end of the line above,
+ if the language being edited calls for one.
+
+* Rmail should work correctly now, and has some C-h m documentation.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.6
+
+* save-buffers-kill-emacs is now on C-x C-c
+ while C-x C-z does suspend-emacs.  This is to make
+ C-x C-c like the normal Unix meaning of C-c
+ and C-x C-z linke the normal Unix meaning of C-z.
+
+* M-ESC (eval-expression) is now a disabled command by default.
+ This prevents users who type ESC ESC accidentally from
+ getting confusing results.  Put
+    (put 'eval-expression 'disabled nil)
+ in your ~/.emacs file to enable the command.
+
+* Self-inserting text is grouped into bunches for undoing.
+ Each C-x u command undoes up to 20 consecutive self-inserting
+ characters.
+
+* Help f now uses as a default the function being called
+ in the innermost Lisp expression that dot is in.
+ This makes it more convenient to use while writing
+ Lisp code to run in Emacs.
+ (If the text around dot does not appear to be a call
+ to a Lisp function, there is no default.)
+
+ Likewise, Help v uses the symbol around or before dot
+ as a default, if that is a variable name.
+
+* Commands that read filenames now insert the default
+ directory in the minibuffer, to become part of your input.
+ This allows you to see what the default is.
+ You may type a filename which goes at the end of the
+ default directory, or you may edit the default directory
+ as you like to create the input you want to give.
+ You may also type an absolute pathname (starting with /)
+ or refer to a home directory (input starting with ~)
+ after the default; the presence of // or /~ causes
+ everything up through the slash that precedes your
+ type-in to be ignored.
+
+ Returning the default directory without change,
+ including the terminating slash, requests the use
+ of the default file name (usually the visited file's name).
+
+ Set the variable insert-default-directory to nil
+ to turn off this feature.
+
+* M-x shell now uses the environment variable ESHELL,
+ if it exists, as the file name of the shell to run.
+ If there is no ESHELL variable, the SHELL variable is used.
+ This is because some shells do not work properly as inferiors
+ of Emacs (or anything like Emacs).
+
+* A new variable minor-modes now exists, with a separate value
+ in each buffer.  Its value should be an alist of elements
+ (MODE-FUNCTION-SYMBOL . PRETTY-NAME-STRING), one for each
+ minor mode that is turned on in the buffer.  The pretty
+ name strings are displayed in the mode line after the name of the
+ major mode (with spaces between them).  The mode function
+ symbols should be symbols whose function definitions will
+ turn on the minor mode if given 1 as an argument; they are present
+ so that Help m can find their documentation strings.
+
+* The format of tag table files has been changed.
+ The new format enables Emacs to find tags much faster.
+
+ A new program, etags, exists to make the kind of
+ tag table that Emacs wants.  etags is invoked just
+ like ctags; in fact, if you give it any switches,
+ it does exactly what ctags would do.  Give it the
+ empty switch ("-") to make it act like ctags with no switches.
+
+ etags names the tag table file "TAGS" rather than "tags",
+ so that these tag tables and the standard Unix ones
+ can coexist.
+
+ The tags library can no longer use standard ctags-style
+ tag tables files.
+
+* The file of Lisp code Emacs reads on startup is now
+ called ~/.emacs rather than ~/.emacs_pro.
+
+* copy-file now gives the copied file the same mode bits
+ as the original file.
+
+* Output from a process inserted into the process's buffer
+ no longer sets the buffer's mark.  Instead it sets a
+ marker associated with the process to point to the end
+ of the inserted text.  You can access this marker with
+    (process-mark PROCESS)
+ and then either examine its position with marker-position
+ or set its position with set-marker.
+
+* completing-read takes a new optional fifth argument which,
+ if non-nil, should be a string of text to insert into
+ the minibuffer before reading user commands.
+
+* The Lisp function elt now exists:
+ (elt ARRAY N) is like (aref ARRAY N),
+ (elt LIST N) is like (nth N LIST).
+
+* rplaca is now a synonym for setcar, and rplacd for setcdr.
+ eql is now a synonym for eq; it turns out that the Common Lisp
+ distinction between eq and eql is insignificant in Emacs.
+ numberp is a new synonym for integerp.
+
+* auto-save has been renamed to auto-save-mode.
+
+* Auto save file names for buffers are now created by the
+ function make-auto-save-file-name.  This is so you can
+ redefine that function to change the way auto save file names
+ are chosen.
+
+* expand-file-name no longer discards a final slash.
+    (expand-file-name "foo" "/lose") => "/lose/foo"
+    (expand-file-name "foo/" "/lose") => "/lose/foo/"
+
+ Also, expand-file-name no longer substitutes $ constructs.
+ A new function substitute-in-file-name does this.  Reading
+ a file name with read-file-name or the `f' or`F' option
+ of interactive calling uses substitute-in-file-name
+ on the file name that was read and returns the result.
+
+ All I/O primitives including insert-file-contents and
+ delete-file call expand-file-name on the file name supplied.
+ This change makes them considerably faster in the usual case.
+
+* Interactive calling spec strings allow the new code letter 'D'
+ which means to read a directory name.  It is like 'f' except
+ that the default if the user makes no change in the minibuffer
+ is to return the current default directory rather than the
+ current visited file name.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.5
+
+* suspend-emacs now accepts an optional argument
+ which is a string to be stuffed as terminal input
+ to be read by Emacs's superior shell after Emacs exits.
+
+ A library called ledit exists which uses this feature
+ to transmit text to a Lisp job running as a sibling of
+ Emacs.
+
+* If find-file is given the name of a directory,
+ it automatically invokes dired on that directory
+ rather than reading in the binary data that make up
+ the actual contents of the directory according to Unix.
+
+* Saving an Emacs buffer now preserves the file modes
+ of any previously existing file with the same name.
+ This works using new Lisp functions file-modes and
+ set-file-modes, which can be used to read or set the mode
+ bits of any file.
+
+* The Lisp function  cond  now exists, with its traditional meaning.
+
+* defvar and defconst now permit the documentation string
+ to be omitted.  defvar also permits the initial value
+ to be omitted; then it acts only as a comment.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.4
+
+* Auto-filling now normally indents the new line it creates
+ by calling indent-according-to-mode.  This function, meanwhile,
+ has in Fundamental and Text modes the effect of making the line
+ have an indentation of the value of left-margin, a per-buffer variable.
+
+ Tab no longer precisely does indent-according-to-mode;
+ it does that in all modes that supply their own indentation routine,
+ but in Fundamental, Text and allied modes it inserts a tab character.
+
+* The command M-x grep now invokes grep (on arguments
+ supplied by the user) and reads the output from grep
+ asynchronously into a buffer.  The command C-x ` can
+ be used to move to the lines that grep has found.
+ This is an adaptation of the mechanism used for
+ running compilations and finding the loci of error messages.
+
+ You can now use C-x ` even while grep or compilation
+ is proceeding; as more matches or error messages arrive,
+ C-x ` will parse them and be able to find them.
+
+* M-x mail now provides a command to send the message
+ and "exit"--that is, return to the previously selected
+ buffer.  It is C-z C-z.
+
+* Tab in C mode now tries harder to adapt to all indentation styles.
+ If the line being indented is a statement that is not the first
+ one in the containing compound-statement, it is aligned under
+ the beginning of the first statement.
+
+* The functions screen-width and screen-height return the
+ total width and height of the screen as it is now being used.
+ set-screen-width and set-screen-height tell Emacs how big
+ to assume the screen is; they each take one argument,
+ an integer.
+
+* The Lisp function 'function' now exists.  function is the
+ same as quote, except that it serves as a signal to the
+ Lisp compiler that the argument should be compiled as
+ a function.  Example:
+   (mapcar (function (lambda (x) (+ x 5))) list)
+
+* The function set-key has been renamed to global-set-key.
+ undefine-key and local-undefine-key has been renamed to
+ global-unset-key and local-unset-key.
+
+* Emacs now collects input from asynchronous subprocesses
+ while waiting in the functions sleep-for and sit-for.
+
+* Shell mode's Newline command attempts to distinguish subshell
+ prompts from user input when issued in the middle of the buffer.
+ It no longer reexecutes from dot to the end of the line;
+ it reeexecutes the entire line minus any prompt.
+ The prompt is recognized by searching for the value of
+ shell-prompt-pattern, starting from the beginning of the line.
+ Anything thus skipped is not reexecuted.
+
+
 
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.1.
+Changes in Emacs 1.3
 
+* An undo facility exists now.  Type C-x u to undo a batch of
+ changes (usually one command's changes, but some commands
+ such as query-replace divide their changes into multiple
+ batches.  You can repeat C-x u to undo further.  As long
+ as no commands other than C-x u intervene, each one undoes
+ another batch.  A numeric argument to C-x u acts as a repeat
+ count.
+
+ If you keep on undoing, eventually you may be told that
+ you have used up all the recorded undo information.
+ Some actions, such as reading in files, discard all
+ undo information.
+
+ The undo information is not currently stored separately
+ for each buffer, so it is mainly good if you do something
+ totally spastic.  [This has since been fixed.]
+
+* A learn-by-doing tutorial introduction to Emacs now exists.
+ Type C-h t to enter it.
+
+* An Info documentation browser exists.  Do M-x info to enter it.
+ It contains a tutorial introduction so that no more documentation
+ is needed here.  As of now, the only documentation in it
+ is that of Info itself.
+
+* Help k and Help c are now different.  Help c prints just the
+ name of the function which the specified key invokes.  Help k
+ prints the documentation of the function as well.
+
+* A document of the differences between GNU Emacs and Twenex Emacs
+ now exists.  It is called DIFF, in the same directory as this file.
+
+* C mode can now indent comments better, including multi-line ones.
+ Meta-Control-q now reindents comment lines within the expression
+ being aligned.
+
+* Insertion of a close-parenthesis now shows the matching open-parenthesis
+ even if it is off screen, by printing the text following it on its line
+ in the minibuffer.
+
+* A file can now contain a list of local variable values
+ to be in effect when the file is edited.  See the file DIFF
+ in the same directory as this file for full details.
+
+* A function nth is defined.  It means the same thing as in Common Lisp.
+
+* The function install-command has been renamed to set-key.
+ It now takes the key sequence as the first argument
+ and the definition for it as the second argument.
+ Likewise, local-install-command has been renamed to local-set-key.
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.2
+
+* A Lisp single-stepping and debugging facility exists.
+ To cause the debugger to be entered when an error
+ occurs, set the variable debug-on-error non-nil.
+
+ To cause the debugger to be entered whenever function foo
+ is called, do (debug-on-entry 'foo).  To cancel this,
+ do (cancel-debug-on-entry 'foo).  debug-on-entry does
+ not work for primitives (written in C), only functions
+ written in Lisp.  Most standard Emacs commands are in Lisp.
+
+ When the debugger is entered, the selected window shows
+ a buffer called " *Backtrace" which displays a series
+ of stack frames, most recently entered first.  For each
+ frame, the function name called is shown, usually followed
+ by the argument values unless arguments are still being
+ calculated.  At the beginning of the buffer is a description
+ of why the debugger was entered: function entry, function exit,
+ error, or simply that the user called the function `debug'.
+
+ To exit the debugger and return to top level, type `q'.
+
+ In the debugger, you can evaluate Lisp expressions by
+ typing `e'.  This is equivalent to `M-ESC'.
+
+ When the debugger is entered due to an error, that is
+ all you can do.  When it is entered due to function entry
+ (such as, requested by debug-on-entry), you have two
+ options:
+  Continue execution and reenter debugger after the
+    completion of the function being entered.  Type `c'.
+  Continue execution but enter the debugger before
+    the next subexpression.  Type `d'.
+
+ You will see that some stack frames are marked with *.
+ This means the debugger will be entered when those
+ frames exit.  You will see the value being returned
+ in the first line of the backtrace buffer.  Your options:
+  Continue execution, and return that value.  Type `c'.
+  Continue execution, and return a specified value.  Type `r'.
+
+ You can mark a frame to enter the debugger on exit
+ with the `b' command, or clear such a mark with `u'.
+
+* Lisp macros now exist.
+ For example, you can write
+    (defmacro cadr (arg) (list 'car (list 'cdr arg)))
+ and then the expression
+    (cadr foo)
+ will expand into
+    (car (cdr foo))
+
+
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.1
+
+* The initial buffer is now called "scratch" and is in a
+ new major mode, Lisp Interaction mode.  This mode is
+ intended for typing Lisp expressions, evaluating them,
+ and having the values printed into the buffer.
+
+  Type Linefeed after a Lisp expression, to evaluate the
+ expression and have its value printed into the buffer,
+ advancing dot.
+
+ The other commands of Lisp mode are available.
+
+* The C-x C-e command for evaluating the Lisp expression
+ before dot has been changed to print the value in the
+ minibuffer line rather than insert it in the buffer.
+ A numeric argument causes the printed value to appear
+ in the buffer instead.
+
+* In Lisp mode, the command M-C-x evaluates the defun
+ containing or following dot.  The value is printed in
+ the minibuffer.
+
+* The value of a Lisp expression evaluated using M-ESC
+ is now printed in the minibuffer.
+
+* M-q now runs fill-paragraph, independent of major mode.
+
+* C-h m now prints documentation on the current buffer's
+ major mode.  What it prints is the documentation of the
+ major mode name as a function.  All major modes have been
+ equipped with documentation that describes all commands
+ peculiar to the major mode, for this purpose.
+
+* You can display a Unix manual entry with
+ the M-x manual-entry command.
+
+* You can run a shell, displaying its output in a buffer,
+ with the M-x shell command.  The Return key sends input
+ to the subshell.  Output is printed inserted automatically
+ in the buffer.  Commands C-c, C-d, C-u, C-w and C-z are redefined
+ for controlling the subshell and its subjobs.
+ "cd", "pushd" and "popd" commands are recognized as you
+ enter them, so that the default directory of the Emacs buffer
+ always remains the same as that of the subshell.
+
+* C-x $ (that's a real dollar sign) controls line-hiding based
+ on indentation.  With a numeric arg N > 0, it causes all lines
+ indented by N or more columns to become invisible.
+ They are, effectively, tacked onto the preceding line, where
+ they are represented by " ..." on the screen.
+ (The end of the preceding visible line corresponds to a
+ screen cursor position before the "...".  Anywhere in the
+ invisible lines that follow appears on the screen as a cursor
+ position after the "...".)
+ Currently, all editing commands treat invisible lines just
+ like visible ones, except for C-n and C-p, which have special
+ code to count visible lines only.
+ C-x $ with no argument turns off this mode, which in any case
+ is remembered separately for each buffer.
+
+* Outline mode is another form of selective display.
+ It is a major mode invoked with M-x outline-mode.
+ It is intended for editing files that are structured as
+ outlines, with heading lines (lines that begin with one
+ or more asterisks) and text lines (all other lines).
+ The number of asterisks in a heading line are its level;
+ the subheadings of a heading line are all following heading
+ lines at higher levels, until but not including the next
+ heading line at the same or a lower level, regardless
+ of intervening text lines.
+
+  In outline mode, you have commands to hide (remove from display)
+ or show the text or subheadings under each heading line
+ independently.  Hidden text or subheadings are invisibly
+ attached to the end of the preceding heading line, so that
+ if you kill the hading line and yank it back elsewhere
+ all the invisible lines accompany it.
+
+  All editing commands treat hidden outline-mode lines
+ as part of the preceding visible line.
+
+* C-x C-z runs save-buffers-kill-emacs
+ offers to save each file buffer, then exits.
+
+* C-c's function is now called suspend-emacs.
+
+* The command C-x m runs mail, which switches to a buffer *mail*
+ and lets you compose a message to send.  C-x 4 m runs mail in
+ another window.  Type C-z C-s in the mail buffer to send the
+ message according to what you have entered in the buffer.
+
+  You must separate the headers from the message text with
+ an empty line.
+
+* You can now dired partial directories (specified with names
+ containing *'s, etc, all processed by the shell).  Also, you
+ can dired more than one directory; dired names the buffer
+ according to the filespec or directory name.  Reinvoking
+ dired on a directory already direded just switches back to
+ the same directory used last time; do M-x revert if you want
+ to read in the current contents of the directory.
+
+  C-x d runs dired, and C-x 4 d runs dired in another window.
+
+  C-x C-d (list-directory) also allows partial directories now.
+
+
+Lisp programming changes
+
+* t as an output stream now means "print to the minibuffer".
+ If there is already text in the minibuffer printed via t
+ as an output stream, the new text is appended to the old
+ (or is truncated and lost at the margin).  If the minibuffer
+ contains text put there for some other reason, it is cleared
+ first.
+
+  t is now the top-level value of standard-output.
+
+  t as an input stream now means "read via the minibuffer".
+ The minibuffer is used to read a line of input, with editing,
+ and this line is then parsed.  Any excess not used by `read'
+ is ignored; each `read' from t reads fresh input.
+ t is now the top-level value of standard-input.
+
+* A marker may be used as an input stream or an output stream.
+ The effect is to grab input from where the marker points,
+ advancing it over the characters read, or to insert output
+ at the marker and advance it.
+
+* Output from an asynchronous subprocess is now inserted at
+ the end of the associated buffer, not at the buffer's dot,
+ and the buffer's mark is set to the end of the inserted output
+ each time output is inserted.
+
+* (pos-visible-in-window-p POS WINDOW)
+ returns t if position POS in WINDOW's buffer is in the range
+ that is being displayed in WINDOW; nil if it is scrolled
+ vertically out of visibility.
+
+  If display in WINDOW is not currently up to date, this function
+ calculates carefully whether POS would appear if display were
+ done immediately based on the current (window-start WINDOW).
+
+  POS defaults to (dot), and WINDOW to (selected-window).
+
+* Variable buffer-alist replaced by function (buffer-list).
+ The actual alist of buffers used internally by Emacs is now
+ no longer accessible, to prevent the user from crashing Emacs
+ by modifying it.  The function buffer-list returns a list
+ of all existing buffers.  Modifying this list cannot hurt anything
+ as a new list is constructed by each call to buffer-list.
+
+* load now takes an optional third argument NOMSG which, if non-nil,
+ prevents load from printing a message when it starts and when
+ it is done.
+
+* byte-recompile-directory is a new function which finds all
+ the .elc files in a directory, and regenerates each one which
+ is older than the corresponding .el (Lisp source) file.
+
+
+
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
 
-Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman
+Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 2006 Richard M. Stallman
 
    Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
    of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
diff --git a/etc/ONEWS.3 b/etc/NEWS.18
index f7f36c4b1d1..9d68613d1ca 100644
--- a/etc/ONEWS.3
+++ b/etc/NEWS.18
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  17-Aug-1988
-Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.2.
+This file is about changes in emacs version 18.
+
+
 
 Changes in version 18.52.
 
@@ -111,6 +113,8 @@ The second is used with the window system: it iconifies the Emacs window.
 ** VMS: the new function `define-logical-name' allows you to create
 job-wide logical names.  The old function `define-dcl-symbol' has been
 removed.
+
+
 
 Changes in version 18.50.
 
@@ -166,6 +170,8 @@ Emacs run.  End of file causes Emacs to exit.
 These variables cannot really work because the 24-bit range of an
 integer in (most ports of) GNU Emacs is not large enough to hold their
 values on many systems.
+
+
 
 Changes in version 18.45, since version 18.41.
 
@@ -221,6 +227,8 @@ case.  You can use either upper or lower case indiscriminately.
 
 This is a new name for the function formerly called
 `define-logical-name'.
+
+
 
 Editing Changes in Emacs 18
 
@@ -798,6 +806,7 @@ can put in requests at the same time.
 
 The client/server work only on Berkeley Unix, since they use the Berkeley
 sockets mechanism for their communication.
+
 
 Changes in Lisp programming in Emacs version 18.
 
@@ -1586,13 +1595,13 @@ LD_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `ld' switches.
 C_DEBUG_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' when debugging.  Default `-g'.
 C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' to optimize.  Default `-O'.
 C_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `cc' switches.
-
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.2.
 
+
+
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
 
-Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
    of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
diff --git a/etc/ONEWS b/etc/NEWS.19
index e92965c89d9..2d2e5f57066 100644
--- a/etc/ONEWS
+++ b/etc/NEWS.19
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1992.
-Copyright (C) 1995, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 2001, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.4.
+This file is about changes in emacs versions 19.
+
+
 
 * Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
+
+
 
 * Changes in Emacs 19.33.
 
@@ -14,6 +18,8 @@ mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)
 ** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
 use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
 Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.
+
+
 
 * Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32
 
@@ -255,6 +261,7 @@ cited text to hide is now customizable.
 
 The Gnus manual has been expanded.  It explains all these new features
 in greater detail.
+
 
 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32
 
@@ -279,6 +286,8 @@ name.  In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
 menu-alias property.  That property tells the menu system to look for
 equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
 alias.
+
+
 
 * Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31
 
@@ -583,6 +592,7 @@ implementation of Emacs timers, see below).
 **** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.
 
 **** The `TPU-EDT' package works.
+
 
 * Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.
 
@@ -1029,7 +1039,7 @@ your working file with the latest version from the master.
 *** RCS customization.
 
 There is a new variable vc-consult-headers.  If it is t (the default),
-VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id: ONEWS,v 1.8 2003/02/04 14:30:40 lektu Exp $') and
+VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id$') and
 determines the state of the file from them, not from the master file.
 This is fast and more reliable when you use branches.  (The variable
 was already present in Emacs 19.29, but didn't get mentioned in the
@@ -1290,6 +1300,7 @@ new file should include all the special entries from the old one.
 This new file is under active development as part of the ncurses
 project.  If you have any questions about this file, or problems with
 an entry in it, email terminfo@ccil.org.
+
 
 * Lisp changes in Emacs 19.30.
 
@@ -1453,6 +1464,8 @@ sequence containing the events that were used to invoke the command.
 
 ** The environment variable NAME, if set, now specifies the value of
 (user-full-name), when Emacs starts up.
+
+
 
 * User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.29
 
@@ -2155,6 +2168,7 @@ bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries is now t.
 used reference types are now on control-modified keys, mediocre used
 types are on unmodified keys, seldom used types are on shift-modified
 keys and almost never used types on meta-modified keys.
+
 
 * Configuration Changes in Emacs 19.29
 
@@ -2171,6 +2185,7 @@ automatically enable X support if X is installed on your machine.)
 mail-host-address to a string in the dumped Emacs, that string becomes
 the default host address for initializing user-mail-address.
 It is used instead of the value of (system-name).
+
 
 * Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.29
 
@@ -2906,6 +2921,8 @@ three integers.)
 **** The new function encode-time converts specific items of time
 information--the second, minute, hour, day, month, year, and time
 zone--into a time value.
+
+
 
 * Changes in Emacs 19.27
 
@@ -2921,6 +2938,8 @@ reach the end of a subnode, SPC moves into the next subnode, and so
 on.
 
 DEL more or less scrolls through the same text in reverse order.
+
+
 
 * User Editing Changes in Emacs 19.26
 
@@ -2998,6 +3017,7 @@ for asking for a list of the subcommands of C-c C-v.
 setting just one variable, user-mail-address.  This currently applies
 to posting news with GNUS and to making change log entries.  It may
 apply to additional Emacs features in the future.
+
 
 * Lisp-Level Changes in Emacs 19.26:
 
@@ -3044,6 +3064,7 @@ delete-old-versions.
 other window for C-M-v to scroll.
 
 ** Note that the function fceiling was mistakenly documented as fceil before.
+
 
 * Changes in cc-mode.el in Emacs 19.26:
 
@@ -3081,11 +3102,15 @@ other window for C-M-v to scroll.
 
 ** new buffer-local variable c-comment-start-regexp for (potential)
   flexibility in adding new modes based on cc-mode.el
+
+
 
 * Changes in Emacs 19.25
 
 The variable x-cross-pointer-shape (which didn't really exist) has
 been renamed to x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape, and now does exist.
+
+
 
 * Changes in Emacs 19.24
 
@@ -3110,6 +3135,8 @@ s-region.el		Set region by holding shift.
 skeleton.el             Templates for statement insertion.
 soundex.el              Classifying words by how they sound.
 tempo.el                Template insertion with hotspots.
+
+
 
 * User Editing Changes in 19.23.
 
@@ -3407,6 +3434,7 @@ debugged.
 
 *** A new command, top-level-nonstop, does not even stop for unwind-protect,
 as top-level would.
+
 
 * Changes in CC mode in Emacs 19.23.
 
@@ -3577,6 +3605,7 @@ convention of VariableNamesWithoutUnderscoresButEachWordCapitalized.
   c-label-offset
   c-continued-statement-offset
   c-continued-brace-offset
+
 
 * Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.23.
 
@@ -3977,6 +4006,8 @@ Now the file version.el contains only the first two version numbers.
 The third component is now determined on the basis of the names of the
 existing executable files.  This means that version.el is not altered
 by building Emacs.
+
+
 
 * Changes in 19.22.
 
@@ -4039,12 +4070,16 @@ greater than what it used to be.  It is the position between the two
 characters whose properties differ, which is one greater than the
 position of the first character found (while scanning back) with
 different properties.
+
+
 
 * User editing changes in version 19.21.
 
 ** ISO Accents mode supports four additional characters:
 A-with-ring (entered as /A), AE ligature (entered as /E),
 and their lower-case equivalents.
+
+
 
 * User editing changes in version 19.20.
 (See following page for Lisp programming changes.)
@@ -4265,6 +4300,7 @@ whether `pushd' behaves like `cd' if no argument is given
 (`shell-pushd-dextract'), and only add directories to the directory
 stack if they are not already on it (`shell-pushd-dunique').  The
 configuration you choose should match the underlying shell, of course.
+
 
 * Emacs Lisp programming changes in Emacs 19.20.
 
@@ -4442,6 +4478,8 @@ delete-region in comint-previous-matching-input.
 
 The input history retrieval commands still wrap-around the input ring, unlike
 Emacs command history.
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.19.
 
@@ -4474,6 +4512,8 @@ taken.
 
 ** `%' no longer allows floating point arguments, since the results were often
 inconsistent with integer `%'.
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.18.
 
@@ -4614,6 +4654,8 @@ of the directory containing the Emacs executable that was run.
 
 ** The new function minibuffer-window-active-p takes one argument, a
 minibuffer window, and returns t if the window is currently active.
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.17.
 
@@ -4801,6 +4843,7 @@ argument FRAME, which specifies which frames it should affect.
   + If FRAME is a frame, then `delete-windows-on' only deletes windows on
     the given frame; other frames are unaffected.
 
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.16.
 
@@ -4927,6 +4970,7 @@ in a singleton list when it first inserts the prefix, but doesn't
 insert the prefix when processing events whose PLACE-SYMBOLs are
 already thus enclosed.
 
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.15.
 
@@ -4973,6 +5017,8 @@ it works the same in Emacs 18 and Emacs 19.
 
 (This change actually took place earlier, but we didn't know about it
 and thus didn't document it.)
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.14.
 
@@ -5017,6 +5063,8 @@ and END that specify which part of the file to insert.  BEG defaults to
 0 (the beginning of the file), and END defaults to the end of the file.
 
 If you specify BEG or END, then the argument VISIT must be nil.
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.13.
 
@@ -5035,11 +5083,15 @@ the search a case-sensitive one.
 C-c LETTER, since those keys are reserved for users.
 Those commands have been moved to C-c M-LETTER.
 We may move them again for greater consistency with other modes.
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.12.
 
 ** You can now make many of the sort commands ignore case by setting
 `sort-fold-case' to a non-nil value.
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.11.
 
@@ -5057,6 +5109,8 @@ that you write.  This is what `basic-save-buffer' does when
 it writes a file in the usual way.
 
 (This is not actually new, but wasn't documented before.)
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.10.
 
@@ -5069,6 +5123,8 @@ The reason for this change is to make function keys work after C-x.
 the region is highlighted in windows other than the selected window
 (in Transient Mark mode only, of course, and currently only when
 using X).
+
+
 
 * Changes in version 19.8.
 
@@ -6458,14 +6514,13 @@ distribution, using the contents of the source tree.  Object files,
 old file versions, executables, DOC files, and other
 architecture-specific or easy-to-recreate files are not included in
 the tar file.
-
-* For older news, see the file ONEWS.4.  For Lisp changes in (the first
-* release of) Emacs 19, see the file LNEWS.
 
+
+
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
 
-Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 2001, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
    of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
diff --git a/etc/NEWS.20 b/etc/NEWS.20
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..44d5600ecb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/NEWS.20
@@ -0,0 +1,4513 @@
+GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  2006-05-31
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2006
+          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+See the end for copying conditions.
+
+Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
+If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug.
+
+This file is about changes in emacs version 20.
+
+
+
+* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
+
+** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
+input.
+
+** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
+
+** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
+
+** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
+only for character input, but also in incremental search.  The
+exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
+(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
+(e.g. iso-2022-jp).  They are ignored in incremental search.
+
+** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
+been added.
+
+
+
+* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
+
+** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
+
+
+
+* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
+
+** Not new, but not mentioned before:
+M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
+
+
+
+* Changes in Emacs 20.4
+
+** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
+
+You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
+Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'.  If you use the name
+`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
+
+If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
+is the one that is used.
+
+** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
+the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
+Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
+separate from the command's regular output.
+Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
+says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
+In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
+the buffer name.
+
+When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
+output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
+it from the previous batch of error output.  The error buffer is not
+cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
+
+** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
+the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
+is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
+created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
+
+** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names.  For
+example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
+match c*.c.  To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
+quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
+
+** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
+now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
+if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
+they never ignore case.
+
+** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
+under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
+applies to all operating systems.  Emacs recognizes from the contents
+of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
+just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
+convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing.  This is a
+part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
+
+If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
+the same format that was used in the file before.
+
+You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
+`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
+
+** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
+renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
+This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
+
+** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
+The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
+buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
+your operating system.  For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
+is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems.  The usual
+end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
+Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
+
+The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
+eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
+control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
+format.  You can now customize these variables.
+
+** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
+filename contained non-ASCII characters.  Now this is fixed.  Such a
+filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
+enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
+
+** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
+in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
+windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
+
+** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
+dynamic-completion-mode to enable it.  Just loading the file
+doesn't have any effect.
+
+** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
+not one per buffer.
+
+** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
+use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
+  (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
+
+** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
+To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
+`auto-show-mode' command.
+
+** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
+avoid redisplay problems.  As a consequence, compared with previous
+versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
+choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line.  This change
+occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
+
+** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
+cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
+
+** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
+character set specified in the message.  If you want to disable this
+feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
+
+** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
+the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
+interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
+and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
+
+** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
+
+The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
+that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
+one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
+codepage.  For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
+set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
+
+Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
+from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
+
+IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
+equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
+a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
+`?' on other systems.
+
+IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
+feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
+Unix.
+
+Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
+current codepage when it starts.
+
+** Mail changes
+
+*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
+`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
+appropriate MIME headers are added.  The headers are added only if
+non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
+MIME headers are already present.  For example, the following three
+headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
+latin-1:
+
+  MIME-version: 1.0
+  Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
+  Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
+
+*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
+default way to encode outgoing mail.  This has higher priority than
+default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
+sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
+buffer-file-coding-system.
+
+You should not set this variable manually.  Instead, set
+sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
+mail.
+
+*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
+if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
+Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
+list of possible coding systems.
+
+** CC Mode changes
+
+*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
+modes to style names.  When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
+longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style.  See the variable's
+docstring for details.
+
+*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
+symbol.  The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
+found.  This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
+prioritized order on a single line.  However, none of the supplied
+lineup functions use this feature currently.
+
+*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
+"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
+
+*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
+"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
+
+*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
+from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode.  Two new
+symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
+c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
+anonymous classes.
+
+*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
+syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
+
+*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
+inexpr-class.  New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
+support and gcc-style statements inside expressions.  New lineup
+function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
+
+*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
+(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
+brace.  These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
+c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
+(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
+
+*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
+
+*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
+
+*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
+for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
+
+*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
+
+*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol.  The indentation
+associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
+This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
+circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
+class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
+
+** Gnus changes.
+
+*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
+added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See the
+Gnus manual for the full story.
+
+*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
+before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
+group, which is created automatically.
+
+*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
+values.
+
+*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
+
+*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
+outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
+
+*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
+`C-u C-c C-c'.
+
+*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
+
+*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
+re-highlighting of the article buffer.
+
+*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
+
+*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
+Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
+
+*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
+`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
+
+*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
+control over simplification.
+
+*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
+
+*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
+limit.
+
+*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
+
+*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
+
+*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
+If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
+rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
+
+*** Canceling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
+`a' forces normal posting method.
+
+*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
+-- `W d'.
+
+*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
+to a non-nil value.
+
+*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
+where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
+
+*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
+has been added.
+
+*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
+
+*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
+
+*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
+`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
+
+*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
+`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
+
+*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
+
+*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
+been added.
+
+*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
+`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
+
+*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
+updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
+
+*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
+
+*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
+
+*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
+
+** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
+
+*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
+options for the TeX run.  The default value causes TeX to run in
+nonstopmode.  For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
+
+*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell.  In a
+TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
+of these keys may not work on all systems).  For instance, if you run
+TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
+can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
+
+*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
+All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
+but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell.  Thus you can use
+the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
+
+*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
+the matching of braces and $'s.  The errors are listed in a *Occur*
+buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
+mismatch.
+
+** Changes to RefTeX mode
+
+*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
+file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
+
+*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
+lowercase by default.  To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
+characters will lose their accent.  All Mule characters will be
+removed from the label.
+
+*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
+a window instead of the echo area.  See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
+
+*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files.  See the
+customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
+
+*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
+`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
+expressions.
+
+*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
+
+** New/deleted modes and packages
+
+*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
+SNMPv2 MIBs.  It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
+
+*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
+editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
+SQL interpreters.  It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
+
+*** ispell4.el has been deleted.  It got in the way of ispell.el and
+this was hard to fix reliably.  It has long been obsolete -- use
+Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
+
+
+* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
+
+** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
+This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
+conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
+and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup.  For details,
+check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
+
+The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
+Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
+distribution when the config.bat script is run.
+
+** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
+MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
+controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
+directly to a printer port.  Similarly, in the previous version of
+Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
+on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
+string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
+program is used.  (These changes were made so that configuration of
+printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
+
+** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
+output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
+available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
+input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
+temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
+program.
+
+An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
+and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware.  For both of these
+programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
+automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
+as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
+ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
+
+** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
+a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
+MS-DOS and MS-Windows only.  This has been true since version 20.3, but
+was not documented clearly before.
+
+** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
+This includes Tetris and Snake.
+
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
+
+** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
+return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
+They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
+meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
+
+** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
+WILDCARD.  If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
+and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
+
+** Changes in the file-attributes function.
+
+*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
+It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
+
+*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
+the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
+integers.
+
+** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
+files in a directory and their attributes.  It accepts the same
+arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
+file names and attributes are returned.
+
+** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
+sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes.  It
+accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
+It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
+returns the result.
+
+** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
+to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
+
+** New functions for base64 conversion:
+
+The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
+into the base64 code used in MIME.  base64-decode-region
+performs the opposite conversion.  Line-breaking is supported
+optionally.
+
+Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
+job on the text in a string.  They return the value as a new string.
+
+**
+The new function process-running-child-p
+will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
+terminal to its own child process.
+
+** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
+when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
+to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
+itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
+
+** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
+be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
+
+** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
+:included is an alias for :visible.
+
+easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
+easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p.  This can be used
+to move or copy menu entries.
+
+** Multibyte editing changes
+
+*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed.  Now, sref is
+an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1.  This change is to
+make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
+work on the latest Emacs.  Such code uses a combination of sref and
+char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
+        (setq char (sref str idx)
+              idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
+The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
+
+If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
+(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
+        (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
+
+*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
+region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
+deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
+
+    Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
+
+This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
+across the boundary.
+
+*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
+`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
+    o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
+      contains 8-bit characters.
+    o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
+      contains invalid characters.
+
+*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
+text properties of the target region.  Ideally, they should correctly
+preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard.  Removing
+text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
+way.
+
+*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
+If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
+end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
+prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
+
+*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
+compose Thai characters in a string.
+
+** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
+argument NAME, which should be a string.  It supplies the menu name
+for the created keymap.  Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
+menus should always use the third argument.
+
+** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
+read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped.  Now the second
+arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  These functions use the current
+input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
+
+** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
+of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns.  This is useful in
+programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
+inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
+
+** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
+the echo area, while executing some Lisp code.  Like `progn', it
+returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
+echo area contents.
+
+   (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
+
+** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
+NOERROR.  If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
+requested feature cannot be loaded.
+
+** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
+foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
+means to clear out that attribute.
+
+** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
+gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
+
+** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
+read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
+unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
+end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
+
+** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
+the gap of the current buffer.
+
+** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
+to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
+current buffer.
+
+** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
+facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
+These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
+it back in after any modifications have been made.
+
+
+
+* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
+
+** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
+the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
+/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
+directories themselves.  Both immediate subdirectories and
+subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
+
+Not all subdirectories are included, though.  Subdirectories whose
+names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
+Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded.  Also, a subdirectory
+which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded.  You can use
+these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
+
+Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
+starts up.  While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
+time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
+
+This feature is an incompatible change.  If you have stored some Emacs
+Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
+to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
+subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
+`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
+results.
+
+** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
+GCC.  This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
+that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
+fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
+
+
+* Changes in Emacs 20.3
+
+** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
+including its argument.  If you repeat the z afterward,
+it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
+perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
+
+** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
+specified region.  To do this, set point and mark around the desired
+region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_).  You can then continue undoing
+further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
+command C-x u or C-_.  This will keep undoing changes that were made
+within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
+are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
+region.
+
+In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
+selective undo.
+
+** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
+unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
+buffer.  Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
+effect.  The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
+Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
+
+The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
+though.  If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
+-*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.  That will force Emacs to
+load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
+
+** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
+no longer appears in the menu bar.  We've realized that changing the
+enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
+something that most users not do.
+
+** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
+operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
+The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
+applications.
+
+C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
+pasting operations.
+
+** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
+setting the variable `printer-name'.  Just what a printer name looks
+like depends on your operating system.  You can specify a different
+printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
+`ps-printer-name'.
+
+** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
+minor mode.  It is called M-x flyspell-mode.  You don't have to remember
+any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
+except when you make a spelling error.  Flyspell works by highlighting
+incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
+hits a new word.
+
+Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
+Ispell in Emacs.  In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
+to be confused by TeX commands.
+
+You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
+correct.  You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
+clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
+of various alternative replacements and actions.
+
+Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections.  M-TAB replaces
+the current misspelled word with a possible correction.  If several
+corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
+alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
+flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
+
+Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
+flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
+
+** Changes in input method usage.
+
+Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
+the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
+respectively.
+
+You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
+
+If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
+of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
+
+The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
+that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
+
+  If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
+
+  If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
+
+  If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
+  when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
+
+  If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
+  given in the following case:
+    o When you are using a complex input method.
+    o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
+
+If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
+input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
+and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
+setting it to t is helpful.
+
+The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
+
+In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
+keys:
+        Shift-SPC       toggle-korean-input-method
+        C-F9            quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
+        F9              quail-hangul-switch-hanja
+These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
+environment.
+
+** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
+names, not the entire minibuffer input.  For example, if the
+minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
+get
+
+     /usr/foo//etc/passwd
+
+which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
+
+Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
+Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
+
+** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
+at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
+its owner and group.
+
+** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
+Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
+
+** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
+contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
+
+** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
+which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
+in all the lines on a rectangle.  The column is specified
+by the left edge of the rectangle.
+
+** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
+increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
+C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG.  This is useful
+for writing keyboard macros.
+
+** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
+files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to.  The
+frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
+the frame that it was started from.  Some major modes define
+additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
+info.
+
+** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
+
+** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
+query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
+contents only.
+
+** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
+confirmation before overwriting an existing file.  When you call
+the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
+says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
+
+** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
+non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
+literally.  If you say no, it signals an error.
+
+** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
+now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
+Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
+inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
+
+** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
+failure if the command produces no output.
+
+** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
+manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
+the mouse.
+
+** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
+mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
+function and variable names.
+
+** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
+reading specific files.  This has higher priority than
+file-coding-system-alist.
+
+** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
+t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
+converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
+the current language environment.  As a result, they are displayed
+according to the current fontset.
+
+** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
+
+The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
+that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
+nonascii-insert-offset.
+
+For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
+enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
+nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
+characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
+
+** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
+an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
+
+** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
+letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
+
+** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
+are inferred and hyperlinked.  Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
+command keys.
+
+** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
+user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
+
+Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
+user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
+all variables that have documentation.
+
+** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
+shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
+that shows you overlap with the previous line of text.  The variable
+minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
+it should show; the default is 20.
+
+Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
+the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
+of your input.
+
+** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
+all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
+recent Emacs versions.  You specify a previous Emacs version number as
+argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
+the customizable options which were changed since that version.
+Newly added options are included as well.
+
+If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
+then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
+for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
+
+This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
+Customize menu.
+
+** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
+the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
+
+** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
+buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
+invoked.
+
+** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
+that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
+The default is 1.
+
+** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
+syntax, not word syntax.  Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
+new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
+(C-x n d).  M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
+sensibly.
+
+** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
+
+** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
+value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
+two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
+
+** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
+reminder about upcoming diary entries.  See the documentation string
+for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
+every night.
+
+** Desktop changes
+
+*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
+the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
+
+*** Minor modes are now restored.  Which minor modes are restored
+and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
+
+** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
+read and post multi-lingual articles.
+
+** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
+doing an isearch.  In order for this to happen search-invisible should
+be set to open (the default).  If an isearch match is inside a hidden
+outline the outline is made visible.  If you continue pressing C-s and
+the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
+made invisible again.
+
+** Mail reading and sending changes
+
+*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
+the message before it lets you edit the message.  This is so that any
+changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
+toggle.
+
+*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
+now works in the summary buffer as well.  (The command to delete the
+summary buffer is now Q.)  The default file name for the w command, if
+the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
+rmail-default-body-file.
+
+*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
+longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator.  Instead, they
+handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
+
+*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
+it should be an expression.  When you send a message, this expression
+is evaluated to insert the signature.
+
+*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
+outbound email messages.  It works in coordination with other email
+handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
+putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
+transmission.  Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
+especially interested in trying feedmail.
+
+feedmail is not enabled by default.  See comments at the top of
+feedmail.el for set-up instructions.  Among the bigger features
+provided by feedmail are:
+
+**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
+stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
+there is also a queue for draft messages
+
+**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
+be prompted for confirmation
+
+**** does smart filling of address headers
+
+**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
+the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
+can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
+
+**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
+the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
+/usr/lib/sendmail, and Emacs Lisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
+function for something else (10-20 lines of Lisp code).
+
+** Dired changes
+
+*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
+files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
+
+*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el.  It allows one to easily
+run Dired on the directory name at point.
+
+*** Dired has a new command: %g.  It searches the contents of
+files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
+for a specified regexp.
+
+** VC Changes
+
+*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
+conveniently.
+
+*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten.  It is now much
+faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
+Dired.
+
+VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
+directory to display.  By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
+listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
+currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
+
+You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
+then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
+vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
+control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
+on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
+
+All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
+is redefined as the version control prefix.  That means you may type
+`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
+the file named in the current Dired buffer line.  `v v' invokes
+`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
+
+The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
+toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
+VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command,
+`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
+
+Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
+ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
+command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
+
+*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
+file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
+session to resolve them.
+
+Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
+resolve conflicts in a file at any time.  It works in any buffer that
+contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
+uses as well).
+
+*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
+command vc-merge (C-x v m).  It is implemented for RCS and CVS.  When
+you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
+either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
+branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
+If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
+using ediff.
+
+** Changes in Font Lock
+
+*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
+are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
+use for highlighting constants and labels.  (Its face properties are
+unchanged.)  The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
+compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
+
+** Frame name display changes
+
+*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
+frame.  You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
+raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
+when many frames are invisible or iconified.
+
+*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
+frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
+menu.
+
+** Comint (subshell) changes
+
+*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
+subjob now also kill pending input.  This is for compatibility
+with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
+
+*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
+
+C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
+that is, the line after the last line you got.
+You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
+
+C-c SPC accumulates lines of input.  More precisely, it arranges to
+send the current line together with the following line, when you send
+the following line.
+
+C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
+which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
+previously sent input.
+
+C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
+it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
+as the search string.
+
+*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
+automatically in compilation-mode windows.
+
+** C mode changes
+
+*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
+and as recognized syntax.  New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
+assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
+definition.
+
+*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
+(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
+Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated.  "gnu"
+style is still the default however.
+
+*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
+
+*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
+are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
+them.  They do not have key bindings by default.
+
+*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
+and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
+
+*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
+namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
+
+*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
+makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
+
+*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
+c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
+
+*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded.  You
+should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
+package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file.  A new
+variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
+
+** Changes to hippie-expand.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
+non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
+which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
+non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
+expanding dynamically.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
+non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
+non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
+this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
+expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
+
+*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
+
+** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+
+*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
+automatic key generation.  This replaces variable
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
+against the first word in the title.
+
+*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
+capitalized words.  To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
+lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use
+lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
+
+*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
+generation is more flexible.  Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
+replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
+bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
+
+** Changes in vcursor.el.
+
+*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
+and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text.  A
+variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
+entered exactly as if typed.  Numerous functions, including
+`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
+in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
+
+*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
+Editing group once the package is loaded.
+
+*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
+generally a bad side effect.  Use M-x customize to set
+vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
+
+*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
+vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
+
+** Ispell changes.
+
+*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
+buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings
+are identified by syntax tables in effect.
+
+*** Generic region skipping implemented.
+A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
+and will not be checked.  The definitions of the regions can be user
+defined.  New applications and improvements made available by this
+include:
+
+    o URLs are automatically skipped
+    o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
+
+*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
+
+** Changes to RefTeX mode
+
+RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
+large projects (like a several volume math book).  The parser has been
+re-written from scratch.  To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
+section `Optimizations' in the manual.
+
+*** New recursive parser.
+
+The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
+entire multifile document in order to parse the document.  The new
+recursive parser scans the individual files.
+
+*** Parsing only part of a document.
+
+Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
+partial scans.  To use this feature, read the documentation string of
+the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
+
+    (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
+
+*** Storing parsing information in a file.
+
+This can improve startup times considerably.  To turn it on, use
+
+    (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
+
+*** Using multiple selection buffers
+
+If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
+for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
+
+    (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
+
+*** References to external documents.
+
+The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
+documents.  RefTeX can provide information about the external
+documents as well.  To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
+macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
+RefTeX.  The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
+the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
+The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
+
+*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
+
+The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
+and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
+
+Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
+the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
+
+*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
+
+The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
+buffers.  See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
+
+*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
+
+The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
+contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
+`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'.  The selection processes
+have a number of new keys predefined.  In particular, TAB lets you
+enter a label with completion.  Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
+at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
+more.
+
+*** Support for the varioref package
+
+The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
+
+*** New hooks
+
+Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
+and citations are created. These hooks are
+`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
+`reftex-format-cite-function'.
+
+*** Citations outside LaTeX
+
+The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
+a mail buffer).  See the Info documentation for details.
+
+*** Short context is no longer fontified.
+
+The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
+fontification from the text in the buffer.  If you prefer it to be
+fontified, use
+
+   (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
+
+** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
+With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
+the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
+directories that contain the same file name.
+
+Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
+Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
+file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
+Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
+have Makefile.  A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
+names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
+directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
+directory.
+
+** New modes and packages
+
+*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
+It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
+it, but some do not.
+
+*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
+code.
+
+*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
+current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
+around in a buffer.
+
+Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
+
+*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees.  The author
+uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
+be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
+established system of notation similar to Chess.
+
+*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
+documentation string checking for style and spelling.  The style
+guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
+
+*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
+available in Emacs.  Some of these functions are wrappers around
+system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc.); others are implementations of
+simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp.  There are also
+functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
+the like.
+
+*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
+identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
+
+*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
+within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
+used in a considerable time.  To use this feature, customize
+the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
+
+*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
+
+  apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
+  samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
+  fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
+  x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
+  hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc.)
+  mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
+  javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
+  vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
+  java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
+  java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
+  mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
+
+  Platform-specific modes:
+
+  prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
+  pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
+  alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
+  inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
+  ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
+  reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
+  bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
+  rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
+  rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
+
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
+
+** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
+use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
+That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
+Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
+
+Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
+you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
+consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
+
+** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
+and using a default value if the key is not found there.  You can
+specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
+searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
+
+** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
+multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
+character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
+environment.
+
+** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
+take two optional arguments.  PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
+string.  SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
+current input method for reading this one event.
+
+** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
+now control whether to output certain characters as
+backslash-sequences.  print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
+non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
+characters.  Both of these variables are used only when printing
+in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
+
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
+
+** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
+of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
+
+** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
+in Emacs 19 and before.  This means that (forward-char 1)
+always increases point by 1.
+
+The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments.  It is
+considered obsolete.  The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
+
+See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
+
+** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
+Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
+default value changed.  For example,
+
+   (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
+     :type 'integer
+     :group 'foo
+     :version "20.3")
+
+   (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
+     :version "20.3")
+
+If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
+default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
+is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
+`:version' in the top level group.
+
+This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
+
+** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
+starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
+
+However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
+symbol itself, is not an error.  This is for the sake of programs that
+support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
+to themselves.
+
+If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
+this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
+values whatever.
+
+** There is a new debugger command, R.
+It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
+in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
+
+** Frame-local variables.
+
+You can now make a variable local to various frames.  To do this, call
+the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
+local bindings for that variable.
+
+These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
+frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
+modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
+parameter name.
+
+Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
+Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
+active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
+that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
+
+It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
+clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
+very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
+through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
+
+** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
+"symbolic regular expressions."  These are Lisp expressions that, when
+evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps.  The symbolic form
+makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
+See the documentation in sregex.el.
+
+** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
+is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
+parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
+The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
+
+** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
+If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
+
+** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
+known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
+define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
+
+** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
+when the user enters empty input.  It now returns the null string, as
+it did in Emacs 19.  The default value is made available in the
+history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
+
+The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
+return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
+empty input.
+
+** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
+for selecting buffers.  For example, if you set this variable to
+`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
+Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
+`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
+
+** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
+echoing a period for each character typed.  It takes three arguments:
+a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
+default password to use if the user enters nothing.
+
+** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
+specify not to break a line at certain places.  Its value is a
+function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
+place where a break is being considered.  If the function returns
+non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
+
+** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
+If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
+up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
+end of the window, even if this requires computation.
+
+** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
+which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
+If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
+
+** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
+holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
+was directed to display this buffer.
+
+** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
+with `equal'.  Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
+describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
+other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
+set-window-configuration.
+
+** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
+window configurations loosely.  It ignores differences in saved buffer
+positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
+windows and the choice of buffers to display.
+
+** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
+override the key bindings of a minor mode.  The elements of this alist
+look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
+
+If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
+non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
+map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
+
+minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
+and it is meant to be set by major modes.
+
+** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
+except that it discards all text properties from the result.
+
+** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
+USE-FLOATS.  If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
+floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
+
+** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
+to use for creating temporary files.  The default value is determined
+in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
+it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
+
+** Menu changes
+
+*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
+keywords :visible and :filter.  The existing keyword :keys is now
+better supported.
+
+The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
+a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
+you define the menu.  The default is t.  If you rarely use menus, you
+can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
+then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
+
+*** A new format for menu items is supported.
+
+In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
+ (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
+defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
+starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
+
+The format is:
+ (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
+ (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
+where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
+string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
+The supported properties include
+
+:enable FORM      Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
+                  item is enabled.
+:visible FORM     Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
+                  item should appear in the menu.
+:filter FILTER-FN
+                  FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
+                  which will be REAL-BINDING.
+                  It should return a binding to use instead.
+:keys DESCRIPTION
+                  DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
+                  binding for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
+                  `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
+:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
+                  KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
+                  keyboard binding.
+:key-sequence nil
+                  This means that the command normally has no
+                  keyboard equivalent.
+:help HELP        HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
+:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
+                  TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
+                  SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
+                  value says whether this button is currently selected.
+
+Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
+Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
+
+(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
+
+** New event types
+
+*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
+mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse).  The event contains a delta that
+corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
+which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom.  The format is:
+
+  (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
+
+where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
+same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
+indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated.  A
+negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
+the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
+forward, away from the user.
+
+As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
+
+*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
+files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
+and dropped onto an Emacs frame.  The event contains a list of
+filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
+loaded into Emacs.  The format is:
+
+  (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
+
+where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
+same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
+that were dragged and dropped.
+
+As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
+
+** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
+
+*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
+any attempt to set it directly signals an error.  The only way
+to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
+
+*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all".  You
+can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
+that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
+
+*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
+in Emacs 19 and before.
+
+The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
+The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
+
+*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
+buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
+unibyte representation.  If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
+representation.  Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
+
+This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
+as a sequence of bytes.  However, it does change the contents
+viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
+one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
+will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
+
+This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
+representation is in use.  It also adjusts various data in the buffer
+(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
+consistent with the new representation.
+
+*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
+representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care
+about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
+however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
+
+The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
+nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
+using the table nonascii-translation-table.
+
+*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
+representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
+representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
+
+The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
+loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
+is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
+
+*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
+which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
+
+*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
+which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
+
+*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
+portions of two strings.  Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
+so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
+You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
+
+*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
+it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
+
+*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
+convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
+buffer or string being searched.
+
+One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
+[...] to match all non-ASCII characters.  This does still work when
+searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
+searching or matching a multibyte string.  Unfortunately, there is no
+obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job.  But, what
+you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
+expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
+
+*** Structure of coding system changed.
+
+All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
+by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
+which defines the coding system.  Aliases share the same vector
+as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
+vector affects the principal name and its aliases.  You can define
+your own alias name of a coding system by the function
+define-coding-system-alias.
+
+The coding system definition includes a property list of its own.  Use
+the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
+access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
+pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
+character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
+safe-charsets.  For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
+'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
+`iso-8859-1'.
+
+Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
+The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
+coding system can correctly encode and decode.  For instance:
+(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
+
+Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
+also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
+are capable of that coding system.  Though, Emacs itself can encode
+the other character sets and read it back correctly.
+
+*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
+proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
+This function requires a user interaction.
+
+*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
+find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
+select-safe-coding-system.  They return a list of all proper coding
+systems to encode a text in some region or string.  If you don't want
+a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
+select-safe-coding-system.
+
+*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
+decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
+last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
+was done.
+
+*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
+used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
+coding systems used by some specific language environment.
+
+*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
+return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil.  Thus, if only ASCII
+characters are found, they now return a list of single element
+`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
+
+*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
+coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
+coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
+converted.
+
+*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
+coding system for communicating with other X clients.
+
+*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
+character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
+character sets or entire subrows of a character set.  In other words,
+each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
+either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
+range of characters.
+
+*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
+Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
+
+*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
+in the current buffer at position POS.
+
+*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
+input-method-function.  If this is non-nil, its value should be a
+function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
+character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
+event as an argument.  Often this function will read more input, first
+binding input-method-function to nil.
+
+The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
+method processing.  These events will be processed sequentially as
+input, before resorting to unread-command-events.  Events returned by
+the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
+not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
+
+The input method function is not called when reading the second and
+subsequent events of a key sequence.
+
+*** You can customize any language environment by using
+set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
+
+The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
+customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook.  For
+instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
+environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
+exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
+
+
+
+* Changes in Emacs 20.1
+
+** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
+options.  It is called M-x customize.  With this facility you can look
+at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
+tree structure.
+
+M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
+user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
+
+With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
+session or permanently.  (Permanent settings are stored automatically
+in your .emacs file.)
+
+** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
+You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
+
+** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
+This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
+
+** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
+immediately afterward.  At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
+kills the region.
+
+The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
+delete the character before point, as usual.
+
+** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
+on terminals which support this.  (You can disable this feature
+by setting search-highlight to nil.)
+
+** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
+insert the default value into the minibuffer as text.  In effect,
+the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
+onto the history "in the future".  (The more normal use of the
+history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
+past.)
+
+** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
+This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
+in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
+TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
+makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
+
+As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
+and is an alias for it.
+
+If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
+use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
+
+** Scrolling changes
+
+*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
+position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
+
+In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
+on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
+where it started.
+
+*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
+move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
+screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
+does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
+
+*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
+top or bottom of a window.  It is a number of screen lines; if point
+comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
+recenters the window.
+
+** International character set support (MULE)
+
+Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
+including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
+Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
+Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts.  These
+features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
+MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
+
+Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
+coding systems for storing files.  Emacs uses a single multibyte
+character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
+variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
+into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
+
+Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
+generally don't have keys for all the characters in them.  So Emacs
+supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
+language, to make it possible to type them.
+
+The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
+character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
+
+The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
+to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
+
+You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
+
+  (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
+
+Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
+characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
+argument, AUTO.  This provides compatibility for people who are
+already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
+characters for their work until they want to change.
+
+*** Input methods
+
+An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
+specifically for interactive input.  In Emacs, typically each language
+has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
+the same characters can share one input method).  Some languages
+support several input methods.
+
+The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
+another alphabet.  This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
+work.
+
+A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
+characters into one letter.  Many European input methods use
+composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
+consists of a letter followed by diacritics.  For example, a' is one
+sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
+letter.
+
+The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
+by conversion.  The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
+First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
+marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
+mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
+
+None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
+they are handled specially.  First you input a whole word using
+phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
+converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
+
+Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
+word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
+typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
+the first guess is wrong.
+
+*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
+turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
+
+If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
+byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
+they did in Emacs 19.34.  This includes the features for support for
+the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
+
+However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
+use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
+includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
+translate automatically to and from either one.
+
+*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
+
+Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
+file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
+sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte.  This is probably not
+what you want.
+
+If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
+example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
+system when reading the file.  This coding system also turns off
+multibyte characters in that buffer.
+
+If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
+character conversion as well.
+
+*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
+
+A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
+Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
+requires using many fonts.
+
+Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets".  Each fontset is a
+collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
+
+A fontset has a name, like a font.  Individual fonts are defined by
+the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself.  But once you
+have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
+you would use a font.
+
+If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
+specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
+display that character.  It will display an empty box instead.
+
+The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
+(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
+characters).
+
+*** Defining fontsets.
+
+Emacs does not use any fontset by default.  Its default font is still
+chosen as in previous versions.  You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
+with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
+
+Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
+of standard-fontset-spec.  This fontset's short name is
+`fontset-standard'.  Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
+standard fontset are created automatically.
+
+If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
+argument, a fontset is generated from it.  This works by replacing the
+FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
+with `*' then using this to specify a fontset.  This fontset's short
+name is `fontset-startup'.
+
+Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
+The resource value should have this form:
+        FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
+FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
+        * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
+        * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
+        * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
+The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
+of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
+CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
+should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
+
+Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
+last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
+You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
+
+For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
+font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME.  For instance, with the
+following resource,
+        Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
+the font for ASCII is generated as below:
+        -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
+Here is the substitution rule:
+    Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
+    defined in the variable x-charset-registries.  For instance, ASCII has
+    the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable.  Then, reduce
+    sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
+    (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
+
+The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
+fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec.  You can also call
+that function explicitly to create a fontset.
+
+With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
+like an actual font name.  But be careful not to specify a fontset
+name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
+fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
+fontsets.
+
+*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
+defaults for a particular choice of language.
+
+Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
+method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
+visiting files.  However, it does not try to reread files you have
+already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected.  The
+language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
+system for new files that you create.
+
+It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
+set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
+whole Emacs session.
+
+For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
+chooses the Latin-1 character set.  In the .emacs file, you can do this
+with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
+
+*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
+specifies the file coding system for the current buffer.  This
+specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
+the file.  As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
+coding systems that Emacs supports.
+
+*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
+lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
+This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
+After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
+is used for *the immediately following command*.
+
+So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
+write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
+
+If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
+then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
+
+For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
+visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
+
+*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
+construct.  Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
+to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM.  You can also
+specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
+of the file.
+
+*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
+the coding system for terminal output.  If you specify a character
+code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
+translated into that character code.
+
+This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
+various countries to support the languages of those countries.
+
+By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
+
+*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
+the coding system for keyboard input.
+
+Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
+with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
+some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
+
+By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
+
+Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
+input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
+translate into single characters.  However, input methods are designed
+to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
+designed to work with terminals.
+
+*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
+specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
+This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
+has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
+translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
+in the corresponding buffer.
+
+By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
+
+*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
+to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
+It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
+
+*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
+an input method.  If no input method has been selected before, the
+command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
+want to use.
+
+C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
+method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
+
+*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
+layouts commonly used for particular scripts.  How to do this
+remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout.  To specify
+which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
+
+*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
+the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
+related information.
+
+*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
+HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
+scripts.
+
+*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
+information about the support for a particular language.
+You specify the language as an argument.
+
+*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
+the coding system used in the visited file.  It normally follows the
+first dash.
+
+A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
+(except CRLF => newline if appropriate).  `=' means no conversion
+whatsoever.  The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
+1 through 9.  Other coding systems are represented by letters:
+
+    A alternativnyj (Russian)
+    B big5 (Chinese)
+    C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
+    C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
+    D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
+    E euc-japan (Japanese)
+    I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
+    J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv)  (Japanese)
+    K euc-korea (Korean)
+    R koi8 (Russian)
+    Q tibetan
+    S shift_jis (Japanese)
+    T lao
+    T tis620 (Thai)
+    V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
+    i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
+    k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
+    v viqr (Vietnamese)
+    z hz (Chinese)
+
+When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
+two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
+coding system.  These two characters describe the coding system for
+keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
+
+*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
+conversion to use for RMAIL files.  The default value is nil.
+
+When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
+into Emacs' internal format.  This has nothing to do with
+rmail-file-coding-system.  That variable controls reading and writing
+Rmail files themselves.
+
+*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
+conversion for outgoing mail.  The default value is nil.
+
+Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
+for sending mail:
+
+- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
+- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
+- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
+  if that is non-nil.  That comes from your language environment.
+- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
+
+*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
+to specify the language for the tutorial file.  Currently, English,
+Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported.  We welcome additional
+translations.
+
+** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
+of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally.  There is also a command
+insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
+without any conversion.
+
+** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
+You can now specify any number of octal digits.
+RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
+any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
+
+** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
+functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
+
+Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
+Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
+
+Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
+mode.  For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
+
+** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
+complete-symbol.  This command performs completion on the symbol name
+in the buffer before point.
+
+With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
+symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
+you are using.
+
+With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
+just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
+
+** File locking works with NFS now.
+
+The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
+in the same directory as FILENAME.
+
+This means that collision detection between two different machines now
+works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
+can become a bottleneck.
+
+The new method does have drawbacks.  It means that collision detection
+does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
+create new files.  Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
+file server does not support symbolic links.  But these conditions are
+rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
+so useful that the change is worth while.
+
+When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
+are stale.  So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
+collisions.  When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
+tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
+
+** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
+it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el.  Instead you must call
+show-paren-mode.
+
+** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
+selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
+delsel.el.  Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
+
+** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
+within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
+complete.el.  Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
+
+** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
+it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el.  You must also
+set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
+
+** Changes in View mode.
+
+*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
+Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
+
+*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
+view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
+
+*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
+previous state.
+
+*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
+scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
+
+*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows.  If
+non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
+not just the selected window.
+
+*** New customization variable view-read-only.  If non-nil, visiting a
+read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
+turns View mode on or off.
+
+*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
+how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
+delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
+
+** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
+now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
+
+** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
+has a new feature.  If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
+presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
+which version to compare with.
+
+** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
+blocks if a match is inside the block.
+
+The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
+is outside the block.  By customizing the variable
+isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
+shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
+
+By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
+of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
+blocks, all of them or none.
+
+** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
+current buffer and deletes the selected window.  It asks for
+confirmation first.
+
+** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
+now changes the major mode according to that file name.
+However, the mode will not be changed if
+(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
+(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
+    not suitable for ordinary files, or
+(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
+
+This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
+
+However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
+these commands do not change the major mode.
+
+** M-x occur changes.
+
+*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
+it performs a case-sensitive search.
+
+*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
+if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
+using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
+
+** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
+in just one window at a time.  At first, it is highlighted in the
+window where you set the mark.  The buffer's highlighting remains in
+that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
+buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
+
+** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
+after the command finishes.  The message suggesting key bindings
+appears temporarily in the echo area.  The previous echo area contents
+come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
+
+** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
+selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
+buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
+
+** Outline mode changes.
+
+*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
+
+*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
+
+** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
+you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
+Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
+was already active.
+
+The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
+unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
+get confused by it.
+
+If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
+set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
+
+** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
+
+*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
+conversion.  If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
+character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
+including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
+
+The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
+mixed case.  And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
+copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
+
+*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
+are no longer Lisp expressions.  They have simply three possible
+values.
+
+`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
+case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
+`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
+case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
+
+** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
+certain length.  The variable history-length specifies how long they
+can be.  The default value is 30.
+
+** Changes in Mail mode.
+
+*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
+Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
+composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
+`mail-user-agent'.  The default choice of user agent is
+`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
+behavior.
+
+C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
+compose-mail-other-frame.
+
+*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
+the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
+replying to.  This copies the text which is the selected region in the
+buffer that shows the original message.
+
+*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
+with separator lines around the contents.
+
+*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
+in suitable mail headers.  Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
+definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc).  You do not
+need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
+
+*** New features in the mail-complete command.
+
+**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
+for local users or if that is known.  The variable mail-complete-style
+controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
+Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
+
+**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
+to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
+/etc/passwd.
+
+**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
+to get the list of user ids.  By default, one file is used:
+/etc/passwd.
+
+** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
+special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning.  Thus, if you have a
+directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
+reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
+
+Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
+when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
+be taken to be magic.
+
+** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
+files to search through, and grep to scan them.  The output is
+available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
+
+M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
+(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
+
+** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
+suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
+
+In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
+
+new key         dired.el binding                old key
+-------         ----------------                -------
+  * c           dired-change-marks              c
+  * m           dired-mark                      m
+  * *           dired-mark-executables          *  (binding deleted)
+  * /           dired-mark-directories          /  (binding deleted)
+  * @           dired-mark-symlinks             @  (binding deleted)
+  * u           dired-unmark                    u
+  * DEL         dired-unmark-backward           DEL
+  * ?           dired-unmark-all-files          C-M-?
+  * !           dired-unmark-all-marks
+  * %           dired-mark-files-regexp         % m
+  * C-n         dired-next-marked-file          M-}
+  * C-p         dired-prev-marked-file          M-{
+
+** Rmail changes.
+
+*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
+saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
+chosen to make a unique name.  This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
+each time you run it.
+
+*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
+whether to include the line count in the summary.  Non-nil means yes.
+
+*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
+messages) now take repeat counts as arguments.  A negative argument
+means to move in the opposite direction.
+
+*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
+you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
+
+*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
+just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
+It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
+can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
+for output.
+
+** Gnus changes.
+
+*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
+
+*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
+Gnus.
+
+*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
+`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
+
+*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
+article mode line.
+
+*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
+
+*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
+
+(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
+
+*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
+are to be considered home score and adapt files.  See
+`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
+
+*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
+
+*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
+
+*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
+See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
+
+*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
+Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
+used to pick articles.
+
+*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
+another have been added.
+
+    `M-x gnus-change-server'
+
+*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
+generating lines in buffers.
+
+*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
+`C-M-_'.
+
+*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
+
+*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
+
+    (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
+
+*** Scores can be decayed.
+
+    (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
+
+*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
+Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
+
+*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
+the native server.
+
+   `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
+
+*** A new command for reading collections of documents
+(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
+
+*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
+
+*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
+even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
+
+*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
+(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
+
+    Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
+    a group.
+
+*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
+sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
+
+    See the commands under the `T S' submap.
+
+*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
+
+    See the commands under the `G P' submap.
+
+*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
+
+    Use the `Y c' command.
+
+*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
+
+*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
+
+    `M-x nnmail-split-history'
+
+*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
+from incoming mail before saving the mail.
+
+    See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
+
+*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
+
+*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
+the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
+
+        (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
+
+Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
+and show appropriate characters.  (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
+from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
+hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
+this issue.)
+
+Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
+automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
+particular news group.  This can be done by:
+
+        (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
+
+Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
+of newsgroups.  If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
+"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
+system.  CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
+for reading and posting).
+
+CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
+  (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
+Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
+newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
+there.
+
+Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
+default.  Here are some of these default settings:
+
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
+
+When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
+the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
+
+** CC mode changes.
+
+*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
+code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
+values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file.  To do
+this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
+Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
+loaded.
+
+If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
+Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
+style variables have buffer local values.  By default, all buffers
+share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
+c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you
+must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
+
+*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
+of the current buffer.
+
+*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
+it is no longer necessary.  C mode now handles all the supported styles
+of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
+
+*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
+style that the Python developers like.
+
+*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
+This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
+just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
+
+** VC Changes [new]
+
+*** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
+name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
+directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
+
+This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
+master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
+developers.
+
+You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
+RET in a buffer visiting that file.
+
+*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
+other developers.  Such files are made read-only by CVS.  To get a
+writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file.  VC then
+calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
+
+*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
+version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
+
+** Calendar changes.
+
+*** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
+subclasses of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow
+you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
+following/previous years.
+
+*** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system.  Use `pb' in
+the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date.  The Baha'i
+calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
+each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year).  The
+calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
+supposed attribute of God.
+
+** ps-print changes
+
+There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
+layout.
+
+*** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
+
+Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
+be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex.  If your
+printer system has this behavior, set variable
+`ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
+
+If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
+blank page as the very first printed page.  So, it behaves as if the
+very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
+
+The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
+setting duplex mode and page size.  Valid values are:
+
+ lpr-switches    duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
+                 Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
+                 printing for your printer.
+
+ setpagedevice   duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
+                 setpagedevice PostScript operator.
+
+ nil             duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
+                 the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
+
+The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
+opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other.  If
+`ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
+bindings on the left or right.  If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
+ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
+This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
+The default value is nil.
+
+The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
+properties alist.  Valid frame properties are:
+
+  fore-color    Specify the foreground frame color.
+                Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
+                color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
+                color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
+                correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
+                float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
+                color).  The default is 0 ("black").
+
+  back-color    Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
+                The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
+
+  shadow-color  Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
+                The default is 0 ("black").
+
+  border-color  Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
+                The default is 0 ("black").
+
+  border-width  Specify the border width.
+                The default is 0.4.
+
+Any other property is ignored.
+
+Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
+`ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
+documentation).
+
+Ps-print can also print footers.  The footer variables are:
+`ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
+`ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
+`ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
+`ps-footer-frame-alist'.  These variables are similar to those
+controlling headers.
+
+*** Color management (subgroup)
+
+If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
+color.
+
+*** Face Management (subgroup)
+
+If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
+set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
+background should be used.  Valid values are:
+
+ t              always use face background color.
+ nil            never use face background color.
+ (face...)      list of faces whose background color will be used.
+
+*** N-up printing (subgroup)
+
+The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
+sheet of paper.
+
+The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
+between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
+
+If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
+each page.
+
+The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
+on each sheet of paper.  Following are the valid values for
+`ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
+
+   `left-top'   1  2  3  4         `left-bottom'    9  10 11 12
+                5  6  7  8                          5  6  7  8
+                9  10 11 12                         1  2  3  4
+
+   `right-top'  4  3  2  1         `right-bottom'   12 11 10 9
+                8  7  6  5                          8  7  6  5
+                12 11 10 9                          4  3  2  1
+
+   `top-left'   1  4  7  10        `bottom-left'    3  6  9  12
+                2  5  8  11                         2  5  8  11
+                3  6  9  12                         1  4  7  10
+
+   `top-right'  10 7  4  1         `bottom-right'   12 9  6  3
+                11 8  5  2                          11 8  5  2
+                12 9  6  3                          10 7  4  1
+
+Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
+
+*** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
+
+The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
+RGB color.
+
+The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
+continue on next page.  Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
+to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
+
+                   `nil'        `follow'        `full'        `full-follow'
+   Current Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+                1  XXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXX +   1  XXXXXX +   1  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                2  XXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXX +   2  XXXXXX +   2  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                3  XXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXX +   3  XXXXXX +   3  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                4        +   4           +   4         +   4                +
+                5        +   5           +   5         +   5                +
+                6        +   6           +   6         +   6                +
+                7  XXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXX +   7  XXXXXX +   7  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                8  XXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXX +   8  XXXXXX +   8  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                9  XXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXX +   9  XXXXXX +   9  XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                10       +   10          +
+                11       +   11          +
+                --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+      Next Page --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+                12 XXXXX +   12          +   10 XXXXXX +   10               +
+                13 XXXXX +   13 XXXXXXXX +   11 XXXXXX +   11               +
+                14 XXXXX +   14 XXXXXXXX +   12 XXXXXX +   12               +
+                15       +   15 XXXXXXXX +   13        +   13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                16       +   16          +   14        +   14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                17       +   17          +   15        +   15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
+                18 XXXXX +   18          +   16 XXXXXX +   16               +
+                19 XXXXX +   19 XXXXXXXX +   17 XXXXXX +   17               +
+                20 XXXXX +   20 XXXXXXXX +   18 XXXXXX +   18               +
+                21       +   21 XXXXXXXX +
+                22       +   22          +
+                --------     -----------     ---------     ----------------
+
+Any other value is treated as `nil'.
+
+
+*** Printer management (subgroup)
+
+The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
+some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
+`ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string.  If you're using the lpr
+utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
+to "-P".
+
+The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
+paper feeding.  If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place.  If it's
+non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
+
+The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
+should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript.  Non-nil means
+do so.
+
+*** Page settings (subgroup)
+
+If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
+error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
+indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
+instead.  If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
+the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
+by `ps-paper-type'.  This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
+`setpagedevice'.
+
+The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
+printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
+`upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
+
+The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print.  If
+it's nil, all pages are printed.  If it's a list, list elements may be
+integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
+specifying to print from page FROM to TO.  Invalid list elements, that
+is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
+its TO, are ignored.
+
+The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
+pages.  Valid values are:
+
+   nil          print all pages.
+
+   `even-page'  print only even pages.
+
+   `odd-page'   print only odd pages.
+
+   `even-sheet' print only even sheets.
+                That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
+                `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
+                print only the even sheet of paper.
+
+   `odd-sheet'  print only odd sheets.
+                That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
+                `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
+                only the odd sheet of paper.
+
+Any other value is treated as nil.
+
+If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
+are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
+`ps-even-or-odd-pages'.  For example, if we have:
+
+   (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
+
+and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
+`ps-n-up-printing', we get:
+
+`ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
+   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'       PAGES PRINTED
+        nil                     1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
+        even-page               4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
+        odd-page                1, 7, 9, 13, 15
+        even-sheet              4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
+        odd-sheet               1, 7, 9, 13, 15
+
+`ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
+   `ps-even-or-odd-pages'       PAGES PRINTED
+        nil                     1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
+        even-page               4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
+        odd-page                1/7, 9/13, 15
+        even-sheet              6/7, 10/12, 15/16
+        odd-sheet               1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
+
+*** Miscellany (subgroup)
+
+The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
+messages should be sent.
+
+It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
+front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
+`ps-user-defined-prologue'.
+
+The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
+
+The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
+points for line numbers.
+
+The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
+numbers.  See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
+
+The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
+line numbers are printed.  For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
+to 2, the printing will look like:
+
+   1 one line
+     one line
+   3 one line
+     one line
+   5 one line
+     one line
+     ...
+
+Valid values are:
+
+integer         an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
+                printed.  If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
+                is used.
+
+`zebra'         specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
+                zebra stripe is to be printed.
+
+Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
+
+The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
+the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'.  For example, if
+`ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
+3, the output will look like:
+
+     one line
+     one line
+   3 one line
+     one line
+     one line
+   6 one line
+     one line
+     one line
+   9 one line
+     one line
+     ...
+
+The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
+where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
+
+The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
+for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
+`ps-font-size').
+
+The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
+in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
+`ps-font-size').
+
+The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
+
+The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
+start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
+
+** hideshow changes.
+
+*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
+C++, ; for lisp).
+
+*** Support for java-mode added.
+
+*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
+in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
+
+*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
+the beginning of the files.  Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
+way!  This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
+
+*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
+robust and a lot faster.
+
+*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
+
+*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
+to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden.  See the
+documentation for more details.
+
+** Changes in Enriched mode.
+
+*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
+filled to the current fill-column.  This behavior is now independent
+of the size of the window.  When you save the file, the fill-column in
+use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
+the next time unless the fill-column is different.
+
+*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode.  When it is enabled, Emacs
+distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
+as paragraph boundaries.  Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
+as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
+
+** Font Lock mode
+
+*** Custom support
+
+The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
+font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify
+the faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new
+custom group font-lock-faces.  If you set font-lock-face-attributes in your
+~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value.  However, you should
+consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
+
+You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
+
+*** Maximum decoration
+
+Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
+default.  Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
+of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
+supported.  You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
+to get the old behavior.
+
+*** New support
+
+Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
+
+Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
+support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
+
+*** Configurable support
+
+Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
+additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
+c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
+java-font-lock-extra-types.  These value of each of these variables should be a
+list of regexps matching the extra type names.  For example, the default value
+of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
+convention that C type names end in _t.  This results in slower fontification.
+
+Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
+way you wish, typically by adding regexps.  However, these new variables make
+it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
+
+*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
+
+You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
+highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
+for any mode.
+
+For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
+
+ (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
+
+in your ~/.emacs.
+
+*** New faces
+
+Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
+font-lock-warning-face.  These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
+distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
+to user attention, respectively.  Various modes now use these new faces.
+
+*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
+
+The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
+cache files silently.  You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
+same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
+
+*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
+
+The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
+according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines.  You can use
+the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature.  If
+non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
+refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time.  If nil, then only
+the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
+Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
+
+This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
+For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
+this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
+refontified to reflect their new syntactic context.  Previously, only the line
+containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
+the command M-o M-o (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
+
+As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
+
+Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
+Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
+Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
+new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
+
+If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
+settings.
+
+** Ada mode changes.
+
+*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
+If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
+procedure (modulo overloading).  If a spec has no body file yet, but
+you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
+stubs.
+
+*** There are two new commands:
+ - `ada-make-local'   : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
+ - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
+
+The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
+`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
+`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
+
+*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode.  The outline level
+is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
+Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
+
+*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
+formatting used in GNAT.  It places two blanks after a comment start,
+places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
+space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
+
+** Scheme mode changes.
+
+*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
+mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
+for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'.  The variables
+with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
+have any effect.
+
+If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
+still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
+scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
+variables as buffer-local variables.
+
+*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
+Use M-x dsssl-mode.
+
+** Changes to the emacsclient program
+
+*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
+USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
+associated with the name.  That is an emacsclient running as root
+can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
+
+*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
+it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
+buffer in Emacs.
+
+*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
+use if Emacs is not running.  The environment variable
+ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
+option takes precedence.
+
+** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
+constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
+(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
+
+** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
+which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
+the current defun.
+
+** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
+following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
+
+** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
+and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
+necessary).
+
+** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
+if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
+these register values no longer become completely useless.
+If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
+asked whether to visit the file again.  If you say yes,
+it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
+
+** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
+example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
+be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
+you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
+
+You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
+variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions.  If a
+file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
+revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
+only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
+
+** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
+since it applies only to the current frame.
+
+** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
+file for tex-file to run TeX on.  (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
+and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
+
+This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
+multiple files.  In each of the included files, you can set up a local
+variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
+tex-main-file.  Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
+instead of just the file you are editing.
+
+** RefTeX mode
+
+RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
+and \cite macros in LaTeX documents.  RefTeX distinguishes labels of
+different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
+multifile documents.  To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
+turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode.  Here are the main user commands:
+
+C-c (    reftex-label
+   Creates a label semi-automatically.  RefTeX is context sensitive and
+   knows which kind of label is needed.
+
+C-c )    reftex-reference
+   Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
+   label definition.  The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
+
+C-c [    reftex-citation
+   Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
+   database entries.  The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
+
+C-c &    reftex-view-crossref
+   Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
+
+C-c =    reftex-toc
+   Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document.  From there you
+   can quickly jump to every section.
+
+Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
+commands.  Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
+Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
+reftex.el.  You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
+C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
+
+** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+
+*** Info documentation is now available.
+
+*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore.  This confused
+both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
+
+*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
+bibtex-user-optional-fields.
+
+*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
+(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
+
+*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
+entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
+appropriate functions.
+
+*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
+entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
+
+*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
+been cleaned.
+
+*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
+bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
+
+*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
+shall be delimited.
+
+*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
+bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
+bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
+
+*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
+field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
+prefixed with `ALT'.
+
+*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
+bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
+formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
+documentation).
+
+*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
+documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
+for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
+
+*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
+comma should be inserted at end of last field.
+
+*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
+alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
+signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
+
+*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
+
+*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
+
+*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
+from alien sources.
+
+*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
+to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
+crossref entries.
+
+*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
+region.
+
+*** Added support for imenu.
+
+*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
+of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
+`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
+`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
+
+*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
+from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
+
+** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
+
+** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
+
+** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
+functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
+Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
+as an argument.
+
+When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
+and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
+
+** browse-url changes
+
+*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
+Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
+(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
+non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
+customization variables.
+
+*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
+
+*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
+lines.  Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
+(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
+
+** Changes in Ediff
+
+*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
+pops up the Info file for this command.
+
+*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
+the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
+merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
+directories).
+
+*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
+and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
+files in the same directory.
+
+*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
+The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format.  (The bug
+related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
+
+** Changes in Viper
+
+*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
+*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
+    instead of vip-.
+*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
+*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
+Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
+*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
+*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
+*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
+color when Viper is in insert state.
+*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
+Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
+viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
+
+** Etags changes.
+
+*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
+default.  The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
+Use --no-globals to turn this feature off.  Etags can also tag
+variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
+not by default.  Use --members to turn this feature on.
+
+*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
+
+*** Java is tagged like C++.  In addition, "extends" and "implements"
+constructs are tagged.  Files are recognized by the extension .java.
+
+*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript.  Files are
+recognized by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
+In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
+
+*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code.  The usual C and
+C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
+recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
+methods and protocols.
+
+*** Etags also handles Cobol.  Files are recognized by the extension
+.cobol.  The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
+column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
+paragraph name.
+
+*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep.  The syntax of
+an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
+at least M times and as many as N times.
+
+** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
+in files has changed slightly.
+
+With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
+time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
+This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
+with old time-stamp-format values.
+
+In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
+(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
+This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
+reasons.
+
+In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
+natural width.  (With format-time-string, each format has a
+fixed-width default.)  In this version, you can specify the colon
+(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
+time-stamp-format width default."  Do not use colon if you are
+specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
+
+Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
+case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year.  Digit
+truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
+
+The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs.  New formats are
+being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
+future to be compatible with format-time-string.  The new forms being
+recommended now will continue to work then.
+
+See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
+details.
+
+** There are some additional major modes:
+
+dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
+m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
+meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
+
+** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
+copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
+into Emacs.
+
+** New Lisp packages include:
+
+*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
+
+*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
+be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
+
+*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
+
+*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
+in shell buffers.
+
+*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
+See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
+and `elint-defun'.
+
+*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
+meant for programming constructs.  These abbrevs expand like ordinary
+ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
+strings or comments.
+
+These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
+abbrev for insertion of additional text.  Once you expand the abbrev,
+you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
+insertion points.  Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
+at these points.
+
+*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
+can visit them by short forms of their names.
+
+*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
+Emacs Lisp function at point.
+
+*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
+
+*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
+switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
+
+*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
+
+*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
+
+*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
+
+*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
+from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
+
+*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
+You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
+inserted at point.  M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
+original place after inserting the copy.
+
+*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
+on the buffer.
+
+You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
+velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
+(with mouse-drag-drag).  Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
+
+Enable mouse-drag with:
+    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
+-or-
+    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
+
+*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
+mail waiting to be read in them.  It works with procmail.
+
+*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
+It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
+
+*** ogonek
+
+The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
+Polish diacritic characters in buffers.  Codings known from various
+platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
+TeX.  For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
+ISO8859-2.  Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
+prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
+instance) and vice versa.
+
+To use this package load it using
+    M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
+Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
+    M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish
+    M-x ogonek-how        -- in English
+The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
+ways of customization in `.emacs'.
+
+*** Interface to ph.
+
+Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
+
+The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
+services about people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
+these servers.
+
+*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
+
+*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
+You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
+while the real cursor does not move.
+
+*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
+for visiting your favorite web sites.
+
+*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
+so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
+
+** movemail change
+
+Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
+mail retrieval to function properly.  This is because it no longer
+supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
+user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
+
+This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
+
+
+* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+
+** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
+
+Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
+end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
+Macintosh).  Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
+file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
+file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
+
+To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
+C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
+coding system for the buffer.  Then, when you save the file, the newly
+specified coding system will take effect.  For example, to save with
+LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
+save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
+
+
+* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
+
+** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
+Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19.  And
+vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
+Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
+
+** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
+to start with w32- instead of win32-.
+
+In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise.  We
+don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
+"win".
+
+** Basic Lisp changes
+
+*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
+evaluates to itself.  Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
+
+*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed.  It should now
+be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
+or by the user.
+
+The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
+
+*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
+
+(when CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
+(unless CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
+
+*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
+usual Lisp meanings.  For example, caar returns the car of the car of
+its argument.
+
+*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
+
+*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
+
+*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
+
+*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
+error if the integer is not a valid character code.  These primitives
+include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
+`format' function.
+
+*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
+or .elc, to the file name.  Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
+whose name is just foo.  It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
+
+*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
+either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
+adding one of these suffixes.
+
+*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
+which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
+If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
+
+We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
+because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
+
+*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
+
+*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
+You must load the `cl' library to define it.
+
+*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
+conveniently with a different current buffer.  It looks like this:
+
+  (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
+
+BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
+BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
+
+*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
+choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
+restoring the value of point or the mark.  `with-current-buffer'
+works using `save-current-buffer'.
+
+*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
+write the output to a specified file.  Like `progn', it returns the value
+of the last form.
+
+*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
+which is discarded after use.  Like `progn', it returns the value of the
+last form.  If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
+as the last form.
+
+*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
+characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
+matches.
+
+For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
+
+*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
+with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
+Then it returns that string.
+
+For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
+
+(with-output-to-string
+  (princ "The buffer is ")
+  (princ (buffer-name)))
+
+returns "The buffer is foo".
+
+** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
+is non-nil.
+
+These characters have character codes above 256.  When inserted in the
+buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
+characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
+
+*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
+a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
+
+Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
+character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
+Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
+position by 2, 3 or 4.  The function forward-char moves by whole
+characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
+  (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
+
+ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
+Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
+non-ASCII characters.  These sequences are called "multibyte
+characters".
+
+The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
+through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237).  These values are called
+"leading codes".  The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
+range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377).  The first byte, the
+leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
+
+*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
+(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
+multibyte character.  Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
+character, which may be more than one buffer position.
+
+This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
+always one buffer position, need to be changed.
+
+However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
+
+*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
+because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
+have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377.  However,
+the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
+guaranteed.
+
+*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
+between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
+character).
+
+When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
+
+ 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
+ 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
+ 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
+ 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
+ 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
+
+*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
+
+*** Strings can contain multibyte characters.  The function
+`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
+more than the number of characters.
+
+You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
+it literally.  You can also represent it with a hex escape,
+\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary.  Any character which
+is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct.  If you want to
+follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
+newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
+
+*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
+and returns a string containing those characters.
+
+*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
+(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX.  INDEX
+counts from zero.  If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
+character, sref signals an error.
+
+*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
+in a string.  This is less than the length of the string, if the
+string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
+
+*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
+in a region from BEG to END.  This is less than (- END BEG) if the
+region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
+
+*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
+the characters in it.  string-to-vector converts a string
+to a vector of the characters in it.
+
+*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
+of a string.  You call it as follows:
+
+   (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
+
+This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
+STRING.  OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
+This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
+Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
+it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
+
+*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
+if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
+
+*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
+if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
+
+*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
+to fit within a certain number of columns.  (Of course, it does
+not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
+which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
+
+(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
+
+This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
+
+The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
+If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
+are not included in the resulting value.
+
+The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
+at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
+WIDTH columns.  If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
+is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
+
+If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
+place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
+character extends across that column), then the padding character
+PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
+string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
+column START-COLUMN.
+
+*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
+the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
+necessarily the number of characters.  It is, in effect, the
+difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
+changed text, before the change.
+
+*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
+sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol.  In general there is
+one character set for each script, not for each language.
+
+**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
+
+**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
+
+**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
+set that the character belongs to.  (The value is a symbol.)
+
+**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
+name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
+which identify the character within that character set.
+
+**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
+byte-values, constructs a character code.  This is roughly the
+opposite of split-char.
+
+**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
+of all the characters between BEG and END.
+
+**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
+of all the characters in a string.
+
+*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
+and specifying coding systems.
+
+**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
+system names (symbols).  With optional argument t, it returns a list
+of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
+(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
+and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
+as what to do about code conversion.)
+
+**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
+name.  It returns t if so, nil if not.
+
+**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
+for certain file names.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
+except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
+
+Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
+which file names the element applies to.  PATTERN should be a regexp
+to match against a file name.
+
+VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
+a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
+decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
+to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
+systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
+specifies the coding system for encoding.
+
+If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
+or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
+
+**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
+the coding system to use for network sockets.
+
+Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
+which network sockets the element applies to.  PATTERN should be
+either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
+service names.
+
+VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
+a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
+decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
+to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
+systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
+specifies the coding system for encoding.
+
+If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
+or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
+
+**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
+for certain subprocess.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
+except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
+start the subprocess.
+
+**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
+systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
+when nothing else specifies what to do.  The value is a cons cell
+(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING).  OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
+to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
+
+**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
+coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
+subprocess.
+
+It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
+but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
+start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
+connection permanently or until overridden.
+
+The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
+file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
+network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
+coding system for output.  But most of the time this variable is nil.
+It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
+system for one operation at a time.
+
+**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
+files, subprocesses or network connections.
+
+**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
+coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
+The value is a cons cell,
+ (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
+where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
+the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
+input to the subprocess.
+
+**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
+change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
+
+** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
+customization options.  To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
+you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
+
+You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
+variable.  The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
+information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
+legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
+customization.
+
+Thus, instead of writing
+
+    (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
+      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
+
+you would now write this:
+
+    (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
+      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
+      :type 'boolean
+      :group foo)
+
+The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
+two meaningful states: nil and non-nil.  Other type values
+describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
+for a description of them.
+
+The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
+should belong to.  You define a new group like this:
+
+    (defgroup ispell nil
+      "Spell checking using Ispell."
+      :group 'processes)
+
+The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group.  The root
+group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
+but only other groups.  The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
+to the keywords used by C-h p.  Under these subgroups come
+second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
+
+Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups.  A simple
+package should have just one group; a more complex package should
+have a hierarchy of its own groups.  The sole or root group of a
+package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
+first-level subgroups.
+
+** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
+
+This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
+separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
+
+** easy-mmode
+
+The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
+developing minor modes easier.  Roughly, the programmer has to code
+only the functionality of the minor mode.  All the rest--toggles,
+predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
+`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation).  See also
+`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
+
+** Text property changes
+
+*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
+text property.
+
+*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
+previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
+place where either a text property or an overlay might change.  The
+functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT.  POSITION is the
+starting position for the scan.  LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
+
+If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT.  If
+LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
+of the buffer.  If no property change is found, the value is the
+position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
+
+*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
+value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap.  This
+is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
+
+** Changes in invisibility features
+
+*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
+hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
+is inside that portion of the buffer.  To enable this the overlay
+should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
+would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
+make the overlay visible.
+
+During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
+invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
+needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
+which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
+the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
+t when it should hide it.
+
+*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
+
+Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
+invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
+and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
+Use  `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
+manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
+Here is an example of how to do this:
+
+ ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
+ (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
+ ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
+ (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
+
+  ...
+ (overlay-put  (make-overlay beginning end)  'invisible 'my-symbol)
+
+ ...
+ ;; When done with the overlays:
+ (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
+ ;; Or respectively:
+ (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
+
+** Changes in syntax parsing.
+
+*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
+`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
+obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
+`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
+
+If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
+is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
+used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
+
+When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
+character in the buffer is calculated thus:
+
+        a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
+           is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
+
+           Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
+           syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
+           a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
+
+        b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
+           is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
+           (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
+           determine the syntax type of the character.
+
+        c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
+           of the current buffer.
+
+*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
+value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'.  The details are the same as
+for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
+
+*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
+and 15).  A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
+only by another character with the same code (unless quoted).  A
+character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
+another character with the same code (unless quoted).
+
+These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
+text property.
+
+*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
+arg COMMENTSTOP.  If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
+of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
+
+*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
+(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
+element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
+nil if none.  The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
+string/comment is started by a "!"  or "|" syntax-code.
+
+*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
+syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
+`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
+
+** Changes in face features
+
+*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
+if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
+
+*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
+of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
+
+*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
+set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
+
+*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
+set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
+
+*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
+by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
+and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
+the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
+overlay property).
+
+This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
+arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
+
+** Changes in file-handling functions
+
+*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
+directory name from the beginning of the file name.  In other words,
+they no longer do anything special with // or /~.  That conversion
+is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
+
+This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
+begins with ~.
+
+*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
+it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
+
+*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
+the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
+
+*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
+as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
+
+*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
+character code conversion as well as other things.
+
+Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
+(formerly it did not).
+
+*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
+environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
+
+*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
+instead of constant strings.
+
+*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially.  It used
+to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
+any `//' or `/~' sequence.  Now it passes them straight through.
+
+substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
+in the same way as before.
+
+*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
+The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
+which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
+
+*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
+error if that fails.  If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
+else, and returns nil.
+
+*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
+directory cannot be listed.
+
+** Changes in minibuffer input
+
+*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
+read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
+additional argument which specifies the default value.  If this
+argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
+ways:
+
+  It is returned if the user enters empty input.
+  It is available through the history command M-n.
+
+*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
+read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
+argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  If this is non-nil, then the
+minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
+enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
+
+In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
+argument in this way.
+
+*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
+from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
+minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
+
+** Echo area features
+
+*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
+echo-area-clear-hook.  Note that the echo area can be used while the
+minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
+after the echo area is cleared.
+
+*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
+in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
+
+** Keyboard input features
+
+*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
+set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
+
+*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
+received so far from the terminal.  It does not count those generated
+by keyboard macros.
+
+** Frame-related changes
+
+*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
+creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
+hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
+
+*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
+the window configuration has changed.  The frame whose configuration
+has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
+
+*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
+selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
+value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
+in the selected frame.
+
+*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
+is now `left', `right' or nil.  A non-nil value specifies
+which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
+
+** X Windows features
+
+*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
+x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource.  The usual value of
+x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
+
+*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
+The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
+
+*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
+MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
+A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
+
+If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
+it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
+
+** Subprocess features
+
+*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
+functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
+automatically.
+
+*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
+and returns the output from the command as a string.
+
+*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
+and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
+
+** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
+does clear the variable to nil.  The documentation was wrong before.
+
+** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
+at the end of the keymap.  If the keymap is a menu, this means it
+goes after the other menu items.
+
+** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
+of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
+around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
+are in use.
+
+The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
+series of several changes--if that seems safe.
+
+Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
+after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
+form.
+
+** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
+is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
+but its hook is still run.
+
+** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
+for errors that are handled by condition-case.
+
+If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
+regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition.  This is
+useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
+
+This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways.  Errors that
+are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
+filters, will instead invoke the debugger.  So don't say you weren't
+warned.
+
+** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
+way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
+
+** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
+integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
+functions like display-time.
+
+** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
+name of a Lisp library.  This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
+
+** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
+can be used from Lisp.  Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
+is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
+
+** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
+if there is an error in compilation.
+
+** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
+switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
+argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer.  If it is non-nil,
+they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
+
+** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
+Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
+the *scratch* buffer.
+
+** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
+The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN.  This function can be used
+where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
+e.g., in Font Lock mode.
+
+** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
+and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
+It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
+
+** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
+using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
+variable mail-user-agent).  It has variants compose-mail-other-window
+and compose-mail-other-frame.
+
+** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
+can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name).  The
+full name of the specified user will be returned.
+
+** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
+of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
+where to find it.  They should load the profile of the user name found
+in that variable.  If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
+option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
+files at all.
+
+** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
+and type of padding.  This works as in printf: you write the field
+width as digits in the middle of a %-construct.  If you start
+the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
+
+For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
+minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
+with spaces to 3 positions.  Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
+is how %S normally pads to two positions.
+
+** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
+
+** imenu.el changes.
+
+You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
+item from menu created by imenu.
+
+An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
+#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
+select one of those items.
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Copyright information:
+
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2006
+          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
+   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
+   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
+   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
+
+   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
+   of this document, or of portions of it,
+   under the above conditions, provided also that they
+   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
+
+Local variables:
+mode: outline
+paragraph-separate: "[  ]*$"
+end:
diff --git a/etc/NEWS.21 b/etc/NEWS.21
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..44462b3f827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/etc/NEWS.21
@@ -0,0 +1,4900 @@
+GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  2006-05-31
+Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006
+          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+See the end for copying conditions.
+
+This file is about changes in emacs version 21.
+
+
+
+* Emacs 21.4 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
+
+
+
+* Installation changes in Emacs 21.3
+
+** Support for GNU/Linux on little-endian MIPS and on IBM S390 has
+been added.
+
+
+* Changes in Emacs 21.3
+
+** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
+with Custom.
+
+** UTF-16 coding systems are available, encoding the same characters
+as mule-utf-8.
+
+** There is a new language environment for UTF-8 (set up automatically
+in UTF-8 locales).
+
+** Translation tables are available between equivalent characters in
+different Emacs charsets -- for instance `e with acute' coming from the
+Latin-1 and Latin-2 charsets.  User options `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'
+and `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' respectively turn on translation
+between ISO 8859 character sets (`unification') on encoding
+(e.g. writing a file) and decoding (e.g. reading a file).  Note that
+`unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is useful and safe, but
+`unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' can cause text to change when you read
+it and write it out again without edits, so it is not generally advisable.
+By default `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is turned on.
+
+** In Emacs running on the X window system, the default value of
+`selection-coding-system' is now `compound-text-with-extensions'.
+
+If you want the old behavior, set selection-coding-system to
+compound-text, which may be significantly more efficient.  Using
+compound-text-with-extensions seems to be necessary only for decoding
+text from applications under XFree86 4.2, whose behavior is actually
+contrary to the compound text specification.
+
+
+
+* Installation changes in Emacs 21.2
+
+** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 has been added.
+
+** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.
+
+
+* Changes in Emacs 21.2
+
+** Emacs now supports compound-text extended segments in X selections.
+
+X applications can use `extended segments' to encode characters in
+compound text that belong to character sets which are not part of the
+list of approved standard encodings for X, e.g. Big5.  To paste
+selections with such characters into Emacs, use the new coding system
+compound-text-with-extensions as the value of selection-coding-system.
+
+** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
+were changed.
+
+** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
+now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.
+
+** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
+initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
+instead of using default-major-mode.
+
+** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
+like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
+as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned.  If it is t
+(the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
+visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry.  If this option
+is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
+to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.
+
+This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
+NEWS.
+
+
+* Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.2
+
+** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
+have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
+and the latter now controls scrolling down.
+
+** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
+be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.
+
+
+
+* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
+
+See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
+fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
+charsets in this release.
+
+** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
+
+** Support for LynxOS has been added.
+
+** There are new configure options associated with the support for
+images and toolkit scrollbars.  Use the --help option in `configure'
+to list them.
+
+** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
+support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5.  This increases the
+maximum buffer size.  See etc/MACHINES for instructions.  Changes to
+build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
+necessary changes to unexec.
+
+** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
+Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
+
+** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
+Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
+
+** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP.  You can turn this off using
+the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
+
+** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
+all of the new display features described below.  The port currently
+lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support.  See the
+"Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
+description of aspects specific to the Mac.
+
+** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
+new display features described below.
+
+
+* Changes in Emacs 21.1
+
+** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
+
+The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
+Italic text can be used without redisplay problems.  Fonts containing
+oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
+of a font can be used.  Images of various formats can be displayed in
+the text.
+
+** Emacs has a new face implementation.
+
+The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
+font.  Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
+height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
+These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
+specify a font.
+
+Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
+These terminal capabilities are auto-detected.  Details can be found
+under Lisp changes, below.
+
+** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
+
+Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
+Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
+the terminal supports it.  Faces with a weight less than normal and
+italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
+Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible.  Other face
+attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
+on terminals.
+
+The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
+supported on character terminals.
+
+Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
+the colors supported by the terminal.  This means you could have the
+same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
+a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.
+
+** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.
+
+** Sound support
+
+Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
+driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver).  Currently
+supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
+You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
+sound support.
+
+** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
+
+If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
+longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
+is on a frame of its own.  You can control resizing and the maximum
+minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:
+
+- User option: max-mini-window-height
+
+Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.  If a float, it specifies a
+fraction of the mini-window frame's height.  If an integer, it
+specifies a number of lines.
+
+Default is 0.25.
+
+- User option: resize-mini-windows
+
+How to resize mini-windows.  If nil, don't resize.  If t, always
+resize to fit the size of the text.  If `grow-only', let mini-windows
+grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
+again.
+
+Default is `grow-only'.
+
+** LessTif support.
+
+Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
+<http://www.lesstif.org>).  You will need version 0.92.26, or later.
+
+** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
+
+When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
+from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
+non-nil.
+
+** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.
+
+When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
+now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
+file to visit.  File->Save As also pops up that dialog.
+
+** Toolkit scroll bars.
+
+Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available.  When configured for
+LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar.  Otherwise, when
+configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
+bar if Xaw3d is available.  You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
+bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
+Emacs.
+
+When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
+Xaw3d is compiled on your system.  If the Makefile generated from
+Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
+Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
+define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it.  Take
+`s/freebsd.h' as an example.
+
+Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
+a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
+directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
+different systems).  You will find files `*.cf' there.  If your
+system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
+add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
+
+The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
+`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
+This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
+imake configuration file contains the necessary information.  Since
+Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
+
+** Tool bar support.
+
+Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  For details
+of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
+changes.  Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
+displayed and is on by default.  The appearance of the bar is improved
+if Emacs has been built with XPM image support.  Otherwise monochrome
+icons will be used.
+
+To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
+for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
+
+** Tooltips.
+
+Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
+mouse position.  The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them.  You can
+turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
+
+Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging.  If activated,
+variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
+the mouse in source buffers.  You can customize various aspects of the
+tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
+
+** Automatic Hscrolling
+
+Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
+`automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default).  This setting can be
+customized.
+
+If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
+scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
+for automatic horizontal scrolling.  Automatic scrolling will scroll
+the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
+to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.
+
+** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
+of its own.  By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
+solid; otherwise, it is hollow.  The user-option
+`cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
+cursor in non-selected windows.  If nil, no cursor is shown, if
+non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.
+
+** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
+truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike.  The
+foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
+customizing face `fringe'.
+
+** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
+You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
+In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
+appearance of the mode line.  (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
+occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
+the window to be partially obscured.)
+
+The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
+versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
+However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
+ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
+
+** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
+
+Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
+systems which support the mouse.  Moving the mouse to a
+mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
+mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
+displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
+have enabled one.
+
+Currently, the following actions have been defined:
+
+- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
+
+- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
+
+- Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
+`*') toggles the status.
+
+- Mouse-3 on the major mode name displays a major mode menu.
+
+- Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.
+
+** Hourglass pointer
+
+Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X.  You can
+turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
+
+** Blinking cursor
+
+M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
+terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'.  Blinking
+and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
+the group `cursor'.
+
+** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
+
+This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
+generally faster.  It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
+See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
+details.
+
+Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
+have to do anything to activate it.
+
+** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.
+
+The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
+determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.
+
+On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
+according to the keyboard used.  If the keyboard has both a Backspace
+key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
+option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
+delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward.  On
+keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
+keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
+set to nil, and these keys delete backward.
+
+If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
+a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
+Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
+`keyboard-translate'.  The former functionality of C-h is available on
+the F1 key.  You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
+terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.
+
+Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
+to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.
+
+** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
+changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
+buffer by default.
+
+** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
+current line, respectively.  C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
+beginning and end of the buffer.
+
+** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files.  If the
+recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
+signaled.
+
+** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
+file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
+
+** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
+compiled with Emacs.  Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
+this behavior.
+
+The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
+compiler.  Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
+Emacs dump core.
+
+** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
+
+When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
+widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus.  When configured for
+Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
+
+** The menu bar configuration has changed.  The new configuration is
+more CUA-compliant.  The most significant change is that Options is
+now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
+
+** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
+using that menu.
+
+** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
+
+When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
+whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'.  Trailing whitespace is
+defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line.  To avoid busy
+highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
+displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
+whitespace.
+
+** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
+all frames except the selected one.
+
+** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
+let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.
+
+** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
+header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
+so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
+This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
+`Info-use-header-line'.
+
+** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
+have been added.  They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
+`de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'.  Postscript files are included.
+
+** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.
+
+** A reference card for Dired has been added.  Its name is
+`dired-ref.tex'.  A French translation is available in
+`fr-drdref.tex'.
+
+** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently.  Now if the menu bar is not
+displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
+menu bar.  If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
+menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
+
+** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
+
+You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
+because it now contains a version-dependent component.  You can still
+use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
+`~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
+
+** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
+point in a pop-up window.
+
+** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
+under XFree86.  To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
+customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.
+
+The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
+determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
+
+** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
+sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
+(On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
+You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.
+
+** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
+
+** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
+to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
+
+** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
+trailing whitespace within the current restriction.  You can also add
+this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.
+
+** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
+be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
+non-nil.
+
+** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
+set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
+file that is already visited under a different name.
+
+** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
+nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
+
+** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
+and displays information about that.
+
+** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
+expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
+
+This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
+determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
+mode from the file's name.  If it matches, the file is assumed to be
+interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
+regular expression.  The mode is then determined as the mode
+associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
+
+** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
+suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
+
+** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
+buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
+contents.  (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
+by M-x prefer-coding-system.)  Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
+insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
+the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
+Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
+
+** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
+been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
+
+** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
+system for keyboard input.
+
+** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
+coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
+escape sequences.  If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
+such escape sequences.  The default value is nil, and it is
+recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
+always want to read any escape code verbatim.  If you just want to
+read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
+(`universal-coding-system-argument').  For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
+RET C-x C-f filename RET.
+
+** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
+environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
+
+** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
+displays all characters in that character set.
+
+** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
+coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
+
+** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
+and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
+LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
+
+** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
+Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
+8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
+GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
+8859-15.  See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
+There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
+and Polish `slash'.
+
+** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
+These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
+of the tutorial.
+
+** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
+function keys are changed as follows.  This is to conform to "Emacs
+Lisp Coding Convention".
+
+    new  command                            old-binding
+    ---  -------                            -----------
+    f3   ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer         f5
+    S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region         f5
+    C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
+
+    f4   ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer         unchanged
+    S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region         unchanged
+    C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
+
+    S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation           f3
+    S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel                 f6
+    S-f7 ethio-replace-space                f7
+    S-f8 ethio-input-special-character      f8
+    S-f9 ethio-replace-space                unchanged
+    C-f9 ethio-toggle-space                 f2
+
+** There are new Leim input methods.
+New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
+"greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
+package.
+
+** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed.  Now the
+rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
+typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively.  Rules for translating
+"=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted.  Now, to input
+"`", you must type "=q".
+
+** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
+8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
+more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
+empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
+window system).  Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
+on.
+
+** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
+on the context.  M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
+defined in newcomment.el.  You can choose different styles of region
+commenting with the variable `comment-style'.
+
+** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
+`display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
+indicator used by the display-time package.  On a suitable display the
+indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
+
+** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
+on the display using several methods
+
+- By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS.  PIXELS must be
+a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
+be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
+
+- By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'.  This is
+equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.
+
+- By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
+
+- By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'.  The meaning is
+the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
+
+** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
+an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer.  The
+command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
+does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
+
+** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
+`make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
+typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
+
+** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
+characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
+
+** New X resources recognized
+
+*** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
+whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode.  Synchronous mode
+is useful for debugging X problems.
+
+Example:
+
+  emacs.synchronous: true
+
+*** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
+visual Emacs should use.  The resource's value should be a string of
+the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
+and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number.  Valid
+visual class names are
+
+  TrueColor
+  PseudoColor
+  DirectColor
+  StaticColor
+  GrayScale
+  StaticGray
+
+Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
+`pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
+meaning.
+
+The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
+supported on your display, and which depths they have.  If
+`visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
+visual.
+
+Example:
+
+  emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
+
+*** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
+specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
+default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor.  Recognized
+resource values are `true' or `on'.
+
+Example:
+
+  emacs.privateColormap: true
+
+** Faces and frame parameters.
+
+There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
+Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
+`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
+`scroll-bar' and vice versa.  Setting frame parameter `border-color'
+sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa.  Likewise
+for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
+parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
+
+Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
+`default' face and vice versa.  Setting frame parameters
+`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
+`default' face and vice versa.
+
+** New face `menu'.
+
+The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
+
+** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
+
+The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
+colors.  Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
+correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
+the screen gamma of a frame's display.
+
+PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2.  smaller values result
+in darker colors.  You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
+color displays.  The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
+
+The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
+`ScreenGamma'.
+
+** Tabs and variable-width text.
+
+Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
+defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
+independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
+Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
+
+** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
+
+*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
+
+        emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
+
+The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
+LessTif/Motif one.
+
+*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
+LessTif and Motif.
+
+** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
+
+As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
+drawn as wide as that tab on the display.  To do this, set
+`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
+
+** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
+bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
+
+This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
+`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value.  The default value of this
+variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
+
+** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
+
+When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
+value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
+number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
+fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
+
+When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
+value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
+number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
+fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
+
+** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
+M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
+M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
+buffers.
+
+** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
+
+** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
+abbreviated file names.  Abbreviations can be customized by changing
+`directory-abbrev-alist'.
+
+** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
+the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
+forced on.  The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
+value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
+users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
+even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
+
+The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
+
+** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
+notably at the end of lines.
+
+All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
+spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
+
+** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.
+
+** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
+but inserts text instead of replacing it.
+
+** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
+query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
+after each match to get the replacement text.
+
+** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
+you edit the replacement string.
+
+** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
+(if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
+in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
+
+** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
+
+** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
+to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
+
+** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
+the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
+MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips.  Many standard menus
+displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
+
+--
+** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
+read mail from the menu etc.
+
+** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
+This environment variable was used when creating lock files.  Emacs on
+MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore.  This change was made
+before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
+
+** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
+MS-DOS version of Emacs.
+
+** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
+of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
+This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
+correctly.  One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
+but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
+of Emacs.
+
+** Customize changes
+
+*** Customize now supports comments about customized items.  Use the
+`State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
+M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value.  Note that
+customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
+earlier versions of Emacs.
+
+*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
+Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
+default).
+
+*** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
+does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
+file.  This is because saving customizations from such a session would
+wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
+file.
+
+** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
+does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
+avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
+already in your init file.
+
+** New features in evaluation commands
+
+*** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
+modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
+print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
+customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
+eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
+
+The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
+respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
+the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
+the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...'  is
+printed).
+
+<RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
+printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
+
+The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
+during evaluation produces a backtrace.
+
+*** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
+code when called with a prefix argument.
+
+** CC mode changes.
+
+Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
+current user setups (although it's believed that these
+incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
+However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
+back depending on user feedback.  Therefore there's no forward
+compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
+release.
+
+*** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
+CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
+is entered.  This has now been removed since it caused too much
+confusion.
+
+However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
+default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
+java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before).  So you won't
+notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
+
+*** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
+Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
+
+space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
+parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
+
+compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
+parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
+It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
+style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
+
+*** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
+Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
+"electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
+earlier statement.  An example:
+
+for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
+  if (a[i])
+    res += a[i]->offset;
+else
+
+Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
+continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
+the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
+possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
+the preceding "if".
+
+CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
+by default.
+
+*** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
+Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
+meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
+documentation or other natural language text.
+
+The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
+contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
+the short strings that often reside inside statements.  Multiline
+strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
+to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
+commands, etc.  Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
+sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
+
+*** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
+Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
+source, like Javadoc in Java.  Pike mode now recognize this markup in
+comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
+
+*** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
+When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
+line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does.  This
+change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
+Pike mode only.
+
+*** Better handling of syntactic errors.
+The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
+improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
+stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
+following lines in a sane way (most of the time).  An "else" with no
+matching "if" is handled similarly.  If an error is discovered while
+indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
+is reported afterwards.
+
+*** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
+A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
+returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
+
+*** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
+Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
+on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
+can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble.  Some
+code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
+modularity somewhat.  Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
+groundwork.
+
+*** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
+This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
+of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
+non-advanced users.  If you know what this variable does you might
+want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
+have to bother.
+
+Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
+situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
+and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
+If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
+the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
+by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
+
+*** New initialization procedure for the style system.
+When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
+variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
+take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style.  This
+is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
+settings would override the global settings.  This change makes it
+possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
+Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
+
+By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
+special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
+the style system.  This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
+of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
+above.
+
+Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
+when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
+function.  When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
+call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
+then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
+values.  In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
+only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
+function documentation for more info.
+
+The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
+especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
+with setq in their .emacs files.  On the other hand, the new system is
+intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
+such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot.  This new system
+is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
+configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
+global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
+
+(Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
+
+**** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
+This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
+
+This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
+variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
+completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
+the style is first initialized.  This means it now defaults to the
+empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
+style system.
+
+**** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
+In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
+c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
+as far as possible.
+
+*** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
+CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
+surrounding code, especially inside comments.  For details see the new
+chapter about this in the manual.
+
+**** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
+The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
+recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments.  It's
+primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
+adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
+
+**** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
+This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
+c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
+
+**** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
+This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
+
+It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
+Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
+A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
+inside CC Mode.
+
+Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
+causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
+the empty string (which it commonly does).  A patch for that is
+available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
+cc-mode/).
+
+**** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
+`c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
+enders were filled, are not used anymore.  The new version of the
+function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
+they were before the filling.
+
+**** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
+The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
+specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
+literals.
+
+**** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
+It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
+prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments.  If
+you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
+this function.
+
+*** Fixes to IDL mode.
+It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
+to IDL.  E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
+struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
+Thanks to Eric Eide.
+
+*** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
+It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
+opening braces hangs and when they don't.
+
+**** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
+
+*** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
+See their docstrings for details.  c-lineup-template-args does a
+better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
+and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
+
+*** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
+previous line.  It used to instead preserve comments that started in
+the column specified by comment-column.
+
+*** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
+In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
+is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
+prefix.  This is intended for the type of large block comments that
+contain documentation with its own formatting.  In these you normally
+don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
+
+*** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
+instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
+arguments.
+
+*** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
+
+*** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
+c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
+c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
+variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
+Provan).
+
+*** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
+
+** Dired changes
+
+*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
+command will delete non-empty directories recursively.  The default
+is, delete only empty directories.
+
+*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
+command will copy directories recursively.  The default is, do not
+copy directories recursively.
+
+*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
+in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
+the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
+
+*** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
+replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
+directory.
+
+*** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
+a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
+This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
+will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
+accurate or inaccurate as it is.
+
+*** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
+from ls switches.
+
+*** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
+of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
+which the user can then edit.  This only works if there is a single
+source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.
+
+** Gnus changes.
+
+The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
+four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
+internationalization and mail-fetching.
+
+*** The mail-fetching functions have changed.  See the manual for the
+many details.  In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
+
+If you used procmail like in
+
+(setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
+(setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
+(setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
+(setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
+
+this now has changed to
+
+(setq mail-sources
+      '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
+                   :suffix ".in")))
+
+More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
+Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
+
+*** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader.  This affects many parts of
+Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands.  See the manual for details.
+Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
+longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
+
+The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
+use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
+installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
+
+*** Gnus has also been multilingualized.  This also affects too many
+parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables.  There
+are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
+now just a compatibility layer.
+
+*** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
+Gnus facilities.
+
+*** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
+called to position point.
+
+*** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
+summary buffers and NOV files.
+
+*** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed.  Instead, a number
+of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
+
+*** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
+subtly different manner.
+
+*** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
+and nnultimate.  nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
+ever-changing layouts.
+
+*** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
+
+*** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
+
+** Changes in Texinfo mode.
+
+*** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
+macros
+
+  Key binding   Macro
+  -------------------------
+  C-c C-c C-s   @strong
+  C-c C-c C-e   @emph
+  C-c C-c u     @uref
+  C-c C-c q     @quotation
+  C-c C-c m     @email
+  C-c C-o       @<block> ... @end <block>
+  M-RET         @item
+
+*** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
+
+** Changes in Outline mode.
+
+There is now support for Imenu to index headings.  A new command
+`outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
+the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
+
+** Changes to Emacs Server
+
+*** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
+with buffers when done with them.  If non-nil, the default, buffers
+are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
+Emacs Server.  If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
+buffers to kill, as before.
+
+Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
+i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
+this way.
+
+** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
+of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
+
+** Changes to Show Paren mode.
+
+*** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
+The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
+use.  Default is 1000.
+
+** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
+groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
+
+** Changes to hideshow.el
+
+*** Generalized block selection and traversal
+
+A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
+and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
+serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
+See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
+
+*** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
+hidden blocks are temporarily shown.  The variable `hs-headline' can
+be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
+the open block.
+
+*** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
+function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
+the normal block-hiding function.
+
+*** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.
+
+*** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
+roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode.  Notably, the prefix
+for all bindings is now `C-c @'.  For details, see the documentation
+for `hs-minor-mode'.
+
+*** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
+hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.
+
+** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
+
+*** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
+an entry appropriate for the file's parent.  This is useful for making
+log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
+
+**** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
+current buffer.
+
+*** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
+in a log file.
+
+*** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
+entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
+Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
+version number is performed based on regular expressions from
+`change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
+Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
+
+*** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.
+
+** Changes to cmuscheme
+
+*** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
+`cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.
+
+** Changes in Font Lock
+
+*** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
+font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.
+
+*** Multi-line patterns are now supported.  Modes using this, should
+set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.
+
+*** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
+the face used for each string/comment.
+
+*** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
+Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".
+
+** Changes to Shell mode
+
+*** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
+to use, which defaults to "*shell*".  When used interactively, a
+non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
+prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).
+
+** Comint (subshell) changes
+
+These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
+include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.
+
+*** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
+Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
+BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
+beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
+respectively).  This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
+the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.
+
+*** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
+to distinguish prompts from user-input.  Instead, it notices which
+parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
+user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
+this information.  Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
+respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner.  To disable this
+feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
+`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.
+
+*** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
+and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
+
+*** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
+buffer name from the mini-buffer.  The command is sent to the current
+buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
+
+The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
+M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
+the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
+
+*** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
+and support choosing previous input with mouse-2.  To control these features,
+see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
+
+*** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
+saves the output from the most recent command to a file.  With a prefix
+argument, it appends to the file.
+
+*** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
+(usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
+compatibility.
+
+*** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
+ring (history).
+
+*** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
+identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
+strings, starting with a `#'.  The default value of this variable is "^#".
+
+** Changes to Rmail mode
+
+*** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
+set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
+receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender, the
+recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.  If nil, the default,
+`user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
+as correspondent.
+
+Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
+mails sent by you under different user names.  Then it should be a
+regexp matching your mail addresses.
+
+*** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
+to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
+Rmail file.  You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
+with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p.  Default is to ask
+for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
+
+*** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
+like `j'.
+
+*** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
+specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
+digest message.
+
+*** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
+in which folder to put messages automatically.
+
+*** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
+with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
+due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.
+
+** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
+an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.
+
+** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
+use the -f option when sending mail.
+
+** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
+current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
+the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
+This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
+by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
+displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.
+
+If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
+other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
+`rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.
+
+** Changes to TeX mode
+
+*** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
+`latex-mode'.
+
+*** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.
+
+*** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.
+
+*** Added support for outline-minor-mode.
+
+** Changes to RefTeX mode
+
+*** RefTeX has new support for index generation.  Index entries can be
+    created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
+    Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
+    macro.  `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
+    sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index.  Entries
+    can be edited from that buffer.
+
+*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
+    items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
+    `A' to use all marked entries).
+
+*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
+    memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
+
+*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
+    in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
+    to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
+    been cited.
+
+** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
+The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
+semicolons in a heading line.  Toplevel forms starting with a `('
+in column 1 are always made leaves.
+
+** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
+has the following new features:
+
+*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
+may match text spanning multiple lines.  For example, some people like
+to have the filename and date on separate lines.  The new variable
+time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
+
+*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file.  This
+feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
+file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
+compiled binary.  The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
+pattern.  The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
+defaults to 1.
+
+** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
+file names.
+
+** Ispell changes
+
+*** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
+transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active.  Otherwise it
+spell-checks the current buffer.
+
+*** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
+added.
+
+*** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
+correction is made and re-checked.
+
+*** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.
+
+*** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
+cases.
+
+*** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
+on syntax errors.
+
+*** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
+end of the buffer.
+
+*** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
+
+*** The variable `ispell-format-word' has been renamed to
+`ispell-format-word-function'.  The old name is still available as
+alias.
+
+** Makefile mode changes
+
+*** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
+
+*** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
+Fontlock mode is active.
+
+** Isearch changes
+
+*** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
+so that searches can be resumed.
+
+*** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
+respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
+that started the search.
+
+*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
+selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
+
+*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
+
+Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
+`isearch-lazy-highlight'.  When active, all matches for the current
+search string are highlighted.  The current match is highlighted as
+before using face `isearch' or `region'.  All other matches are
+highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
+`secondary-selection'.
+
+The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
+will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
+Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
+using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
+usual snappy response.
+
+If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
+matches are automatically cleared when you end the search.  If it is
+set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
+isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
+
+** VC Changes
+
+VC has been overhauled internally.  It is now modular, making it
+easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends.  (See Lisp
+Changes for details on the new structure.)  As a result, the mechanism
+to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
+changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
+`vc-handled-backends'.  Its value is a list of symbols that identify
+version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS).  When finding a file,
+each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
+file is registered in that backend.
+
+When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
+backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
+directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
+master files exists).  If none of the backends is responsible, then
+the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
+As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
+
+The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
+still supports it for backward compatibility.  To define templates for
+RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
+vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates.  (There is no such feature under CVS
+where it doesn't make sense.)
+
+The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
+obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
+`CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
+
+*** General Changes
+
+The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
+checks are always done now.
+
+VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
+operations.
+
+`vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
+`vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
+`vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.
+
+The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
+first revision number.  This means that any recent changes on the
+current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
+the working file (``merge news'').
+
+The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
+(vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
+downwards.
+
+*** Multiple Backends
+
+VC now lets you register files in more than one backend.  This is
+useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
+repository.  You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
+commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
+local RCS archives.
+
+To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
+should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
+backend (CVS) should come later.  (The default value of
+`vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)
+
+You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
+C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
+a revision number).  VC registers the file in the more local backend
+if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
+current revision number from the more remote backend.
+
+If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
+another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend).  This does not change
+any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file.  Use this to
+pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.
+
+After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
+changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET.  In this case, the
+local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
+buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.
+
+*** Changes for CVS
+
+There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'.  If it is `t' (the
+default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
+remote repositories.  The state of such files is then only determined
+by heuristics and past information.  `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
+regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
+that match it are treated locally.  If the variable is nil, then VC
+queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
+
+If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
+repository versions.  This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
+revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
+any repository interactions at all.  The name of a local version
+backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
+number.  This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
+(vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot.  As a matter
+of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
+the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
+automatically after commit.  (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
+since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
+name.)
+
+If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
+repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
+If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
+commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
+current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
+entire directory tree.
+
+The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
+"cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'.  (This option
+is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
+"watched" by other developers.)
+
+The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
+(vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS.  If you give
+an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
+starting at the given directory.
+
+*** Lisp Changes in VC
+
+VC has been restructured internally to make it modular.  You can now
+add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
+library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
+then telling VC to use that library.  For example, to add support for
+a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
+provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
+of vc.el for a detailed list of them).  To make VC use that library,
+you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
+`SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
+
+** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
+SUBS command and EDT scroll margins.  It also works with more
+terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
+See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.
+
+** New modes and packages
+
+*** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
+automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
+the default is not applicable.
+
+*** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
+rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard.  The
+shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.
+
+Features are:
+
+- Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
+  drawn, like this:   |         \ /
+                    --+--        X
+                      |         / \
+
+- Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
+  result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse.  If
+  your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
+  pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off.  You will
+  then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
+  you are drawing.
+
+- Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
+  poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.
+
+- Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
+  flood-filling.
+
+- Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
+  regions.  Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
+  turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
+  artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.
+
+- Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
+  also do without the mouse.
+
+- Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
+  reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
+  and circles are then drawn square/round.  Note, that once your
+  ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
+  the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.
+
+- Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:
+
+    lines               straight-lines
+    rectangles          squares
+    poly-lines          straight poly-lines
+    ellipses            circles
+    text (see-thru)     text (overwrite)
+    spray-can           setting size for spraying
+    vaporize line       vaporize lines
+    erase characters    erase rectangles
+
+  Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
+  diagonally.  Plain lines go in any direction.  The operations in
+  the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
+  drawing.
+
+  It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
+  (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
+  straight and connected at their endpoints.  Vaporizing is inspired
+  by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>.
+
+- Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
+  can be turned off).
+
+*** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
+implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp.  Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
+It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
+functions and external commands using the same syntax.  It supports
+history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc.  It
+will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to.  And since most of
+the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
+rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
+all within the scope of your Emacs process.
+
+*** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
+intervals.  You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
+typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
+on certain projects.
+
+*** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
+of interactively entered regexps.  For example,
+
+  M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
+
+will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
+face.  New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
+typed.  `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
+Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
+appropriate faces is provided.  The regexps can be written into the
+current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
+corresponding file is read.  There are commands to highlight matches
+to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.
+
+*** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
+Emacs is idle.
+
+*** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
+fragments in accordance with the current major mode.
+
+*** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
+parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
+
+*** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
+package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
+be more robust while offering the same functionality.
+`comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
+comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.
+
+*** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
+facilities tailored for use with C++.  It is documented in a
+separate Texinfo file.
+
+*** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
+by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
+provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS.  It comes with
+`log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
+enter check-in log messages.
+
+*** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
+without invoking external programs.
+
+The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
+and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does.  Unlike
+`manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
+is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
+Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
+
+The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
+page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
+
+*** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
+authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
+
+The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
+the regexp editor popping up in a separate window.  Matching text in
+the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
+Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
+even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
+single step.
+
+On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
+matching parens to make them stand out.  On such a setup you will
+probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
+contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
+
+*** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
+unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable.  It works as glasses, without
+actually modifying content of a buffer.
+
+*** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
+PostScript.
+
+Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
+
+The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
+
+    ;           comment (until end of line)
+    A           non-terminal
+    "C"         terminal
+    ?C?         special
+    $A          default non-terminal
+    $"C"        default terminal
+    $?C?        default special
+    A = B.      production (A is the header and B the body)
+    C D         sequence (C occurs before D)
+    C | D       alternative (C or D occurs)
+    A - B       exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
+    n * A       repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
+    (C)         group (expression C is grouped together)
+    [C]         optional (C may or not occurs)
+    C+          one or more occurrences of C
+    {C}+        one or more occurrences of C
+    {C}*        zero or more occurrences of C
+    {C}         zero or more occurrences of C
+    C / D       equivalent to: C {D C}*
+    {C || D}+   equivalent to: C {D C}*
+    {C || D}*   equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
+    {C || D}    equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
+
+Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
+
+*** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
+align.  Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
+determine where the columns should be split.  In C and C++, for
+example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
+equal signs of assignments.
+
+*** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
+paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
+
+*** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
+list-buffers or electric-buffer-list.  Use M-x bs-show to display a
+buffer menu with this package.  See the Custom group `bs'.
+
+*** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
+
+*** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
+replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe.  Actually, it
+is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
+and can be customized easily to get many more functions.  It should
+not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
+which answers different needs.
+
+*** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
+suspicious C and C++ constructions.  Currently, assignments inside
+expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
+course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
+reference parameters are recognized.  The modes require font-lock mode
+to be enabled.
+
+*** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
+containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
+
+*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
+
+*** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
+current line in the current buffer.  It also provides
+`global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.
+
+*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
+
+Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
+`global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
+disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
+`comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers.  This
+displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
+and background colors.
+
+*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
+Pascal) language.
+
+*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
+the text at point.
+
+*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
+
+*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
+
+*** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
+whitespace in a file.
+
+*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
+files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
+(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
+interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
+often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
+uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
+codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
+
+*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
+
+Here is an example of columns:
+
+horse   apple   bus
+dog     pineapple       car     EXTRA
+porcupine       strawberry      airplane
+
+Doing the following settings:
+
+   (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
+   (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
+   (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
+   (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
+
+
+Selecting the lines above and typing:
+
+   M-x delimit-columns-region
+
+It results:
+
+[ horse    , apple     , bus     ,       ]
+[ dog      , pineapple , car     , EXTRA ]
+[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane,       ]
+
+delim-col has the following options:
+
+   delimit-columns-str-before           Specify a string to be inserted
+                                        before all columns.
+
+   delimit-columns-str-separator        Specify a string to be inserted
+                                        between each column.
+
+   delimit-columns-str-after            Specify a string to be inserted
+                                        after all columns.
+
+   delimit-columns-separator            Specify a regexp which separates
+                                        each column.
+
+delim-col has the following commands:
+
+   delimit-columns-region       Prettify all columns in a text region.
+   delimit-columns-rectangle    Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
+
+*** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
+operated on recently.  User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
+menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
+recent file list can be displayed:
+
+- organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
+- sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
+- showing paths relative to the current default-directory
+
+The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
+dynamically change the menu appearance.
+
+*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
+text.
+
+*** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
+of footnotes.  It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
+specific to Message mode.
+
+*** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
+viewing/editing context diffs (patches).  It is selected for files
+with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
+
+*** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
+interface to access directory servers using different directory
+protocols.  It has a separate manual.
+
+*** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
+for Autoconf, selected automatically.
+
+*** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
+
+*** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
+minibuffer with completion.
+
+*** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
+with the diary features.
+
+*** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
+numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
+
+*** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
+Fill mode.
+
+*** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
+facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer.  The main
+difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
+they can be profiled, debugged, etc.
+
+*** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
+It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
+`.g'.
+
+** Changes in sort.el
+
+The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
+as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal.  The
+new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
+numeric base.
+
+** Changes to Ange-ftp
+
+*** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
+names cleanly.  It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
+sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'.  (This syntax comes from EFS.)
+
+*** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
+ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
+
+*** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
+output ^M at the end of lines.
+
+** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
+mode `iswitchb-mode'.
+
+** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
+If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
+`(msb-mode 1)'.
+
+** Changes in Flyspell mode
+
+*** Flyspell mode has various new options.  See the `flyspell' Custom
+group.
+
+*** The variable `flyspell-generic-check-word-p' has been renamed
+to `flyspell-generic-check-word-predicate'.  The old name is still
+available as alias.
+
+** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
+behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'.  The following values
+are recognized:
+
+`untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
+`hungry'   -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
+`all'      -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
+nil        -- just delete one character.
+
+Default value is `untabify'.
+
+[This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]
+
+** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
+symbol, not double-quoted.
+
+** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
+version.  They are:  auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
+profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc.  Their implementations have been
+moved to lisp/obsolete.
+
+** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
+To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
+`auto-compression-mode' command.
+
+** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
+`browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
+`browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.
+
+** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
+`browse-url-new-window-flag'.
+
+** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
+operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.
+
+** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'.  It
+is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.
+
+** The Strokes package has been updated.  If your Emacs has XPM
+support, you can use it for pictographic editing.  In Strokes mode,
+use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
+buffer.  You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
+M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer.  There is a
+new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.
+
+** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
+a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
+
+** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.
+
+The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
+file you are visiting in Hexl mode.
+
+** Shell script mode changes.
+
+Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
+derived from sh and rc.  The indentation style is customizable, and
+sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
+
+** Etags changes.
+
+*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
+
+*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex.  It is now
+possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
+{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
+This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
+a regular expression.  The manual contains details.
+
+*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
+declarations when given the --declarations option.
+
+*** In C++, tags are created for "operator".  The tags have the form
+"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
+
+*** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
+automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
+`template' keywords.
+
+*** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
+C-like languages.  Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.
+
+*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
+types.
+
+*** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
+
+*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
+
+*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
+are now tagged.
+
+*** In makefiles, tags the targets.
+
+*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables.  my and local
+variables are tagged.
+
+*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
+
+*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
+for PSWrap.
+
+** Changes in etags.el
+
+*** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
+tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive.  The default
+is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
+
+*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
+the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
+
+If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
+FUNCTION TO-SEARCH).  For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
+TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it.  TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
+obarray, or symbol.  If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
+
+TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
+
+FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
+List buffer.  It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
+
+A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
+
+  '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
+    ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
+    ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
+
+*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
+of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
+
+*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
+names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
+
+*** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
+If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
+/tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
+"dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c".  If the tag matches the file name,
+point will go to the beginning of the file.
+
+*** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
+auto-compression-mode is active.  You can tag (with Etags) and search
+(with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.
+
+*** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
+in buffers where no match is found.  In buffers where a match is
+found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.
+
+** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
+remove text past column 72.  The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
+appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
+
+** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
+
+** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
+
+** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
+containing a list of regular expressions.  Buffers matching a regular
+expression from that list, are not checked.
+
+** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
+When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
+and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
+the buffer, just like for the local files.
+
+** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
+
+** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
+displays local abbrevs, only.
+
+** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
+paragraphs filled as you modify them.
+
+** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
+may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair.  Its value
+is measured in pixels.
+
+** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
+to be visited as images.
+
+** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
+were added to compile.el.
+
+** Withdrawn packages
+
+*** mldrag.el has been removed.  mouse.el provides the same
+functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
+
+*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
+
+*** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
+
+
+* Incompatible Lisp changes in 21.1
+
+There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
+may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
+See the sections below for details.
+
+** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
+`(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
+Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
+to remove the properties of the copy.
+
+** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
+which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
+may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
+these properties are active.
+
+** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
+ranges may affect some code.
+
+** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
+buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
+make a difference to some code.
+
+** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
+operates on the minibuffer.
+
+** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
+cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
+different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
+(previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
+Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
+character.  This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
+multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
+encoding (auto-saving does that, for example).  If a Lisp program
+reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
+sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
+a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
+the buffer as multibyte characters.
+
+Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
+MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'.  `no-conversion' is only
+appropriate for reading truly binary files.
+
+** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
+`after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail.  Use
+`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.
+
+** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
+long promised.  So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
+such as `mapconcat'.
+
+** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
+string.
+
+** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
+extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
+dimension-2 private charset.  User code which tries to add more than
+one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
+charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
+the emacs-mule encoding.  Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
+encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
+probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.
+
+** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
+Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
+aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
+not be used.  It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
+on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
+behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable.  It
+turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
+remove this variable in the near future.  Lisp programs are well
+advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
+will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.
+
+
+* Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
+(Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
+
+** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.
+
+** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
+allows the animated display of strings.
+
+** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
+interactive form of a function.
+
+** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
+between custom options.  Example:
+
+  (defcustom default-input-method nil
+    "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
+  This is the input method activated automatically by the command
+  `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
+    :group 'mule
+    :type '(choice (const nil) string)
+    :set-after '(current-language-environment))
+
+This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
+current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
+first in a custom-set-variables statement.
+
+** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
+function execute-kbd-macro.  Functions on this hook are called with no
+args.  The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
+(signal or normal termination).
+
+** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
+from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.
+
+** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
+to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
+
+** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
+alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.
+
+** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".
+
+** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
+deleting the frame.  The hook is called with one arg, the frame
+being deleted.
+
+** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.
+
+** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
+If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
+skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
+with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
+C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
+charset.
+
+** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
+the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
+message.
+
+** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
+expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.
+
+** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
+with the more general `:mask' property.
+
+** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.
+
+** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
+backslash.
+
+** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
+is running in batch mode.  For example,
+
+  (message "%s" (read t))
+
+will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
+to standard output.
+
+** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
+`kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
+
+** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
+will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
+frame or window.
+
+** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
+were added
+
+- Function: remove ELT SEQ
+
+Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed.  SEQ must be
+a list, vector, or string.  The comparison is done with `equal'.
+
+- Function: remq ELT LIST
+
+Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed.  The
+comparison is done with `eq'.
+
+** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
+
+** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
+has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
+`key-and-value', in addition to `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
+
+** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
+without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string".  It may
+convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
+
+** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
+or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
+
+** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
+function was declared obsolete.
+
+** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
+retained as an alias).
+
+** Easy-menu's :filter now takes the unconverted form of the menu and
+the result is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
+
+** The new function `window-list' has been defined
+
+- Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF
+
+Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW.  FRAME nil or
+omitted means use the selected frame.  WINDOW nil or omitted means use
+the selected window.  MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
+even if it isn't active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
+minibuffer window only if it's active.  MINIBUF neither nil nor t
+means never include the minibuffer window.
+
+** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
+
+- Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
+
+Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
+
+This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
+calling PREDICATE on each one.  PREDICATE is called with a window as
+argument.  The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
+value is returned.  If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
+returned.
+
+Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
+if not active.  MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
+it is active.  MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
+minibuffer even if it is active.
+
+Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
+counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
+too.  Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
+and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
+`walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
+entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
+
+ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
+ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
+ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
+ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
+ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
+If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
+Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
+
+** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
+event names in angle brackets.  When called with a second optional
+argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
+
+** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
+call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
+message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
+Default value is nil.
+
+** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
+meaning no limit.
+
+** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
+the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
+numbers in the mode line.  The default is 200.
+
+** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
+coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
+DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
+
+** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
+list of a primitive.
+
+** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.
+
+** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
+buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
+This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
+than replacing the local map.
+
+** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
+`after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
+removed.  Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
+instead.
+
+** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
+
+** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
+as promised long ago.
+
+** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
+
+** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
+for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
+patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.
+
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
+
+** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
+regular expressions.
+
+- Function: rx-to-string SEXP
+
+Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
+
+- Macro: rx SEXP
+
+Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
+
+The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
+notation.
+
+STRING
+     matches string STRING literally.
+
+CHAR
+     matches character CHAR literally.
+
+`not-newline'
+     matches any character except a newline.
+                        .
+`anything'
+     matches any character
+
+`(any SET)'
+     matches any character in SET.  SET may be a character or string.
+     Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
+
+'(in SET)'
+     like `any'.
+
+`(not (any SET))'
+     matches any character not in SET
+
+`line-start'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
+     in the text being matched
+
+`line-end'
+     is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
+
+`string-start'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
+     string being matched against.
+
+`string-end'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
+     string being matched against.
+
+`buffer-start'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
+     buffer being matched against.
+
+`buffer-end'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
+     buffer being matched against.
+
+`point'
+     matches the empty string, but only at point.
+
+`word-start'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
+     word.
+
+`word-end'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
+
+`word-boundary'
+     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
+     word.
+
+`(not word-boundary)'
+     matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
+     word.
+
+`digit'
+     matches 0 through 9.
+
+`control'
+     matches ASCII control characters.
+
+`hex-digit'
+     matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
+
+`blank'
+     matches space and tab only.
+
+`graphic'
+     matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
+     space, and DEL.
+
+`printing'
+     matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
+     and DEL.
+
+`alphanumeric'
+     matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+     it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+
+`letter'
+     matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+     it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+
+`ascii'
+     matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
+
+`nonascii'
+     matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
+
+`lower'
+     matches anything lower-case.
+
+`upper'
+     matches anything upper-case.
+
+`punctuation'
+     matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+     it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
+
+`space'
+     matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
+
+`word'
+     matches anything that has word syntax.
+
+`(syntax SYNTAX)'
+     matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
+     of the following symbols.
+
+     `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
+     `punctuation'              (\\s.)
+     `word'                     (\\sw)
+     `symbol'                   (\\s_)
+     `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
+     `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
+     `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
+     `string-quote'             (\\s\")
+     `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
+     `escape'                   (\\s\\)
+     `character-quote'          (\\s/)
+     `comment-start'            (\\s<)
+     `comment-end'              (\\s>)
+
+`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
+     matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
+
+`(category CATEGORY)'
+     matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
+     either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
+
+     `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
+     `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
+     `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
+     `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
+     `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
+     `symbol'                           (\\c5)
+     `digit'                            (\\c6)
+     `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
+     `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
+     `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
+     `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
+     `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
+     `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
+     `chinse-two-byte'                  (\\cC)
+     `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
+     `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
+     `indian-two-byte'                  (\\cI)
+     `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
+     `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
+     `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
+     `ascii'                            (\\ca)
+     `arabic'                           (\\cb)
+     `chinese'                          (\\cc)
+     `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
+     `greek'                            (\\cg)
+     `korean'                           (\\ch)
+     `indian'                           (\\ci)
+     `japanese'                         (\\cj)
+     `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
+     `latin'                            (\\cl)
+     `lao'                              (\\co)
+     `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
+     `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
+     `thai'                             (\\ct)
+     `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
+     `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
+     `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
+     `can-break'                        (\\c|)
+
+`(not (category CATEGORY))'
+     matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
+
+`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+     matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
+
+`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+     like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
+     `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
+
+`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+     another name for `submatch'.
+
+`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
+     matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
+     args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
+     regular expression.
+
+`(minimal-match SEXP)'
+     produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
+     zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
+     match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
+     still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
+
+`(maximal-match SEXP)'
+     produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
+
+`(zero-or-more SEXP)'
+     matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
+
+`(0+ SEXP)'
+     like `zero-or-more'.
+
+`(* SEXP)'
+     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
+
+`(*? SEXP)'
+     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
+
+`(one-or-more SEXP)'
+     matches one or more occurrences of A.
+
+`(1+ SEXP)'
+     like `one-or-more'.
+
+`(+ SEXP)'
+     like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
+
+`(+? SEXP)'
+     like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
+
+`(zero-or-one SEXP)'
+     matches zero or one occurrences of A.
+
+`(optional SEXP)'
+     like `zero-or-one'.
+
+`(? SEXP)'
+     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
+
+`(?? SEXP)'
+     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
+
+`(repeat N SEXP)'
+     matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
+
+`(repeat N M SEXP)'
+     matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
+
+`(eval FORM)'
+      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
+      `regexp-quote' it.
+
+`(regexp REGEXP)'
+      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
+
+*** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.
+
+*** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
+buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
+the original restriction.  Previously, doing this would cause the saved
+restriction to be restored incorrectly.
+
+*** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
+`eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
+when they find 8-bit characters.  Previously, they included `ascii' in a
+multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
+
+*** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
+`string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
+if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
+
+*** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
+changed.  Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
+[\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
+regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+.  Thus, if
+the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
+extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions.  Now such extra
+bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
+eight-bit-graphic.
+
+** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
+
+A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
+a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
+character set as previously.
+
+*** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
+They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME.  The function
+modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
+
+CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
+characters.  In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
+range FROM and TO (inclusive).  CHARACTER may be a charset.  In that
+case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
+
+FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
+name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.
+
+*** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted.  The default charset
+registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
+"fontset-default".
+
+*** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
+argument STYLE-VARIANT.  It never creates style-variant fontsets.
+
+** The method of composing characters is changed.  Now character
+composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
+buffers and strings.
+
+*** Charset composition is deleted.  Emacs never creates a `composite
+character' which is an independent character with a unique character
+code.  Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
+have been deleted: composite-char-component,
+composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
+composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
+The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
+also been deleted.
+
+*** Three more glyph reference points are added.  They can be used to
+specify a composition rule.  See the documentation of the variable
+`reference-point-alist' for more detail.
+
+*** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
+MODIFICATION-FUNC.  With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
+composition rule but also characters to be composed.  Such characters
+may differ between buffer and string text.
+
+*** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
+COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
+
+*** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
+directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
+Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
+`composition' from STRING.
+
+*** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
+a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
+
+*** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
+obsolete.
+
+** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
+the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.
+
+** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
+`mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
+introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
+U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.
+
+Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
+characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
+etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
+different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned.  For example, text
+which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
+encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.
+
+** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
+It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text.  For
+details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
+
+** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
+`japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
+standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
+
+** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
+have been introduced.
+
+** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
+have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
+0xA0..0xFF respectively.  Note that the multibyte representation of
+eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
+emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
+buffer/string internal representation.  Note that to search for
+eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
+must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
+their multibyte equivalent.
+
+** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
+that offset in the file before writing.
+
+** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
+compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
+
+** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
+`*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
+from which the command was issued.
+
+** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
+`query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
+`replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
+additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
+operate on.
+
+** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
+to `window-buffer-height'.
+
+- Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
+
+Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
+The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
+lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
+
+Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
+respectively.
+
+If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
+COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
+
+The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
+obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
+on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
+
+Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
+buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
+possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
+is currently displayed in some window.
+
+** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
+argument function's results.
+
+** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
+signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.  Also,
+`base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
+20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
+sequence).
+
+** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
+header in the list of headers passed to it.
+
+** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
+ignores differences in case and text representation.
+
+** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
+cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer.  Values are interpreted
+as follows:
+
+  t             use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
+  nil           don't display a cursor
+  `bar'         display a bar cursor with default width
+  (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
+  others        display a box cursor.
+
+** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
+an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
+defun.  If set, the default, it is considered a defun start.  If not
+set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
+
+** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
+specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
+the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
+text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
+
+Example:
+
+  (string-to-syntax "()")
+    => (4 . 41)
+
+** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
+other than 10.
+
+*** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
+INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
+
+  #b1111
+    => 15
+  #b-1111
+    => -15
+
+*** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
+
+  #o666
+    => 438
+
+*** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
+
+  #xbeef
+    => 48815
+
+*** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
+
+  #2R-111
+    => -7
+  #25rah
+    => 267
+
+** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
+the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
+and isn't a string.
+
+** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
+a `function-documentation' property of that symbol.  If it has a non-nil
+value, the documentation is taken from that value.  If the value is
+not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
+
+** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
+
+** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
+for a regexp in a string.
+
+** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
+`mouse-position-function'.
+
+** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
+that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
+
+** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
+Keywords are now always considered constants.
+
+** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
+returns it.
+
+** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
+returned by function `recent-keys'.
+
+** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
+can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
+Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
+etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
+mode.
+
+** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
+and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
+
+** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
+has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
+function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not.  If it
+returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
+been performed."
+
+When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
+and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
+hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
+then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
+
+** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
+In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
+and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
+
+** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
+with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
+specified table.
+
+  (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
+
+Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
+TABLE.  The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
+saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit.  Value is
+what BODY returns.
+
+** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
+Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
+Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
+corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
+Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').
+
+** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
+removed since it wasn't used by anything.
+
+** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
+instead of being optional.
+
+** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
+modify read-only text.
+
+** New functions and variables for locales.
+
+The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
+decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
+time functions like strftime.  The new variables
+`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
+locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
+
+The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
+environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
+the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
+environment variables.  Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
+not be invoked thereafter.  It uses the new variables
+`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
+`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
+
+** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
+To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
+modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
+start sequences.
+
+** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
+because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
+
+** New function `propertize'
+
+The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
+strings with text properties.
+
+- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
+
+Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
+by PROPERTIES.  PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
+PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
+specified value of that property.  Example:
+
+  (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
+
+** push and pop macros.
+
+Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
+are now defined in Emacs Lisp.  These macros allow only symbols
+as the place that holds the list to be changed.
+
+(push NEWELT LISTNAME)  add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
+(pop LISTNAME)          return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
+                        (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
+
+** New dolist and dotimes macros.
+
+Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
+are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
+
+(dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
+      Execute body once for each element of LIST,
+      using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
+      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
+
+(dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
+      Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
+      inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
+      Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
+
+** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
+[:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.  These must be used within a character
+class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
+or a sign.
+
+[:digit:]  matches 0 through 9
+[:cntrl:]  matches ASCII control characters
+[:xdigit:]  matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
+[:blank:]  matches space and tab only
+[:graph:]  matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
+           space, and DEL.
+[:print:]  matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
+           and DEL.
+[:alnum:]  matches letters and digits.
+           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+            it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+[:alpha:]  matches letters.
+           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+            it matches anything that has word syntax.)
+[:ascii:]  matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
+[:nonascii:]  matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
+[:lower:]  matches anything lower-case.
+[:punct:]  matches punctuation.
+           (But at present, for multibyte characters,
+            it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
+[:space:]  matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
+[:upper:]  matches anything upper-case.
+[:word:]   matches anything that has word syntax.
+
+** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
+
+The following functions are defined for hash tables:
+
+- Function: make-hash-table ARGS
+
+The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs.  All arguments
+are optional.  The following arguments are defined:
+
+:test TEST
+
+TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys.  Default is `eql'.
+Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'.  If TEST is not predefined,
+it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
+
+:size SIZE
+
+SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
+many elements will be put in the hash table.  Default size is 65.
+
+:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
+
+REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
+full.  If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
+size to get the new size.  Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
+1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
+old size.  Default rehash size is 1.5.
+
+:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
+
+THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
+hash table.  It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
+(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD.  Default threshold is 0.8.
+
+:weakness WEAK
+
+WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
+`key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
+`key-and-value'.  Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
+collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
+outside of the hash table.  Default are non-weak hash tables.
+
+- Function: makehash &optional TEST
+
+Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
+
+- Function: hash-table-p TABLE
+
+Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
+
+- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
+
+Returns a copy of TABLE.  Only the table itself is copied, keys and
+values are shared.
+
+- Function: hash-table-count TABLE
+
+Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
+
+- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
+
+Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
+
+- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
+
+Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
+
+- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
+
+Returns the size of TABLE.
+
+- Function: hash-table-test TABLE
+
+Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
+
+- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
+
+Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
+
+- Function: clrhash TABLE
+
+Clear TABLE.
+
+- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
+
+Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
+not found.
+
+- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
+
+Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE.  If KEY is already associated with
+another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
+
+- Function: remhash KEY TABLE
+
+Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
+
+- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
+
+Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE.  FUNCTION must take two
+arguments KEY and VALUE.
+
+- Function: sxhash OBJ
+
+Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
+
+- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
+
+Define a new hash table test named NAME.  If NAME is specified as
+a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
+comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys.  Test
+and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
+of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
+
+TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
+
+HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
+code of the argument.  The function should use the whole range of
+integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
+
+Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
+be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
+
+  (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
+    (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
+
+  (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
+    (sxhash (upcase a)))
+
+  (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
+                          'case-fold-string-hash))
+
+  (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
+
+** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
+
+It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
+circular structures.  For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
+a cons cell which is its own cdr.
+
+** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
+
+If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
+#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
+
+** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
+t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
+specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
+is too short to reach that column.
+
+** perform-replace has a new feature:  the REPLACEMENTS argument may
+now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA).  This means to call FUNCTION
+after each match to get the replacement text.  FUNCTION is called with
+two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
+
+If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
+perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
+and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
+
+** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
+to specify which buffer to return the size of.
+
+** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
+calendar-move-hook after moving point.
+
+** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
+directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
+small.  (Certain Emacs features use this directory.)  If
+small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
+temporary-file-directory instead.
+
+** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
+the hooks that track changes in the buffer.  This affects
+`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
+hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
+
+** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
+elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.
+
+** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
+
+make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
+creates the file before it returns.  This prevents a timing error,
+ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
+
+** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
+
+The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW.  If non-nil, it insists
+on a check for an existing file with the same name.  If MUSTBENEW
+is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
+never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
+ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
+overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
+
+If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
+that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
+to get an error if the file exists at that time.
+The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
+
+** Function `format' now handles text properties.
+
+Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
+If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
+ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
+result string.
+
+Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
+string where arguments appear in the result string.
+
+Example:
+
+  (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
+        (s2 "world"))
+     (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
+     (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
+     (format s1 s2))
+
+results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
+
+** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
+
+Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
+The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
+argument in it.
+
+  (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
+        (arg "world"))
+     (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
+     (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
+     (message msg arg))
+
+** Sound support
+
+Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
+(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
+
+Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
+(*.au).  You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
+to enable sound support.
+
+Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND).  SOUND is a
+list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'.  The function is only defined
+when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs.  The
+functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
+sound to play, before playing the sound.
+
+The following sound properties are supported:
+
+- `:file FILE'
+
+FILE is a file name.  If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
+searched relative to `data-directory'.
+
+- `:data DATA'
+
+DATA is a string containing sound data.  Either :file or :data
+may be present, but not both.
+
+- `:volume VOLUME'
+
+VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
+0..1.  This property is optional.
+
+- `:device DEVICE'
+
+DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
+sound.  The default device is system-dependent.
+
+Other properties are ignored.
+
+An alternative interface is called as
+(play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).
+
+** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
+
+** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
+a keyword symbol.
+
+** Changes to garbage collection
+
+*** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
+of live and free strings.
+
+*** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
+strings that have been consed so far.
+
+
+* Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
+Lisp Manual
+
+** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
+mini-windows.
+
+** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
+argument, PARTIALLY.  If a character is only partially visible, nil is
+returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.
+
+** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
+
+** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
+
+** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
+image.
+
+- Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
+
+Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
+
+SPEC is an image specification.  PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
+measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
+character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
+font).  FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
+FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
+
+** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
+has a mask bitmap.
+
+- Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
+
+Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
+FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.  FRAME nil
+or omitted means use the selected frame.
+
+** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
+satisfying one of a list of specifications.
+
+** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
+optional.
+
+** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
+below).
+
+
+* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
+
+** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
+to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
+
+Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
+text in brighter colors.  On such a console, a bold black foreground
+is displayed in a gray color.  If this turns out to be hard to read on
+your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
+laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
+just display it black instead.
+
+This situation can't be detected automatically.  You will have to put
+a line like
+
+  (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
+
+in your `.emacs'.
+
+** New face implementation.
+
+Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch.  They don't use XLFD
+font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
+
+*** New faces.
+
+Each face can specify the following display attributes:
+
+   1. Font family or fontset alias name.
+
+   2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
+   width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
+
+   3. Font height in 1/10pt
+
+   4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
+
+   5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
+
+   6. Foreground color.
+
+   7. Background color.
+
+   8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
+
+   9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
+
+   10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
+
+   11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
+
+   12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
+   color.
+
+   13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
+   color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
+
+Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
+same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
+frames.  Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
+faces.  The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
+with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
+attributes mentioned above.
+
+There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'.  Face
+definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
+created frames.
+
+A face doesn't have to specify all attributes.  Those not specified
+have a nil value.  Faces specifying all attributes are called
+`fully-specified'.
+
+*** Face merging.
+
+The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
+combining several faces.  This process is called `face merging'.  Any
+aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
+properties is taken from the `default' face.  Since it is made sure
+that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
+results in a fully-specified face.
+
+*** Face realization.
+
+After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
+merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'.  The
+realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
+available on the system where Emacs runs.  The result is a `realized
+face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
+cache of the frame on which it was realized.
+
+Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
+character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
+for different charsets.  In other words, for characters of different
+charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
+
+Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
+specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
+being realized specifies a fontset.  The reason is that the result of
+the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
+statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
+
+In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
+`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
+0x7f.  The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
+the variable `face-default-registry' in this case.  The variable is
+initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
+Emacs.
+
+Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
+`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
+registry and encoding `face-default-registry'.  This is consistent
+with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
+
+**** Clearing face caches.
+
+The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
+on all frames.  If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
+unused fonts.
+
+*** Font selection.
+
+Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
+given (charset, face) combination.  This is done slightly differently
+for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
+
+If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
+pattern for fonts of the given charset.  If the face specifies a font
+family, a font pattern is constructed.  Charset symbols have a
+property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
+an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
+
+Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
+against the font pattern.  The result of font selection is the best
+match for the given face attributes in this font list.
+
+Font selection can be influenced by the user.
+
+The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
+attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
+face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
+names.  The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
+that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
+width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
+to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
+
+Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
+alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
+doesn't exist.
+
+Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
+all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
+registry.
+
+Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
+slightly different.
+
+Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.
+
+
+**** Scalable fonts
+
+Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
+since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
+servers.
+
+To enable scalable font use, set the variable
+`scalable-fonts-allowed'.  A value of nil, the default, means never use
+scalable fonts.  A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
+Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions.  A
+scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
+that list.  Example:
+
+  (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
+
+allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
+
+*** Functions and variables related to font selection.
+
+- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
+
+Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME.  If FAMILY
+is omitted or nil, list all families.  Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
+string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
+
+If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Each element of
+the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
+FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING].  FAMILY is the font family name.
+POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt.  WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
+SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
+These symbols are the same as for face attributes.  FIXED-P is non-nil
+if the font is fixed-pitch.  FULL is the full name of the font, and
+REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
+the font.  The result list is sorted according to the current setting
+of the face font sort order.
+
+- Function: x-font-family-list
+
+Return a list of available font families on FRAME.  If FRAME is
+omitted or nil, use the selected frame.  Value is a list of conses
+(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
+non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
+
+- Variable: font-list-limit
+
+Limit for font matching.  If an integer > 0, font matching functions
+won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
+matching font.  The default is currently 100.
+
+*** Setting face attributes.
+
+For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
+with the old one.  Old face attribute related functions are now
+implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
+`face-attribute'.
+
+Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
+symbols.  All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
+
+The following attributes are recognized:
+
+`:family'
+
+VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
+or a fontset alias name.  If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
+and `?' are allowed.
+
+`:width'
+
+VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
+It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
+`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
+`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
+
+`:height'
+
+VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
+in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
+scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
+height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
+
+`:weight'
+
+VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use.  It must be one of the
+symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
+`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
+
+`:slant'
+
+VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use.  It must be one of the
+symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
+`reverse-oblique'.
+
+`:foreground', `:background'
+
+VALUE must be a color name, a string.
+
+`:underline'
+
+VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined.  If
+VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is
+a string, underline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly
+don't underline.
+
+`:overline'
+
+VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined.  If
+VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face.  If VALUE is a
+string, overline with that color.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
+overline.
+
+`:strike-through'
+
+VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
+striking through them.  If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
+face.  If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color.  If VALUE
+is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
+
+`:box'
+
+VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
+around them.  If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes.  If
+VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
+of the face.  If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
+and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1.  Otherwise,
+VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
+:color COLOR :style STYLE)'.  If a keyword/value pair is missing from
+the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
+specified below.  WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
+defaults to 1.  COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
+the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
+color of the face for 3D boxes.  STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
+should be draw.  If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
+like a released 3D button.  If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
+that appears like a pressed button.  If STYLE is nil, the default if
+the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
+box.
+
+`:inverse-video'
+
+VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
+inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
+
+`:stipple'
+
+If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
+The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
+searched.  Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
+HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
+is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap.  VALUE nil means
+explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
+
+For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
+and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
+
+`:font'
+
+Set font-related face attributes from VALUE.  VALUE must be a valid
+XLFD font name.  If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
+is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
+versions of Emacs.
+
+For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
+be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used.  VALUE
+must be t or nil in that case.  A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
+
+Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
+`defface'.
+
+`:inherit'
+
+VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
+of face names.  Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
+like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
+
+*** Face attributes and X resources
+
+The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
+from X resources:
+
+  Face attribute        X resource              class
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  :family               attributeFamily .       Face.AttributeFamily
+  :width                attributeWidth          Face.AttributeWidth
+  :height               attributeHeight         Face.AttributeHeight
+  :weight               attributeWeight         Face.AttributeWeight
+  :slant                attributeSlant          Face.AttributeSlant
+   foreground           attributeForeground     Face.AttributeForeground
+  :background           attributeBackground .   Face.AttributeBackground
+  :overline             attributeOverline       Face.AttributeOverline
+  :strike-through       attributeStrikeThrough  Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
+  :box                  attributeBox            Face.AttributeBox
+  :underline            attributeUnderline      Face.AttributeUnderline
+  :inverse-video        attributeInverse        Face.AttributeInverse
+  :stipple              attributeStipple        Face.AttributeStipple
+        or              attributeBackgroundPixmap
+                                                Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
+  :font                 attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont
+  :bold                 attributeBold           Face.AttributeBold
+  :italic               attributeItalic .       Face.AttributeItalic
+  :font                 attributeFont           Face.AttributeFont
+
+*** Text property `face'.
+
+The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
+specification or a list of such specifications.  Each face
+specification can be
+
+1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
+
+2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
+   KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
+   for that attribute.  Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
+   for face attribute names.
+
+3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
+   (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name.  This is
+   for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
+
+** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
+
+The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
+on TTY and MSDOS frames.  It maps a color name to a color number on
+the terminal.  Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
+default.  You can get defined colors with a call to
+`defined-colors'.  The function `tty-color-clear' can be
+used to clear the mapping table.
+
+** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
+
+The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
+and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame.  On frames whose
+type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
+color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
+display.  Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
+old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
+`x-display-color-p'.  (The old function names are still available for
+compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.)  Lisp programs
+should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
+modify their color-related behavior.
+
+The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
+any frame type.
+
+** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
+
+The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
+`display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
+`display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
+`display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
+`display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
+`display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
+display.  Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
+the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
+platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
+
+The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
+display can display image files.
+
+** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
+
+This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
+To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
+the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
+`Inviolable' option.
+
+The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
+end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
+Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
+
+** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
+
+There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
+buffers.  A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
+property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
+
+Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
+forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
+to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
+not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
+commands continue into the next field if repeated.  Stopping at field
+boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
+`inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
+functions.
+
+Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
+a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
+editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
+
+The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
+
+- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
+
+Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
+
+A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
+constrained position if that is different.
+
+If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
+positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
+ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
+constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
+as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
+is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
+fields.  Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
+the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
+also considered to be `on the boundary'.
+
+If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
+NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
+unconstrained.  This useful for commands that move by line, like
+C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
+only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
+
+If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
+a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
+
+Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
+
+- Function: delete-field &optional POS
+
+Delete the field surrounding POS.
+A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+
+- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
+
+Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
+A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
+field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
+
+- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
+
+Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
+A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
+then the end of the *following* field is returned.
+
+- Function: field-string &optional POS
+
+Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
+A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+
+- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
+
+Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
+A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
+If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
+
+** Image support.
+
+Emacs can now display images.  Images are inserted into text by giving
+strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
+(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE.  The display of the `display' property value
+replaces the display of the characters having that property.
+
+If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
+`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'.  If
+AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
+window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
+area.
+
+IMAGE is an image specification.
+
+*** Image specifications
+
+Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
+is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols.  Each
+specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
+symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'.  Properties not
+described below are ignored.
+
+The following is a list of properties all image types share.
+
+`:ascent ASCENT'
+
+ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
+If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
+to use for its ascent.
+
+If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
+image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
+
+If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
+centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
+of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
+overlays that apply to the image.
+
+`:margin MARGIN'
+
+MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
+as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
+horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin.  Default is 0.
+
+`:relief RELIEF'
+
+RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces.  Puts a relief
+around an image.
+
+`:conversion ALGO'
+
+Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
+
+ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
+edge-detection algorithm to the image.
+
+ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
+apply a general edge-detection algorithm.  MATRIX must be either a
+nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers.  A pixel at
+position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
+around that position.  MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
+neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
+transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
+x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
+below.
+
+  (x-1/y-1  x/y-1  x+1/y-1
+   x-1/y    x/y    x+1/y
+   x-1/y+1  x/y+1  x+1/y+1)
+
+The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
+resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
+multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
+of the factors' absolute values.
+
+Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
+
+  (1  0  0
+   0  0  0
+   9  9 -1)
+
+Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
+
+  ( 2 -1  0
+   -1  0  1
+    0  1 -2)
+
+ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
+``disabled''.
+
+`:mask MASK'
+
+If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
+the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
+image.  If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
+background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
+image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
+the background color of the image.  Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
+GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
+image.
+
+If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one.  Images
+in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
+`:mask nil'.
+
+`:file FILE'
+
+Load image from FILE.  If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
+search for the image in `data-directory'.  Some image types support
+building images from data.  When this is done, no `:file' property
+may be present in the image specification.
+
+`:data DATA'
+
+Get image data from DATA.  (As of this writing, this is not yet
+supported for image type `postscript').  Either :file or :data may be
+present in an image specification, but not both.  All image types
+support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
+
+*** Supported image types
+
+**** XBM, image type `xbm'.
+
+XBM images don't require an external library.  Additional image
+properties supported are:
+
+`:foreground FG'
+
+FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
+meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
+
+`:background BG'
+
+BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
+meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
+
+XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file.  In this
+case, the image specification must contain the following properties
+instead of a `:file' property.
+
+`:width WIDTH'
+
+WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
+
+`:height HEIGHT'
+
+HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
+
+`:data DATA'
+
+DATA must be either
+
+   1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
+   have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
+
+   2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
+
+   3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
+   bitmap.
+
+   4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file.  Neither width nor
+   height may be specified in this case because these are defined
+   in the file.
+
+**** XPM, image type `xpm'
+
+XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
+`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later.  Make sure the library is
+found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
+`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
+
+Additional image properties supported are:
+
+`:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
+
+SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
+name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
+name.
+
+XPM images can be built from memory instead of files.  In that case,
+add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
+
+The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
+to display compressed images.
+
+**** PBM, image type `pbm'
+
+PBM images don't require an external library.  Color, gray-scale and
+mono images are supported.  Additional image properties supported for
+mono images are:
+
+`:foreground FG'
+
+FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
+meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's foreground color.
+
+`:background FG'
+
+BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
+meaning to use the default.  Default is the frame's background color.
+
+**** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
+
+Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
+package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
+properties defined.
+
+**** TIFF, image type `tiff'
+
+Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
+package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
+properties defined.
+
+**** GIF, image type `gif'
+
+Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
+`libungif-4.1.0', or later.
+
+Additional image properties supported are:
+
+`:index INDEX'
+
+INDEX must be an integer >= 0.  Load image number INDEX from a
+multi-image GIF file.  If INDEX is too large, the image displays
+as a hollow box.
+
+This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
+For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
+at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
+every 0.1 seconds.
+
+(defun show-anim (file max)
+  "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
+  (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
+
+(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
+  (when (= idx max)
+    (setq idx 0))
+  (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
+    (save-excursion
+      (set-buffer buffer)
+      (goto-char (point-min))
+      (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
+      (insert-image img "x"))
+    (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
+
+**** PNG, image type `png'
+
+Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
+package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later.  There are no additional image
+properties defined.
+
+**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
+
+Additional image properties supported are:
+
+`:pt-width WIDTH'
+
+WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  WIDTH must be an
+integer.  This is a required property.
+
+`:pt-height HEIGHT'
+
+HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch).  HEIGHT
+must be a integer.  This is an required property.
+
+`:bounding-box BOX'
+
+BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
+the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
+files.  This is an required property.
+
+Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp.  See
+lisp/gs.el.
+
+*** Lisp interface.
+
+The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
+which are supported in the current configuration.
+
+Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
+they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
+The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
+manually.  Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
+images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
+
+*** Simplified image API, image.el
+
+The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
+creation and putting images into text.  The function `create-image'
+can be used to create images.  The macro `defimage' can be used to
+define an image based on available image types.  The functions
+`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
+buffer.
+
+** Display margins.
+
+Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
+and images.
+
+To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
+`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
+`set-window-margins'.  The function `window-margins' can be used to
+obtain the current settings.  To make `left-margin-width' and
+`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
+the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
+of the display margins.
+
+You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
+containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
+one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil.  VALUE can be either a
+string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
+in this file).
+
+** Help display
+
+Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
+moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
+`help-echo'.  This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
+that have a `help-echo' property.
+
+If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
+is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION.  WINDOW is
+the window in which the help was found.
+
+If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
+`help-echo' text property was found.
+
+If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
+POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
+
+If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
+the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
+mouse.
+
+If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
+string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
+
+For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
+determine the help to display.  If their definition contains a
+property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
+For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
+used as help string.
+
+The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
+the help string differently.  For example, enabling a tooltip window
+causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
+
+** Vertical fractional scrolling.
+
+The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
+This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
+
+The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
+scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
+The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
+scrolling value.  Here is an example of how these function might be
+used.
+
+  (global-set-key [A-down]
+    #'(lambda ()
+        (interactive)
+        (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
+                            (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
+  (global-set-key [A-up]
+    #'(lambda ()
+        (interactive)
+        (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
+                            (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
+
+** New hook `fontification-functions'.
+
+Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
+when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified.  This
+variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.  Each function
+is called with one argument, POS.
+
+At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
+characters starting at POS in the current buffer.  It should mark them
+as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
+property.  It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
+`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
+
+** Tool bar support.
+
+Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X.  The frame
+parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
+controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar.  A zero value
+suppresses the tool bar.  If the value is non-zero and
+`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
+automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
+
+*** Tool bar item definitions
+
+Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
+`tool-bar'.  For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
+where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
+
+CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
+evaluated to get a string.  The caption is currently not displayed in
+the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
+property (see below).
+
+BINDING is the tool bar item's binding.  Tool bar items with keymaps as
+binding are currently ignored.
+
+The following properties are recognized:
+
+`:enable FORM'.
+
+FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
+or disabled.
+
+`:visible FORM'
+
+FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
+
+`:filter FUNCTION'
+
+FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
+FUNCTION is specified as the filter.  The value FUNCTION returns is
+used instead of BINDING to display this item.
+
+`:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
+
+TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'.  SELECTED is evaluated
+and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
+
+`:image IMAGES'
+
+IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
+image specifications.  If it is a vector, this table lists the
+meaning of each of the four elements:
+
+   Index        Use when item is
+   ----------------------------------------
+     0          enabled and selected
+     1          enabled and deselected
+     2          disabled and selected
+     3          disabled and deselected
+
+If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
+algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
+
+`:help HELP-STRING'.
+
+Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item.  This help
+is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
+
+The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
+toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
+to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
+menu bar.
+
+The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
+dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
+buffer-locally to override the global map.
+
+*** Tool-bar-related variables.
+
+If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
+resize to show all defined tool bar items.  It will never grow larger
+than 1/4 of the frame's size.
+
+If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
+raised when the mouse moves over them.
+
+You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
+`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
+pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
+vertical margins .  Default is 1.
+
+You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
+`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer.  Default is 3.
+
+*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
+
+You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
+a tool bar item.  If
+
+  (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
+    '(menu-item "Shell" shell
+                :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
+
+is the original tool bar item definition, then
+
+  (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
+
+makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
+item.
+
+** Mode line changes.
+
+*** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
+
+The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
+that have a `local-map' text property.  There are three ways to display
+a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
+
+1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
+a `local-map' text property.
+
+2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
+that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
+
+3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'.  FORM
+is evaluated.  If the result is a string, and that string has a
+`local-map' property.
+
+The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
+properties of strings in the mode line.  See `bindings.el' for an
+example.
+
+*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
+evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
+
+*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
+variable mode-line-format to nil.
+
+*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
+
+This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
+`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
+completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
+`default-mode-line-format'.  A value of nil means don't display a top
+line.
+
+The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
+`header-line'.
+
+The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
+position in the header-line.
+
+** Text property `display'
+
+The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
+replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
+also used to control other aspects of how text displays.  The value of
+the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
+below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
+
+*** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas
+
+To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
+text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.
+
+If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
+marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
+the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
+is displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
+simpler form STRING as property value.
+
+*** Variable width and height spaces
+
+To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
+specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'.  If LOCATION is
+`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
+area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
+marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
+displayed in the text.  In the latter case you can also use the
+simpler form STRETCH as property value.
+
+The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
+PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
+properties described below.
+
+The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
+characters having the `display' property.
+
+- :width WIDTH
+
+Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
+character width.  WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
+
+- :relative-width FACTOR
+
+Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
+first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
+same `display' property.  The computation is done by multiplying the
+width of that character by FACTOR.
+
+- :align-to HPOS
+
+Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS.  The
+value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
+
+Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
+
+- :height HEIGHT
+
+Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
+normal line height.
+
+- :relative-height FACTOR
+
+The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
+of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
+
+- :ascent ASCENT
+
+Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
+used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
+baseline.  The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
+equal to 100.
+
+You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
+
+*** Images
+
+A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
+. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification.  The image replaces,
+in the display, the characters having this display specification in
+their `display' text property.  If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
+the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
+`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
+area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
+the text.  In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
+as display specification.
+
+*** Other display properties
+
+- (space-width FACTOR)
+
+Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
+should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
+integer or float.
+
+- (height HEIGHT)
+
+Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
+
+If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
+means to use a font that is N steps larger.  If HEIGHT is a list of
+the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller.  A
+``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
+a font is available counts as a step.
+
+If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
+as tall as the frame's default font.
+
+If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
+height as argument.  The function should return the new height to use.
+
+Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
+`height' bound to the current specified font height.
+
+- (raise FACTOR)
+
+FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
+font's height.  If it is positive, that means to display the characters
+raised.  If it is negative, that means to display them lower down.  The
+amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
+`height' subproperty.
+
+*** Conditional display properties
+
+All display specifications can be conditionalized.  If a specification
+has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
+only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.  During the
+evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
+conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
+bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
+the display property was found, respectively.  Both positions can be
+different when object is a string.
+
+The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
+`(when t . SPEC)'.
+
+** New menu separator types.
+
+Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type.  Menu items with
+item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
+treated like before.  In addition, the following item names are used
+to specify other menu separator types.
+
+- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
+
+No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
+separator occurs.
+
+- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
+
+A single line in the menu's foreground color.
+
+- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
+
+A double line in the menu's foreground color.
+
+- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
+
+A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
+
+- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
+
+A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
+
+- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
+
+A single line with 3D sunken appearance.  This is the form
+displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
+
+- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
+
+A single line with 3D raised appearance.
+
+- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
+
+A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
+
+- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
+
+A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
+
+- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
+
+Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
+
+- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
+
+Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
+
+- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
+
+Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
+
+- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
+
+Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
+
+Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
+the corresponding single-line separators.
+
+** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
+
+The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
+`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
+Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
+that scroll bars should use a default color.  For toolkit scroll bars,
+default colors are toolkit specific.  For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
+default background is the background color of the frame, and the
+default foreground is black.
+
+The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
+(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
+`ScrollBarBackground').
+
+Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
+settings for scroll bar colors.
+
+** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
+display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
+
+** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
+starts on a continuation line.  The new window start is computed based
+on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
+line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
+the original window start.
+
+** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
+`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
+now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
+
+** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
+
+A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
+`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil.  A value of `height' makes
+windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
+other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
+
+The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
+fixed-width and fixed-height.
+
+  (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
+
+A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
+fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
+window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height.  To
+change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
+temporarily to nil, for example
+
+  (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
+     (enlarge-window 10))
+
+Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
+or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
+
+** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
+terminals.  When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
+to a solid box, as it does on Unix.  The `cursor-type' frame parameter
+overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
+horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
+support a vertical-bar cursor).
+
+
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+Copyright information:
+
+Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2006
+          Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
+   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
+   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
+   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
+
+   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
+   of this document, or of portions of it,
+   under the above conditions, provided also that they
+   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
+
+Local variables:
+mode: outline
+paragraph-separate: "[  ]*$"
+end:
diff --git a/etc/ONEWS.1 b/etc/ONEWS.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f75a7bc6e0..00000000000
--- a/etc/ONEWS.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1167 +0,0 @@
-Old GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes thru version 15.
-Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman.
-See the end for copying conditions.
-
-Changes in Emacs 15
-
-* Emacs now runs on Sun and Megatest 68000 systems;
- also on at least one 16000 system running 4.2.
-
-* Emacs now alters the output-start and output-stop characters
- to prevent C-s and C-q from being considered as flow control
- by cretinous rlogin software in 4.2.
-
-* It is now possible convert Mocklisp code (for Gosling Emacs) to Lisp code
- that can run in GNU Emacs.  M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer
- converts the contents of the current buffer from Mocklisp to
- GNU Emacs Lisp.  You should then save the converted buffer with C-x C-w
- under a name ending in ".el"
-
- There are probably some Mocklisp constructs that are not handled.
- If you encounter one, feel free to report the failure as a bug.
- The construct will be handled in a future Emacs release, if that is not
- not too hard to do.
-
- Note that lisp code converted from Mocklisp code will not necessarily
- run as fast as code specifically written for GNU Emacs, nor will it use
- the many features of GNU Emacs which are not present in Gosling's emacs.
- (In particular, the byte-compiler (m-x byte-compile-file) knows little
- about compilation of code directly converted from mocklisp.)
- It is envisaged that old mocklisp code will be incrementally converted
- to GNU lisp code, with M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer being the first
- step in this process.
-
-* Control-x n (narrow-to-region) is now by default a disabled command.
-
- This means that, if you issue this command, it will ask whether
- you really mean it.  You have the opportunity to enable the
- command permanently at that time, so you will not be asked again.
- This will place the form "(put 'narrow-to-region 'disabled nil)" in your
- .emacs file.
-
-* Tags now prompts for the tag table file name to use.
-
- All the tags commands ask for the tag table file name
- if you have not yet specified one.
-
- Also, the command M-x visit-tag-table can now be used to
- specify the tag table file name initially, or to switch
- to a new tag table.
-
-* If truncate-partial-width-windows is non-nil (as it intially is),
- all windows less than the full screen width (that is,
- made by side-by-side splitting) truncate lines rather than continuing
- them.
-
-* Emacs now checks for Lisp stack overflow to avoid fatal errors.
- The depth in eval, apply and funcall may not exceed max-lisp-eval-depth.
- The depth in variable bindings and unwind-protects may not exceed
- max-specpdl-size.  If either limit is exceeded, an error occurs.
- You can set the limits to larger values if you wish, but if you make them
- too large, you are vulnerable to a fatal error if you invoke
- Lisp code that does infinite recursion.
-
-* New hooks  find-file-hook  and  write-file-hook.
- Both of these variables if non-nil should be functions of no arguments.
- At the time they are called (current-buffer) will be the buffer being
- read or written respectively.
-
- find-file-hook  is called whenever a file is read into its own buffer,
- such as by calling  find-file,  revert-buffer, etc.  It is not called by
- functions such as  insert-file  which do not read the file into a buffer of
- its own.
- find-file-hook  is called after the file has been read in and its
- local variables (if any) have been processed.
-
- write-file-hook  is called just before writing out a file from a buffer.
-
-* The initial value of shell-prompt-pattern is now  "^[^#$%>]*[#$%>] *"
-
-* If the .emacs file sets inhibit-startup-message to non-nil,
- the messages normally printed by Emacs at startup time
- are inhibited.
-
-* Facility for run-time conditionalization on the basis of emacs features.
-
- The new variable  features  is a list of symbols which represent "features"
- of the executing emacs, for use in run-time conditionalization.
-
- The function  featurep  of one argument may be used to test for the
- presence of a feature. It is just the same as
- (not (null (memq FEATURE features))) where FEATURE is its argument.
- For example, (if (featurep 'magic-window-hack)
-                  (transmogrify-window 'vertical)
-                (split-window-vertically))
-
- The function  provide  of one argument "announces" that FEATURE is present.
- It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
-                            (setq features (cons FEATURE features)))
-
- The function  require  with arguments FEATURE and FILE-NAME loads FILE-NAME
- (which should contain the form (provide FEATURE)) unless FEATURE is present.
- It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
-                            (progn (load FILE-NAME)
-                                   (if (not featurep FEATURE) (error ...))))
- FILE-NAME is optional and defaults to FEATURE.
-
-* New function load-average.
-
- This returns a list of three integers, which are
- the current 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages,
- each multiplied by a hundred (since normally they are floating
- point numbers).
-
-* Per-terminal libraries loaded automatically.
-
- Emacs when starting up on terminal type T automatically loads
- a library named term-T.  T is the value of the TERM environment variable.
- Thus, on terminal type vt100, Emacs would do (load "term-vt100" t t).
- Such libraries are good places to set the character translation table.
-
- It is a bad idea to redefine lots of commands in a per-terminal library,
- since this affects all users.  Instead, define a command to do the
- redefinitions and let the user's init file, which is loaded later,
- call that command or not, as the user prefers.
-
-* Programmer's note: detecting killed buffers.
-
- Buffers are eliminated by explicitly killing them, using
- the function kill-buffer.  This does not eliminate or affect
- the pointers to the buffer which may exist in list structure.
- If you have a pointer to a buffer and wish to tell whether
- the buffer has been killed, use the function buffer-name.
- It returns nil on a killed buffer, and a string on a live buffer.
-
-* New ways to access the last command input character.
-
- The function last-key-struck, which used to return the last
- input character that was read by command input, is eliminated.
- Instead, you can find this information as the value of the
- variable last-command-char.  (This variable used to be called
- last-key).
-
- Another new variable, last-input-char, holds the last character
- read from the command input stream regardless of what it was
- read for.  last-input-char and last-command-char are different
- only inside a command that has called read-char to read input.
-
-* The new switch -kill causes Emacs to exit after processing the
- preceding command line arguments.  Thus,
-    emacs -l lib data -e do-it -kill
- means to load lib, find file data, call do-it on no arguments,
- and then exit.
-
-* The config.h file has been modularized.
-
- Options that depend on the machine you are running on are defined
- in a file whose name starts with "m-", such as m-vax.h.
- Options that depend on the operating system software version you are
- running on are defined in a file whose name starts with "s-",
- such as s-bsd4.2.h.
-
- config.h includes one m- file and one s- file.  It also defines a
- few other options whose values do not follow from the machine type
- and system type being used.  Installers normally will have to
- select the correct m- and s- files but will never have to change their
- contents.
-
-* Termcap AL and DL strings are understood.
-
- If the termcap entry defines AL and DL strings, for insertion
- and deletion of multiple lines in one blow, Emacs now uses them.
- This matters most on certain bit map display terminals for which
- scrolling is comparatively slow.
-
-* Bias against scrolling screen far on fast terminals.
-
- Emacs now prefers to redraw a few lines rather than
- shift them a long distance on the screen, when the terminal is fast.
-
-* New major mode, mim-mode.
-
- This major mode is for editing MDL code.  Perhaps a MDL
- user can explain why it is not called mdl-mode.
- You must load the library mim-mode explicitly to use this.
-
-* GNU documentation formatter `texinfo'.
-
- The `texinfo' library defines a format for documentation
- files which can be passed through Tex to make a printed manual
- or passed through texinfo to make an Info file.  Texinfo is
- documented fully by its own Info file; compare this file
- with its source, texinfo.texinfo, for additional guidance.
-
- All documentation files for GNU utilities should be written
- in texinfo input format.
-
- Tex processing of texinfo files requires the Botex macro package.
- This is not ready for distribution yet, but will appear at
- a later time.
-
-* New function read-from-string (emacs 15.29)
-
- read-from-string takes three arguments: a string to read from,
- and optionally start and end indices which delimit a substring
- from which to read.  (They default to 0 and the length of the string,
- respectively.)
-
- This function returns a cons cell whose car is the object produced
- by reading from the string and whose cdr is a number giving the
- index in the string of the first character not read. That index may
- be passed as the second argument to a later call to  read-from-string
- to read the next form represented by the string.
-
- In addition, the function  read  now accepts a string as its argument.
- In this case, it calls  read-from-string  on the whole string, and
- returns the car of the result. (ie the actual object read.)
-
-Changes in Emacs 14
-
-* Completion now prints various messages such as [Sole Completion]
- or [Next Character Not Unique] to describe the results obtained.
- These messages appear after the text in the minibuffer, and remain
- on the screen until a few seconds go by or you type a key.
-
-* The buffer-read-only flag is implemented.
- Setting or binding this per-buffer variable to a non-nil value
- makes illegal any operation which would modify the textual content of
- the buffer.  (Such operations signal a  buffer-read-only  error)
- The read-only state of a buffer may be altered using toggle-read-only
- (C-x C-q)
- The buffers used by Rmail, Dired, Rnews, and Info are now read-only
- by default to prevent accidental damage to the information in those
- buffers.
-
-* Functions car-safe and cdr-safe.
- These functions are like car and cdr when the argument is a cons.
- Given an argument not a cons, car-safe always returns nil, with
- no error; the same for cdr-safe.
-
-* The new function user-real-login-name returns the name corresponding
- to the real uid of the Emacs process.  This is usually the same
- as what user-login-name returns; however, when Emacs is invoked
- from su, user-real-login-name returns "root" but user-login-name
- returns the name of the user who invoked su.
-
-Changes in Emacs 13
-
-* There is a new version numbering scheme.
-
- What used to be the first version number, which was 1,
- has been discarded since it does not seem that I need three
- levels of version number.
-
- However, a new third version number has been added to represent
- changes by user sites.  This number will always be zero in
- Emacs when I distribute it; it will be incremented each time
- Emacs is built at another site.
-
-* There is now a reader syntax for Meta characters:
- \M-CHAR means CHAR or'ed with the Meta bit.  For example:
-
-    ?\M-x   is   (+ ?x 128)
-    ?\M-\n  is   (+ ?\n 128)
-    ?\M-\^f is   (+ ?\^f 128)
-
- This syntax can be used in strings too.  Note, however, that
- Meta characters are not meaningful in key sequences being passed
- to define-key or lookup-key; you must use ESC characters (\e)
- in them instead.
-
- ?\C- can be used likewise for control characters.  (13.9)
-
-* Installation change
- The string "../lisp" now adds to the front of the load-path
- used for searching for Lisp files during Emacs initialization.
- It used to replace the path specified in paths.h entirely.
- Now the directory ../lisp is searched first and the directoris
- specified in paths.h are searched afterward.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.12
-
-* There is a new installation procedure.
- See the file INSTALL that comes in the top level
- directory in the tar file or tape.
-
-* The Meta key is now supported on terminals that have it.
- This is a shift key which causes the high bit to be turned on
- in all input characters typed while it is held down.
-
- read-char now returns a value in the range 128-255 if
- a Meta character is typed.  When interpreted as command
- input, a Meta character is equivalent to a two character
- sequence, the meta prefix character followed by the un-metized
- character (Meta-G unmetized is G).
-
- The meta prefix character
- is specified by the value of the variable meta-prefix-char.
- If this character (normally Escape) has been redefined locally
- with a non-prefix definition (such as happens in completing
- minibuffers) then the local redefinition is suppressed when
- the character is not the last one in a key sequence.
- So the local redefinition is effective if you type the character
- explicitly, but not effective if the character comes from
- the use of the Meta key.
-
-* `-' is no longer a completion command in the minibuffer.
- It is an ordinary self-inserting character.
-
-* The list load-path of directories load to search for Lisp files
- is now controlled by the EMACSLOADPATH environment variable
-[[ Note this was originally EMACS-LOAD-PATH and has been changed
- again; sh does not deal properly with hyphens in env variable names]]
- rather than the EPATH environment variable.  This is to avoid
- conflicts with other Emacses.
-
- While Emacs is being built initially, the load-path
- is now just ("../lisp"), ignoring paths.h.  It does not
- ignore EMACSLOADPATH, however; you should avoid having
- this variable set while building Emacs.
-
-* You can now specify a translation table for keyboard
- input characters, as a way of exchanging or substituting
- keys on the keyboard.
-
- If the value of keyboard-translate-table is a string,
- every character received from the keyboard is used as an
- index in that string, and the character at that index in
- the string is used as input instead of what was actually
- typed.  If the actual input character is >= the length of
- the string, it is used unchanged.
-
- One way this feature can be used is to fix bad keyboard
- designes.  For example, on some terminals, Delete is
- Shift-Underscore.  Since Delete is a more useful character
- than Underscore, it is an improvement to make the unshifted
- character Delete and the shifted one Underscore.  This can
- be done with
-
-  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
-  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 128 0))
-  (let ((i 0))
-    (while (< i 128)
-      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
-      (setq i (1+ i))))
-
-  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
-
- If your terminal has a Meta key and can therefore send
- codes up to 255, Meta characters are translated through
- elements 128 through 255 of the translate table, and therefore
- are translated independently of the corresponding non-Meta
- characters.  You must therefore establish translations
- independently for the Meta characters if you want them too:
-
-  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
-  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 256 0))
-  (let ((i 0))
-    (while (< i 256)
-      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
-      (setq i (1+ i))))
-
-  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
-
-  ;; Now alter translations of some Meta characters.
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\_) (+ 128 ?\^?))
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\^?) (+ 128 ?\_))
-
-* (process-kill-without-query PROCESS)
-
-This marks the process so that, when you kill Emacs,
-you will not on its account be queried about active subprocesses.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.11
-
-* The commands C-c and C-z have been interchanged,
- for greater compatibility with normal Unix usage.
- C-z now runs suspend-emacs and C-c runs exit-recursive-edit.
-
-* The value returned by file-name-directory now ends
- with a slash.  (file-name-directory "foo/bar") => "foo/".
- This avoids confusing results when dealing with files
- in the root directory.
-
- The value of the per-buffer variable default-directory
- is also supposed to have a final slash now.
-
-* There are now variables to control the switches passed to
- `ls' by the C-x C-d command (list-directory).
- list-directory-brief-switches is a string, initially "-CF",
- used for brief listings, and list-directory-verbose-switches
- is a string, initially "-l", used for verbose ones.
-
-* For Ann Arbor Ambassador terminals, the termcap "ti" string
- is now used to initialize the screen geometry on entry to Emacs,
- and the "te" string is used to set it back on exit.
- If the termcap entry does not define the "ti" or "te" string,
- Emacs does what it used to do.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.10
-
-* GNU Emacs has been made almost 1/3 smaller.
- It now dumps out as only 530kbytes on Vax 4.2bsd.
-
-* The term "checkpoint" has been replaced by "auto save"
- throughout the function names, variable names and documentation
- of GNU Emacs.
-
-* The function load now tries appending ".elc" and ".el"
- to the specified filename BEFORE it tries the filename
- without change.
-
-* rmail now makes the mode line display the total number
- of messages and the current message number.
- The "f" command now means forward a message to another user.
- The command to search through all messages for a string is now "F".
- The "u" command now means to move back to the previous
- message and undelete it.  To undelete the selected message, use Meta-u.
-
-* The hyphen character is now equivalent to a Space while
- in completing minibuffers.  Both mean to complete an additional word.
-
-* The Lisp function error now takes args like format
- which are used to construct the error message.
-
-* Redisplay will refuse to start its display at the end of the buffer.
- It will pick a new place to display from, rather than use that.
-
-* The value returned by garbage-collect has been changed.
- Its first element is no longer a number but a cons,
- whose car is the number of cons cells now in use,
- and whose cdr is the number of cons cells that have been
- made but are now free.
- The second element is similar but describes symbols rather than cons cells.
- The third element is similar but describes markers.
-
-* The variable buffer-name has been eliminated.
- The function buffer-name still exists.  This is to prevent
- user programs from changing buffer names without going
- through the rename-buffer function.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.9
-
-* When a fill prefix is in effect, paragraphs are started
- or separated by lines that do not start with the fill prefix.
- Also, a line which consists of the fill prefix followed by
- white space separates paragraphs.
-
-* C-x C-v runs the new function find-alternate-file.
- It finds the specified file, switches to that buffer,
- and kills the previous current buffer.  (It requires
- confirmation if that buffer had changes.)  This is
- most useful after you find the wrong file due to a typo.
-
-* Exiting the minibuffer moves the cursor to column 0,
- to show you that it has really been exited.
-
-* Meta-g (fill-region) now fills each paragraph in the
- region individually.  To fill the region as if it were
- a single paragraph (for when the paragraph-delimiting mechanism
- does the wrong thing), use fill-region-as-paragraph.
-
-* Tab in text mode now runs the function tab-to-tab-stop.
- A new mode called indented-text-mode is like text-mode
- except that in it Tab runs the function indent-relative,
- which indents the line under the previous line.
- If auto fill is enabled while in indented-text-mode,
- the new lines that it makes are indented.
-
-* Functions kill-rectangle and yank-rectangle.
- kill-rectangle deletes the rectangle specified by dot and mark
- (or by two arguments) and saves it in the variable killed-rectangle.
- yank-rectangle inserts the rectangle in that variable.
-
- Tab characters in a rectangle being saved are replaced
- by spaces in such a way that their appearance will
- not be changed if the rectangle is later reinserted
- at a different column position.
-
-* `+' in a regular expression now means
- to repeat the previous expression one or more times.
- `?' means to repeat it zero or one time.
- They are in all regards like `*' except for the
- number of repetitions they match.
-
- \< in a regular expression now matches the null string
- when it is at the beginning of a word; \> matches
- the null string at the end of a word.
-
-* C-x p narrows the buffer so that only the current page
- is visible.
-
-* C-x ) with argument repeats the kbd macro just
- defined that many times, counting the definition
- as one repetition.
-
-* C-x ( with argument begins defining a kbd macro
- starting with the last one defined.  It executes that
- previous kbd macro initially, just as if you began
- by typing it over again.
-
-* C-x q command queries the user during kbd macro execution.
- With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
-  reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
-  You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
- Without prefix argument, reads a character.  Your options are:
-  Space -- execute the rest of the macro.
-  Delete -- skip the rest of the macro; start next repetition.
-  C-d -- skip rest of the macro and don't repeat it any more.
-  C-r -- enter a recursive edit, then on exit ask again for a character
-  C-l -- redisplay screen and ask again."
-
-* write-kbd-macro and append-kbd-macro are used to save
- a kbd macro definition in a file (as Lisp code to
- redefine the macro when the file is loaded).
- These commands differ in that write-kbd-macro
- discards the previous contents of the file.
- If given a prefix argument, both commands
- record the keys which invoke the macro as well as the
- macro's definition.
-
-* The variable global-minor-modes is used to display
- strings in the mode line of all buffers.  It should be
- a list of elements thaht are conses whose cdrs are strings
- to be displayed.  This complements the variable
- minor-modes, which has the same effect but has a separate
- value in each buffer.
-
-* C-x = describes horizontal scrolling in effect, if any.
-
-* Return now auto-fills the line it is ending, in auto fill mode.
- Space with zero as argument auto-fills the line before it
- just like Space without an argument.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.8
-
-This release mostly fixes bugs.  There are a few new features:
-
-* apropos now sorts the symbols before displaying them.
- Also, it returns a list of the symbols found.
-
- apropos now accepts a second arg PRED which should be a function
- of one argument; if PRED is non-nil, each symbol is tested
- with PRED and only symbols for which PRED returns non-nil
- appear in the output or the returned list.
-
- If the third argument to apropos is non-nil, apropos does not
- display anything; it merely returns the list of symbols found.
-
- C-h a now runs the new function command-apropos rather than
- apropos, and shows only symbols with definitions as commands.
-
-* M-x shell sends the command
-    if (-f ~/.emacs_NAME)source ~/.emacs_NAME
- invisibly to the shell when it starts.  Here NAME
- is replaced by the name of shell used,
- as it came from your ESHELL or SHELL environment variable
- but with directory name, if any, removed.
-
-* M-, now runs the command tags-loop-continue, which is used
- to resume a terminated tags-search or tags-query-replace.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.7
-
-It's Beat CCA Week.
-
-* The initial buffer is now called "*scratch*" instead of "scratch",
- so that all buffer names used automatically by Emacs now have *'s.
-
-* Undo information is now stored separately for each buffer.
- The Undo command (C-x u) always applies to the current
- buffer only.
-
- C-_ is now a synonym for C-x u.
-
- (buffer-flush-undo BUFFER) causes undo information not to
- be kept for BUFFER, and frees the space that would have
- been used to hold it.  In any case, no undo information is
- kept for buffers whose names start with spaces.  (These
- buffers also do not appear in the C-x C-b display.)
-
-* Rectangle operations are now implemented.
- C-x r stores the rectangle described by dot and mark
- into a register; it reads the register name from the keyboard.
- C-x g, the command to insert the contents of a register,
- can be used to reinsert the rectangle elsewhere.
-
- Other rectangle commands include
-  open-rectangle:
-    insert a blank rectangle in the position and size
-    described by dot and mark, at its corners;
-    the existing text is pushed to the right.
-  clear-rectangle:
-    replace the rectangle described by dot ane mark
-    with blanks.  The previous text is deleted.
-  delete-rectangle:
-    delete the text of the specified rectangle,
-    moving the text beyond it on each line leftward.
-
-* Side-by-side windows are allowed.  Use C-x 5 to split the
- current window into two windows side by side.
- C-x } makes the selected window ARG columns wider at the
- expense of the windows at its sides.  C-x { makes the selected
- window ARG columns narrower.  An argument to C-x 5 specifies
- how many columns to give to the leftmost of the two windows made.
-
- C-x 2 now accepts a numeric argument to specify the number of
- lines to give to the uppermost of the two windows it makes.
-
-* Horizontal scrolling of the lines in a window is now implemented.
- C-x < (scroll-left) scrolls all displayed lines left,
- with the numeric argument (default 1) saying how far to scroll.
- When the window is scrolled left, some amount of the beginning
- of each nonempty line is replaced by an "$".
- C-x > scrolls right.  If a window has no text hidden at the left
- margin, it cannot be scrolled any farther right than that.
- When nonzero leftwards scrolling is in effect in a window.
- lines are automatically truncated at the window's right margin
- regardless of the value of the variable truncate-lines in the
- buffer being displayed.
-
-* C-x C-d now uses the default output format of `ls',
- which gives just file names in multiple columns.
- C-u C-x C-d passes the -l switch to `ls'.
-
-* C-t at the end of a line now exchanges the two preceding characters.
-
- All the transpose commands now interpret zero as an argument
- to mean to transpose the textual unit after or around dot
- with the one after or around the mark.
-
-* M-! executes a shell command in an inferior shell
- and displays the output from it.  With a prefix argument,
- it inserts the output in the current buffer after dot
- and sets the mark after the output.  The shell command
- gets /dev/null as its standard input.
-
- M-| is like M-! but passes the contents of the region
- as input to the shell command.  A prefix argument makes
- the output from the command replace the contents of the region.
-
-* The mode line will now say "Def" after the major mode
- while a keyboard macro is being defined.
-
-* The variable fill-prefix is now used by Meta-q.
- Meta-q removes the fill prefix from lines that start with it
- before filling, and inserts the fill prefix on each line
- after filling.
-
- The command C-x . sets the fill prefix equal to the text
- on the current line before dot.
-
-* The new command Meta-j (indent-new-comment-line),
- is like Linefeed (indent-new-line) except when dot is inside a comment;
- in that case, Meta-j inserts a comment starter on the new line,
- indented under the comment starter above.  It also inserts
- a comment terminator at the end of the line above,
- if the language being edited calls for one.
-
-* Rmail should work correctly now, and has some C-h m documentation.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.6
-
-* save-buffers-kill-emacs is now on C-x C-c
- while C-x C-z does suspend-emacs.  This is to make
- C-x C-c like the normal Unix meaning of C-c
- and C-x C-z linke the normal Unix meaning of C-z.
-
-* M-ESC (eval-expression) is now a disabled command by default.
- This prevents users who type ESC ESC accidentally from
- getting confusing results.  Put
-    (put 'eval-expression 'disabled nil)
- in your ~/.emacs file to enable the command.
-
-* Self-inserting text is grouped into bunches for undoing.
- Each C-x u command undoes up to 20 consecutive self-inserting
- characters.
-
-* Help f now uses as a default the function being called
- in the innermost Lisp expression that dot is in.
- This makes it more convenient to use while writing
- Lisp code to run in Emacs.
- (If the text around dot does not appear to be a call
- to a Lisp function, there is no default.)
-
- Likewise, Help v uses the symbol around or before dot
- as a default, if that is a variable name.
-
-* Commands that read filenames now insert the default
- directory in the minibuffer, to become part of your input.
- This allows you to see what the default is.
- You may type a filename which goes at the end of the
- default directory, or you may edit the default directory
- as you like to create the input you want to give.
- You may also type an absolute pathname (starting with /)
- or refer to a home directory (input starting with ~)
- after the default; the presence of // or /~ causes
- everything up through the slash that precedes your
- type-in to be ignored.
-
- Returning the default directory without change,
- including the terminating slash, requests the use
- of the default file name (usually the visited file's name).
-
- Set the variable insert-default-directory to nil
- to turn off this feature.
-
-* M-x shell now uses the environment variable ESHELL,
- if it exists, as the file name of the shell to run.
- If there is no ESHELL variable, the SHELL variable is used.
- This is because some shells do not work properly as inferiors
- of Emacs (or anything like Emacs).
-
-* A new variable minor-modes now exists, with a separate value
- in each buffer.  Its value should be an alist of elements
- (MODE-FUNCTION-SYMBOL . PRETTY-NAME-STRING), one for each
- minor mode that is turned on in the buffer.  The pretty
- name strings are displayed in the mode line after the name of the
- major mode (with spaces between them).  The mode function
- symbols should be symbols whose function definitions will
- turn on the minor mode if given 1 as an argument; they are present
- so that Help m can find their documentation strings.
-
-* The format of tag table files has been changed.
- The new format enables Emacs to find tags much faster.
-
- A new program, etags, exists to make the kind of
- tag table that Emacs wants.  etags is invoked just
- like ctags; in fact, if you give it any switches,
- it does exactly what ctags would do.  Give it the
- empty switch ("-") to make it act like ctags with no switches.
-
- etags names the tag table file "TAGS" rather than "tags",
- so that these tag tables and the standard Unix ones
- can coexist.
-
- The tags library can no longer use standard ctags-style
- tag tables files.
-
-* The file of Lisp code Emacs reads on startup is now
- called ~/.emacs rather than ~/.emacs_pro.
-
-* copy-file now gives the copied file the same mode bits
- as the original file.
-
-* Output from a process inserted into the process's buffer
- no longer sets the buffer's mark.  Instead it sets a
- marker associated with the process to point to the end
- of the inserted text.  You can access this marker with
-    (process-mark PROCESS)
- and then either examine its position with marker-position
- or set its position with set-marker.
-
-* completing-read takes a new optional fifth argument which,
- if non-nil, should be a string of text to insert into
- the minibuffer before reading user commands.
-
-* The Lisp function elt now exists:
- (elt ARRAY N) is like (aref ARRAY N),
- (elt LIST N) is like (nth N LIST).
-
-* rplaca is now a synonym for setcar, and rplacd for setcdr.
- eql is now a synonym for eq; it turns out that the Common Lisp
- distinction between eq and eql is insignificant in Emacs.
- numberp is a new synonym for integerp.
-
-* auto-save has been renamed to auto-save-mode.
-
-* Auto save file names for buffers are now created by the
- function make-auto-save-file-name.  This is so you can
- redefine that function to change the way auto save file names
- are chosen.
-
-* expand-file-name no longer discards a final slash.
-    (expand-file-name "foo" "/lose") => "/lose/foo"
-    (expand-file-name "foo/" "/lose") => "/lose/foo/"
-
- Also, expand-file-name no longer substitutes $ constructs.
- A new function substitute-in-file-name does this.  Reading
- a file name with read-file-name or the `f' or`F' option
- of interactive calling uses substitute-in-file-name
- on the file name that was read and returns the result.
-
- All I/O primitives including insert-file-contents and
- delete-file call expand-file-name on the file name supplied.
- This change makes them considerably faster in the usual case.
-
-* Interactive calling spec strings allow the new code letter 'D'
- which means to read a directory name.  It is like 'f' except
- that the default if the user makes no change in the minibuffer
- is to return the current default directory rather than the
- current visited file name.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.5
-
-* suspend-emacs now accepts an optional argument
- which is a string to be stuffed as terminal input
- to be read by Emacs's superior shell after Emacs exits.
-
- A library called ledit exists which uses this feature
- to transmit text to a Lisp job running as a sibling of
- Emacs.
-
-* If find-file is given the name of a directory,
- it automatically invokes dired on that directory
- rather than reading in the binary data that make up
- the actual contents of the directory according to Unix.
-
-* Saving an Emacs buffer now preserves the file modes
- of any previously existing file with the same name.
- This works using new Lisp functions file-modes and
- set-file-modes, which can be used to read or set the mode
- bits of any file.
-
-* The Lisp function  cond  now exists, with its traditional meaning.
-
-* defvar and defconst now permit the documentation string
- to be omitted.  defvar also permits the initial value
- to be omitted; then it acts only as a comment.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.4
-
-* Auto-filling now normally indents the new line it creates
- by calling indent-according-to-mode.  This function, meanwhile,
- has in Fundamental and Text modes the effect of making the line
- have an indentation of the value of left-margin, a per-buffer variable.
-
- Tab no longer precisely does indent-according-to-mode;
- it does that in all modes that supply their own indentation routine,
- but in Fundamental, Text and allied modes it inserts a tab character.
-
-* The command M-x grep now invokes grep (on arguments
- supplied by the user) and reads the output from grep
- asynchronously into a buffer.  The command C-x ` can
- be used to move to the lines that grep has found.
- This is an adaptation of the mechanism used for
- running compilations and finding the loci of error messages.
-
- You can now use C-x ` even while grep or compilation
- is proceeding; as more matches or error messages arrive,
- C-x ` will parse them and be able to find them.
-
-* M-x mail now provides a command to send the message
- and "exit"--that is, return to the previously selected
- buffer.  It is C-z C-z.
-
-* Tab in C mode now tries harder to adapt to all indentation styles.
- If the line being indented is a statement that is not the first
- one in the containing compound-statement, it is aligned under
- the beginning of the first statement.
-
-* The functions screen-width and screen-height return the
- total width and height of the screen as it is now being used.
- set-screen-width and set-screen-height tell Emacs how big
- to assume the screen is; they each take one argument,
- an integer.
-
-* The Lisp function 'function' now exists.  function is the
- same as quote, except that it serves as a signal to the
- Lisp compiler that the argument should be compiled as
- a function.  Example:
-   (mapcar (function (lambda (x) (+ x 5))) list)
-
-* The function set-key has been renamed to global-set-key.
- undefine-key and local-undefine-key has been renamed to
- global-unset-key and local-unset-key.
-
-* Emacs now collects input from asynchronous subprocesses
- while waiting in the functions sleep-for and sit-for.
-
-* Shell mode's Newline command attempts to distinguish subshell
- prompts from user input when issued in the middle of the buffer.
- It no longer reexecutes from dot to the end of the line;
- it reeexecutes the entire line minus any prompt.
- The prompt is recognized by searching for the value of
- shell-prompt-pattern, starting from the beginning of the line.
- Anything thus skipped is not reexecuted.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.3
-
-* An undo facility exists now.  Type C-x u to undo a batch of
- changes (usually one command's changes, but some commands
- such as query-replace divide their changes into multiple
- batches.  You can repeat C-x u to undo further.  As long
- as no commands other than C-x u intervene, each one undoes
- another batch.  A numeric argument to C-x u acts as a repeat
- count.
-
- If you keep on undoing, eventually you may be told that
- you have used up all the recorded undo information.
- Some actions, such as reading in files, discard all
- undo information.
-
- The undo information is not currently stored separately
- for each buffer, so it is mainly good if you do something
- totally spastic.  [This has since been fixed.]
-
-* A learn-by-doing tutorial introduction to Emacs now exists.
- Type C-h t to enter it.
-
-* An Info documentation browser exists.  Do M-x info to enter it.
- It contains a tutorial introduction so that no more documentation
- is needed here.  As of now, the only documentation in it
- is that of Info itself.
-
-* Help k and Help c are now different.  Help c prints just the
- name of the function which the specified key invokes.  Help k
- prints the documentation of the function as well.
-
-* A document of the differences between GNU Emacs and Twenex Emacs
- now exists.  It is called DIFF, in the same directory as this file.
-
-* C mode can now indent comments better, including multi-line ones.
- Meta-Control-q now reindents comment lines within the expression
- being aligned.
-
-* Insertion of a close-parenthesis now shows the matching open-parenthesis
- even if it is off screen, by printing the text following it on its line
- in the minibuffer.
-
-* A file can now contain a list of local variable values
- to be in effect when the file is edited.  See the file DIFF
- in the same directory as this file for full details.
-
-* A function nth is defined.  It means the same thing as in Common Lisp.
-
-* The function install-command has been renamed to set-key.
- It now takes the key sequence as the first argument
- and the definition for it as the second argument.
- Likewise, local-install-command has been renamed to local-set-key.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.2
-
-* A Lisp single-stepping and debugging facility exists.
- To cause the debugger to be entered when an error
- occurs, set the variable debug-on-error non-nil.
-
- To cause the debugger to be entered whenever function foo
- is called, do (debug-on-entry 'foo).  To cancel this,
- do (cancel-debug-on-entry 'foo).  debug-on-entry does
- not work for primitives (written in C), only functions
- written in Lisp.  Most standard Emacs commands are in Lisp.
-
- When the debugger is entered, the selected window shows
- a buffer called " *Backtrace" which displays a series
- of stack frames, most recently entered first.  For each
- frame, the function name called is shown, usually followed
- by the argument values unless arguments are still being
- calculated.  At the beginning of the buffer is a description
- of why the debugger was entered: function entry, function exit,
- error, or simply that the user called the function `debug'.
-
- To exit the debugger and return to top level, type `q'.
-
- In the debugger, you can evaluate Lisp expressions by
- typing `e'.  This is equivalent to `M-ESC'.
-
- When the debugger is entered due to an error, that is
- all you can do.  When it is entered due to function entry
- (such as, requested by debug-on-entry), you have two
- options:
-  Continue execution and reenter debugger after the
-    completion of the function being entered.  Type `c'.
-  Continue execution but enter the debugger before
-    the next subexpression.  Type `d'.
-
- You will see that some stack frames are marked with *.
- This means the debugger will be entered when those
- frames exit.  You will see the value being returned
- in the first line of the backtrace buffer.  Your options:
-  Continue execution, and return that value.  Type `c'.
-  Continue execution, and return a specified value.  Type `r'.
-
- You can mark a frame to enter the debugger on exit
- with the `b' command, or clear such a mark with `u'.
-
-* Lisp macros now exist.
- For example, you can write
-    (defmacro cadr (arg) (list 'car (list 'cdr arg)))
- and then the expression
-    (cadr foo)
- will expand into
-    (car (cdr foo))
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.1
-
-* The initial buffer is now called "scratch" and is in a
- new major mode, Lisp Interaction mode.  This mode is
- intended for typing Lisp expressions, evaluating them,
- and having the values printed into the buffer.
-
-  Type Linefeed after a Lisp expression, to evaluate the
- expression and have its value printed into the buffer,
- advancing dot.
-
- The other commands of Lisp mode are available.
-
-* The C-x C-e command for evaluating the Lisp expression
- before dot has been changed to print the value in the
- minibuffer line rather than insert it in the buffer.
- A numeric argument causes the printed value to appear
- in the buffer instead.
-
-* In Lisp mode, the command M-C-x evaluates the defun
- containing or following dot.  The value is printed in
- the minibuffer.
-
-* The value of a Lisp expression evaluated using M-ESC
- is now printed in the minibuffer.
-
-* M-q now runs fill-paragraph, independent of major mode.
-
-* C-h m now prints documentation on the current buffer's
- major mode.  What it prints is the documentation of the
- major mode name as a function.  All major modes have been
- equipped with documentation that describes all commands
- peculiar to the major mode, for this purpose.
-
-* You can display a Unix manual entry with
- the M-x manual-entry command.
-
-* You can run a shell, displaying its output in a buffer,
- with the M-x shell command.  The Return key sends input
- to the subshell.  Output is printed inserted automatically
- in the buffer.  Commands C-c, C-d, C-u, C-w and C-z are redefined
- for controlling the subshell and its subjobs.
- "cd", "pushd" and "popd" commands are recognized as you
- enter them, so that the default directory of the Emacs buffer
- always remains the same as that of the subshell.
-
-* C-x $ (that's a real dollar sign) controls line-hiding based
- on indentation.  With a numeric arg N > 0, it causes all lines
- indented by N or more columns to become invisible.
- They are, effectively, tacked onto the preceding line, where
- they are represented by " ..." on the screen.
- (The end of the preceding visible line corresponds to a
- screen cursor position before the "...".  Anywhere in the
- invisible lines that follow appears on the screen as a cursor
- position after the "...".)
- Currently, all editing commands treat invisible lines just
- like visible ones, except for C-n and C-p, which have special
- code to count visible lines only.
- C-x $ with no argument turns off this mode, which in any case
- is remembered separately for each buffer.
-
-* Outline mode is another form of selective display.
- It is a major mode invoked with M-x outline-mode.
- It is intended for editing files that are structured as
- outlines, with heading lines (lines that begin with one
- or more asterisks) and text lines (all other lines).
- The number of asterisks in a heading line are its level;
- the subheadings of a heading line are all following heading
- lines at higher levels, until but not including the next
- heading line at the same or a lower level, regardless
- of intervening text lines.
-
-  In outline mode, you have commands to hide (remove from display)
- or show the text or subheadings under each heading line
- independently.  Hidden text or subheadings are invisibly
- attached to the end of the preceding heading line, so that
- if you kill the hading line and yank it back elsewhere
- all the invisible lines accompany it.
-
-  All editing commands treat hidden outline-mode lines
- as part of the preceding visible line.
-
-* C-x C-z runs save-buffers-kill-emacs
- offers to save each file buffer, then exits.
-
-* C-c's function is now called suspend-emacs.
-
-* The command C-x m runs mail, which switches to a buffer *mail*
- and lets you compose a message to send.  C-x 4 m runs mail in
- another window.  Type C-z C-s in the mail buffer to send the
- message according to what you have entered in the buffer.
-
-  You must separate the headers from the message text with
- an empty line.
-
-* You can now dired partial directories (specified with names
- containing *'s, etc, all processed by the shell).  Also, you
- can dired more than one directory; dired names the buffer
- according to the filespec or directory name.  Reinvoking
- dired on a directory already direded just switches back to
- the same directory used last time; do M-x revert if you want
- to read in the current contents of the directory.
-
-  C-x d runs dired, and C-x 4 d runs dired in another window.
-
-  C-x C-d (list-directory) also allows partial directories now.
-
-Lisp programming changes
-
-* t as an output stream now means "print to the minibuffer".
- If there is already text in the minibuffer printed via t
- as an output stream, the new text is appended to the old
- (or is truncated and lost at the margin).  If the minibuffer
- contains text put there for some other reason, it is cleared
- first.
-
-  t is now the top-level value of standard-output.
-
-  t as an input stream now means "read via the minibuffer".
- The minibuffer is used to read a line of input, with editing,
- and this line is then parsed.  Any excess not used by `read'
- is ignored; each `read' from t reads fresh input.
- t is now the top-level value of standard-input.
-
-* A marker may be used as an input stream or an output stream.
- The effect is to grab input from where the marker points,
- advancing it over the characters read, or to insert output
- at the marker and advance it.
-
-* Output from an asynchronous subprocess is now inserted at
- the end of the associated buffer, not at the buffer's dot,
- and the buffer's mark is set to the end of the inserted output
- each time output is inserted.
-
-* (pos-visible-in-window-p POS WINDOW)
- returns t if position POS in WINDOW's buffer is in the range
- that is being displayed in WINDOW; nil if it is scrolled
- vertically out of visibility.
-
-  If display in WINDOW is not currently up to date, this function
- calculates carefully whether POS would appear if display were
- done immediately based on the current (window-start WINDOW).
-
-  POS defaults to (dot), and WINDOW to (selected-window).
-
-* Variable buffer-alist replaced by function (buffer-list).
- The actual alist of buffers used internally by Emacs is now
- no longer accessible, to prevent the user from crashing Emacs
- by modifying it.  The function buffer-list returns a list
- of all existing buffers.  Modifying this list cannot hurt anything
- as a new list is constructed by each call to buffer-list.
-
-* load now takes an optional third argument NOMSG which, if non-nil,
- prevents load from printing a message when it starts and when
- it is done.
-
-* byte-recompile-directory is a new function which finds all
- the .elc files in a directory, and regenerates each one which
- is older than the corresponding .el (Lisp source) file.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-Copyright information:
-
-Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman
-
-   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
-   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
-   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
-   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
-
-   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
-   of this document, or of portions of it,
-   under the above conditions, provided also that they
-   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
-
-Local variables:
-mode: text
-end:
-
-arch-tag: c006f958-d769-44c7-a9f4-e2faf070624d
diff --git a/etc/ONEWS.4 b/etc/ONEWS.4
deleted file mode 100644
index f3da0d6e62b..00000000000
--- a/etc/ONEWS.4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1693 +0,0 @@
-GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1992.
-Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-See the end for copying conditions.
-
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.3.
-
-Changes in version 18.58.
-
-* RMAIL reply now properly parses nested comments in addesses.
-
-* The "visual bell" feature when used with X windows
-now flashes only 1/4 of the window's total area.  This is because
-flashing the whole window is too slow on some systems.
-
-* `call-process' and `call-process-region' now return an indication
-of the exit status of the subprocess: either a numeric exit code
-or a string describing the signal which caused termination.
-
-* It is possible for regular expression matching to overflow the stack
-of failure points.  In the past, such overflow was treated as simple
-failure to match.  Now it causes an error.
-
-* You can use C-u to end a numeric argument.  Thus, type C-u 1 0 0 C-u 1
-to insert 100 1's.
-
-* Emacs now knows how to get resource values from the X server.
-
-* Job control commands in shell mode work properly on more systems
-because they now work by "typing" signal characters such as C-c.
-
-* copy-keymap no longer recursively copies keymaps reached through
-symbols' function definitions (i.e., those that have names).  It does
-copy nested keymaps that appear directly in the other copied keymaps.
-
-Changes in version 18.56.
-
-* C-g should now work to interrupt a running program
-on all kinds of systems even when using X windows.
-
-* Quitting is inhibited while a filter or sentinel is running.
-Those functions can run asynchronously while Emacs is waiting
-for keyboard input, and if they allow quitting, they
-make the behavior of C-g unpredictable.
-
-* Storing text into the X windows cut buffer
-now clears out any selection.
-
-* The undo facility is completely rewritten, and now
-uses Lisp data structures.  It can record much more
-information.  You can use the variables undo-threshold
-and undo-high-threshold to control how much.
-
-* There is no longer a maximum screen height or width.
-
-Changes in version 18.52.
-
-* X windows version 10 is supported under system V.
-
-* Pop-up menus are now supported with the same Lisp interface in
-both version 10 and 11 of X windows.
-
-* C-x 4 a is a new command to edit a change-log entry in another window.
-
-* The emacs client program now allows an option +NNN to specify the
-line number to go to in the file whose name follows.  Thus,
-    emacsclient foo.c +45 bar.c
-will find the files `foo.c' and `bar.c', going to line 45 in `bar.c'.
-
-* Dired allows empty directories to be deleted like files.
-
-* When the terminal type is used to find a terminal-specific file to
-run, Emacs now tries the entire terminal type first.  If that doesn't
-yield a file that exists, the last hyphen and what follows it is
-stripped.  If that doesn't yield a file that exists, the previous
-hyphen is stripped, and so on until all hyphens are gone.  For
-example, if the terminal type is `aaa-48-foo', Emacs will try first
-`term/aaa-48-foo.el', then `term/aaa-48.el' and finally `term/aaa.el'.
-
-Underscores now receive the same treatment as hyphens.
-
-* Texinfo features: @defun, etc.  texinfo-show-structure.
-New template commands.  texinfo-format-region.
-
-* The special "local variable" `eval' is now ignored if you are running
-as root.
-
-* New command `c-macro-expand' shows the result of C macro expansion
-in the region.  It works using the C preprocessor, so its results
-are completely accurate.
-
-* Errors in trying to auto save now flash error messages for a few seconds.
-
-* Killing a buffer now sends SIGHUP to the buffer's process.
-
-* New hooks.
-
-** `spell-region' now allows you to filter the text before spelling-checking.
-If the value of `spell-filter' is non-nil, it is called, with no arguments,
-looking at a temporary buffer containing a copy of the text to be checked.
-It can alter the text freely before the spell program sees it.
-
-** The variable `lpr-command' now specifies the command to be used when
-you use the commands to print text (such as M-x print-buffer).
-
-** Posting netnews now calls the value of `news-inews-hook' (if not nil)
-as a function of no arguments before the actual posting.
-
-** Rmail now calls the value of `rmail-show-message-hook' (if not nil)
-as a function of no arguments, each time a new message is selected.
-
-** `kill-emacs' calls the value of `kill-emacs-hook' as a function of no args
-unless Emacs is running in batch mode.
-
-* New libraries.
-See the source code of each library for more information.
-
-** icon.el: a major mode for editing programs written in Icon.
-
-** life.el: a simulator for the cellular automaton "life".  Load the
-library and run M-x life.
-
-** doctex.el: a library for converting the Emacs `etc/DOC' file of
-documentation strings into TeX input.
-
-** saveconf.el: a library which records the arrangement of windows and
-buffers when you exit Emacs, and automatically recreates the same
-setup the next time you start Emacs.
-
-** uncompress.el: a library that automatically uncompresses files
-when you visit them.
-
-** c-fill.el: a mode for editing filled comments in C.
-
-** kermit.el: an extended version of shell-mode designed for running kermit.
-
-** spook.el: a library for adding some "distract the NSA" keywords to every
-message you send.
-
-** hideif.el: a library for hiding parts of a C program based on preprocessor
-conditionals.
-
-** autoinsert.el: a library to put in some initial text when you visit
-a nonexistent file.  The text used depends on the major mode, and
-comes from a directory of files created by you.
-
-* New programming features.
-
-** The variable `window-system-version' now contains the version number
-of the window system you are using (if appropriate).  When using X windows,
-its value is either 10 or 11.
-
-** (interactive "N") uses the prefix argument if any; otherwise, it reads
-a number using the minibuffer.
-
-** VMS: there are two new functions `vms-system-info' and `shrink-to-icon'.
-The former allows you to get many kinds of system status information.
-See its self-documentation for full details.
-The second is used with the window system: it iconifies the Emacs window.
-
-** VMS: the new function `define-logical-name' allows you to create
-job-wide logical names.  The old function `define-dcl-symbol' has been
-removed.
-
-Changes in version 18.50.
-
-* X windows version 11 is supported.
-
-Define X11 in config.h if you want X version 11 instead of version 10.
-
-* The command M-x gdb runs the GDB debugger as an inferior.
-It asks for the filename of the executable you want to debug.
-
-GDB runs as an inferior with I/O through an Emacs buffer.  All the
-facilities of Shell mode are available.  In addition, each time your
-program stops, and each time you select a new stack frame, the source
-code is displayed in another window with an arrow added to the line
-where the program is executing.
-
-Special GDB-mode commands include M-s, M-n, M-i, M-u, M-d, and C-c C-f
-which send the GDB commands `step', `next', `stepi', `up', `down'
-and `finish'.
-
-In any source file, the commands C-x SPC tells GDB to set a breakpoint
-on the current line.
-
-* M-x calendar displays a three-month calendar.
-
-* C-u 0 C-x C-s never makes a backup file.
-
-This is a way you can explicitly request not to make a backup.
-
-* `term-setup-hook' is for users only.
-
-Emacs never uses this variable for internal purposes, so you can freely
-set it in your `.emacs' file to make Emacs do something special after
-loading any terminal-specific setup file from `lisp/term'.
-
-* `copy-keymap' now copies recursive submaps.
-
-* New overlay-arrow feature.
-
-If you set the variable `overlay-arrow-string' to a string
-and `overlay-arrow-position' to a marker, that string is displayed on
-the screen at the position of that marker, hiding whatever text would
-have appeared there.  If that position isn't on the screen, or if
-the buffer the marker points into isn't displayed, there is no effect.
-
-* -batch mode can read from the terminal.
-
-It now works to use `read-char' to do terminal input in a noninteractive
-Emacs run.  End of file causes Emacs to exit.
-
-* Variables `data-bytes-used' and `data-bytes-free' removed.
-
-These variables cannot really work because the 24-bit range of an
-integer in (most ports of) GNU Emacs is not large enough to hold their
-values on many systems.
-
-Changes in version 18.45, since version 18.41.
-
-* C indentation parameter `c-continued-brace-offset'.
-
-This parameter's value is added to the indentation of any
-line that is in a continuation context and starts with an open-brace.
-For example, it applies to the open brace shown here:
-
-     if (x)
-       {
-
-The default value is zero.
-
-* Dabbrev expansion (Meta-/) preserves case.
-
-When you use Meta-/ to search the buffer for an expansion of an
-abbreviation, if the expansion found is all lower case except perhaps
-for its first letter, then the case pattern of the abbreviation
-is carried over to the expansion that replaces it.
-
-* TeX-mode syntax.
-
-\ is no longer given "escape character" syntax in TeX mode.  It now
-has the syntax of an ordinary punctuation character.  As a result,
-\[...\] and such like are considered to balance each other.
-
-* Mail-mode automatic Reply-to field.
-
-If the variable `mail-default-reply-to' is non-`nil', then each time
-you start to compose a message, a Reply-to field is inserted with
-its contents taken from the value of `mail-default-reply-to'.
-
-* Where is your .emacs file?
-
-If you run Emacs under `su', so your real and effective uids are
-different, Emacs uses the home directory associated with the real uid
-(the name you actually logged in under) to find the .emacs file.
-
-Otherwise, Emacs uses the environment variable HOME to find the .emacs
-file.
-
-The .emacs file is not loaded at all if -batch is specified.
-
-* Prolog mode is the default for ".pl" files.
-
-* File names are not case-sensitive on VMS.
-
-On VMS systems, all file names that you specify are converted to upper
-case.  You can use either upper or lower case indiscriminately.
-
-* VMS-only function 'define-dcl-symbol'.
-
-This is a new name for the function formerly called
-`define-logical-name'.
-
-Editing Changes in Emacs 18
-
-* Additional systems and machines are supported.
-
-GNU Emacs now runs on Vax VMS.  However, many facilities that are normally
-implemented by running subprocesses do not work yet.  This includes listing
-a directory and sending mail.  There are features for running subprocesses
-but they are incompatible with those on Unix.  I hope that some of
-the VMS users can reimplement these features for VMS (compatibly for
-the user, if possible).
-
-VMS wizards are also asked to work on making the subprocess facilities
-more upward compatible with those on Unix, and also to rewrite their
-internals to use the same Lisp objects that are used on Unix to
-represent processes.
-
-In addition, the TI Nu machine running Unix system V, the AT&T 3b, and
-the Wicat, Masscomp, Integrated Solutions, Alliant, Amdahl uts, Mips,
-Altos 3068 and Gould Unix systems are now supported.  The IBM PC-RT is
-supported under 4.2, but not yet under system V.  The GEC 93 is close
-to working.  The port for the Elxsi is partly merged.  See the file
-MACHINES for full status information and machine-specific installation
-advice.
-
-* Searching is faster.
-
-Forward search for a text string, or for a regexp that is equivalent
-to a text string, is now several times faster.  Motion by lines and
-counting lines is also faster.
-
-* Memory usage improvements.
-
-It is no longer possible to run out of memory during garbage
-collection.  As a result, running out of memory is never fatal.  This
-is due to a new garbage collection algorithm which compactifies
-strings in place rather than copying them.  Another consequence of the
-change is a reduction in total memory usage and a slight increase in
-garbage collection speed.
-
-* Display changes.
-
-** Editing above top of screen.
-
-When you delete or kill or alter text that reaches to the top of the
-screen or above it, so that display would start in the middle of a
-line, Emacs will usually attempt to scroll the text so that display
-starts at the beginning of a line again.
-
-** Yanking in the minibuffer.
-
-The message "Mark Set" is no longer printed when the minibuffer is
-active.  This is convenient with many commands, including C-y, that
-normally print such a message.
-
-** Cursor appears in last line during y-or-n questions.
-
-Questions that want a `y' or `n' answer now move the cursor
-to the last line, following the question.
-
-* Library loading changes.
-
-`load' now considers all possible suffixes (`.elc', `.el' and none)
-for each directory in `load-path' before going on to the next directory.
-It now accepts an optional fourth argument which, if non-nil, says to
-use no suffixes; then the file name must be given in full.  The search
-of the directories in `load-path' goes on as usual in this case, but
-it too can be prevented by passing an absolute file name.
-
-The value of `load-path' no longer by default includes nil (meaning to
-look in the current default directory).  The idea is that `load' should
-be used to search the path only for libraries to be found in the standard
-places.  If you want to override system libraries with your own, place
-your own libraries in one special directory and add that directory to the
-front of `load-path'.
-
-The function `load' is no longer a command; that is to say, `M-x load'
-is no longer allowed.  Instead, there are two commands for loading files.
-`M-x load-library' is equivalent to the old meaning of `M-x load'.
-`M-x load-file' reads a file name with completion and defaulting
-and then loads exactly that file, with no searching and no suffixes.
-
-* Emulation of other editors.
-
-** `edt-emulation-on' starts emulating DEC's EDT editor.
-
-Do `edt-emulation-off' to return Emacs to normal.
-
-** `vi-mode' and `vip-mode' starts emulating vi.
-
-These are two different vi emulations provided by GNU Emacs users.
-We are interested in feedback as to which emulation is preferable.
-
-See the documentation and source code for these functions
-for more information.
-
-** `set-gosmacs-bindings' emulates Gosling Emacs.
-
-This command changes many global bindings to resemble those of
-Gosling Emacs.  The previous bindings are saved and can be restored using
-`set-gnu-bindings'.
-
-* Emulation of a display terminal.
-
-Within Emacs it is now possible to run programs (such as emacs or
-supdup) which expect to do output to a visual display terminal.
-
-See the function `terminal-emulator' for more information.
-
-* New support for keypads and function keys.
-
-There is now a first attempt at terminal-independent support for
-keypad and function keys.
-
-Emacs now defines a standard set of key-names for function and keypad
-keys, and provides standard hooks for defining them.  Most of the
-standard key-names have default definitions built into Emacs; you can
-override these in a terminal-independent manner.  The default definitions
-and the conventions for redefining them are in the file `lisp/keypad.el'.
-
-These keys on the terminal normally work by sending sequences of
-characters starting with ESC.  The exact sequences used vary from
-terminal to terminal.  Emacs interprets them in two stages:
-in the first stage, terminal-dependent sequences are mapped into
-the standard key-names; then second stage maps the standard key-names
-into their definitions in a terminal-independent fashion.
-
-The terminal-specific file `term/$TERM.el' now is responsible only for
-establishing the mapping from the terminal's escape sequences into
-standard key-names.  It no longer knows what Emacs commands are
-assigned to the standard key-names.
-
-One other change in terminal-specific files: if the value of the TERM
-variable contains a hyphen, only the part before the first hyphen is
-used in forming the name of the terminal-specific file.  Thus, for
-terminal type `aaa-48', the file loaded is now `term/aaa.el' rather
-than `term/aaa-48.el'.
-
-* New startup command line options.
-
-`-i FILE' or `-insert FILE' in the command line to Emacs tells Emacs to
-insert the contents of FILE into the current buffer at that point in
-command line processing.  This is like using the command M-x insert-file.
-
-`-funcall', `-load', `-user' and `-no-init-file' are new synonyms for
-`-f', `-l', `-u' and `-q'.
-
-`-nw' means don't use a window system.  If you are using a terminal
-emulator on the X window system and you want to run Emacs to work through
-the terminal emulator instead of working directly with the window system,
-use this switch.
-
-* Buffer-sorting commands.
-
-Various M-x commands whose names start with `sort-' sort parts of
-the region:
-
-sort-lines      divides the region into lines and sorts them alphabetically.
-sort-pages      divides into pages and sorts them alphabetically.
-sort-paragraphs divides into paragraphs and sorts them alphabetically.
-sort-fields     divides into lines and sorts them alphabetically
-                according to one field in the line.
-                The numeric argument specifies which field (counting
-                from field 1 at the beginning of the line).  Fields in a line
-                are separated by whitespace.
-sort-numeric-fields
-                is similar but converts the specified fields to numbers
-                and sorts them numerically.
-sort-columns    divides into lines and sorts them according to the contents
-                of a specified range of columns.
-
-Refer to the self-documentation of these commands for full usage information.
-
-* Changes in various commands.
-
-** `occur' output now serves as a menu.  `occur-menu' command deleted.
-
-`M-x occur' now allows you to move quickly to any of the occurrences
-listed.  Select the `*Occur*' buffer that contains the output of `occur',
-move point to the occurrence you want, and type C-c C-c.
-This will move point to the same occurrence in the buffer that the
-occurrences were found in.
-
-The command `occur-menu' is thus obsolete, and has been deleted.
-
-One way to get a list of matching lines without line numbers is to
-copy the text to another buffer and use the command `keep-lines'.
-
-** Incremental search changes.
-
-Ordinary and regexp incremental searches now have distinct default
-search strings.  Thus, regexp searches recall only previous regexp
-searches.
-
-If you exit an incremental search when the search string is empty,
-the old default search string is kept.  The default does not become
-empty.
-
-Reversing the direction of an incremental search with C-s or C-r
-when the search string is empty now does not get the default search
-string.  It leaves the search string empty.  A second C-s or C-r
-will get the default search string.  As a result, you can do a reverse
-incremental regexp search with C-M-s C-r.
-
-If you add a `*', `?' or `\|' to an incremental search regexp,
-point will back up if that is appropriate.  For example, if
-you have searched for `ab' and add a `*', point moves to the
-first match for `ab*', which may be before the match for `ab'
-that was previously found.
-
-If an incremental search is failing and you ask to repeat it,
-it will start again from the beginning of the buffer (or the end,
-if it is a backward search).
-
-The search-controlling parameters `isearch-slow-speed' and
-`isearch-slow-window-lines' have now been renamed to start with
-`search' instead of `isearch'.  Now all the parameters' names start
-with `search'.
-
-If `search-slow-window-lines' is negative, the slow search window
-is put at the top of the screen, and the absolute value or the
-negative number specifies the height of it.
-
-** Undo changes
-
-The undo command now will mark the buffer as unmodified only when it is
-identical to the contents of the visited file.
-
-** C-M-v in minibuffer.
-
-If while in the minibuffer you request help in a way that uses a
-window to display something, then until you exit the minibuffer C-M-v
-in the minibuffer window scrolls the window of help.
-
-For example, if you request a list of possible completions, C-M-v can
-be used reliably to scroll the completion list.
-
-** M-TAB command.
-
-Meta-TAB performs completion on the Emacs Lisp symbol names.  The sexp
-in the buffer before point is compared against all existing nontrivial
-Lisp symbols and completed as far as is uniquely determined by them.
-Nontrivial symbols are those with either function definitions, values
-or properties.
-
-If there are multiple possibilities for the very next character, a
-list of possible completions is displayed.
-
-** Dynamic abbreviation package.
-
-The new command Meta-/ expands an abbreviation in the buffer before point
-by searching the buffer for words that start with the abbreviation.
-
-** Changes in saving kbd macros.
-
-The commands `write-kbd-macro' and `append-kbd-macro' have been
-deleted.  The way to save a keyboard macro is to use the new command
-`insert-kbd-macro', which inserts Lisp code to define the macro as
-it is currently defined into the buffer before point.  Visit a Lisp
-file such as your Emacs init file `~/.emacs', insert the macro
-definition (perhaps deleting an old definition for the same macro)
-and then save the file.
-
-** C-x ' command.
-
-The new command C-x ' (expand-abbrev) expands the word before point as
-an abbrev, even if abbrev-mode is not turned on.
-
-** Sending to inferior Lisp.
-
-The command C-M-x in Lisp mode, which sends the current defun to
-an inferior Lisp process, now works by writing the text into a temporary
-file and actually sending only a `load'-form to load the file.
-As a result, it avoids the Unix bugs that used to strike when the
-text was above a certain length.
-
-With a prefix argument, this command now makes the inferior Lisp buffer
-appear on the screen and scrolls it so that the bottom is showing.
-
-Two variables `inferior-lisp-load-command' and `inferior-lisp-prompt',
-exist to customize these feature for different Lisp implementations.
-
-** C-x n p now disabled.
-
-The command C-x n p, a nonrecomended command which narrows to the current
-page, is now initially disabled like C-x n n.
-
-* Dealing with files.
-
-** C-x C-v generalized
-
-This command is now allowed even if the current buffer is not visiting
-a file.  As usual, it kills the current buffer and replaces it with a
-newly found file.
-
-** M-x recover-file improved; auto save file names changed.
-
-M-x recover-file now checks whether the last auto-save file is more
-recent than the real visited file before offering to read in the
-auto-save file.  If the auto-save file is newer, a directory listing
-containing the two files is displayed while you are asked whether you
-want the auto save file.
-
-Visiting a file also makes this check.  If the auto-save file is more recent,
-a message is printed suggesting that you consider using M-x recover file.
-
-Auto save file names now by default have a `#' at the end as well
-as at the beginning.  This is so that `*.c' in a shell command
-will never match auto save files.
-
-On VMS, auto save file names are made by appending `_$' at the front
-and `$' at the end.
-
-When you change the visited file name of a buffer, the auto save file
-is now renamed to belong to the new visited file name.
-
-You can customize the way auto save file names are made by redefining
-the two functions `make-auto-save-file-name' and `auto-save-file-name-p',
-both of which are defined in `files.el'.
-
-** Modifying a buffer whose file is changed on disk is detected instantly.
-
-On systems where clash detection (locking of files being edited) is
-implemented, Emacs also checks the first time you modify a buffer
-whether the file has changed on disk since it was last visited or saved.
-If it has, you are asked to confirm that you want to change the buffer.
-
-** Exiting Emacs offers to save `*mail*'.
-
-Emacs can now know about buffers that it should offer to save on exit
-even though they are not visiting files.  This is done for any buffer
-which has a non-nil local value of `buffer-offer-save'.  By default,
-Mail mode provides such a local value.
-
-** Backup file changes.
-
-If a backup file cannot be written in the directory of the visited file
-due to fascist file protection, a backup file is now written in your home
-directory as `~/%backup%~'.  Only one such file is made, ever, so only
-the most recently made such backup is available.
-
-When backup files are made by copying, the last-modification time of the
-original file is now preserved in the backup copy.
-
-** Visiting remote files.
-
-On an internet host, you can now visit and save files on any other
-internet host directly from Emacs with the commands M-x ftp-find-file
-and M-x ftp-write-file.  Specify an argument of the form HOST:FILENAME.
-Since standard internet FTP is used, the other host may be any kind
-of machine and is not required to have any special facilities.
-
-The first time any one remote host is accessed, you will be asked to
-give the user name and password for use on that host.  FTP is reinvoked
-each time you ask to use it, but previously specified user names and
-passwords are remembered automatically.
-
-** Dired `g' command.
-
-`g' in Dired mode is equivalent to M-x revert-buffer; it causes the
-current contents of the same directory to be read in.
-
-* Changes in major modes.
-
-** C mode indentation change.
-
-The binding of Linefeed is no longer changed by C mode.  It once again
-has its normal meaning, which is to insert a newline and then indent
-afterward.
-
-The old definition did one additional thing: it reindented the line
-before the new newline.  This has been removed because it made the
-command twice as slow.  The only time it was really useful was after the
-insertion of an `else', since the fact of starting with `else' may change
-the way that line is indented.  Now you will have to type TAB again
-yourself to reindent the `else' properly.
-
-If the variable `c-tab-always-indent' is set to `nil', the TAB command
-in C mode, with no argument, will just insert a tab character if there
-is non-whitespace preceding point on the current line.  Giving it a
-prefix argument will force reindentation of the line (as well as
-of the compound statement that begins after point, if any).
-
-** Fortran mode now exists.
-
-This mode provides commands for motion and indentation of Fortran code,
-plus built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.  For details, see the manual
-or the on-line documentation of the command `fortran-mode'.
-
-** Scribe mode now exists.
-
-This mode does something useful for editing files of Scribe input.
-It is used automatically for files with names ending in ".mss".
-
-** Modula2 and Prolog modes now exist.
-
-These modes are for editing programs in the languages of the same names.
-They can be selected with M-x modula-2-mode and M-x prolog-mode.
-
-** Telnet mode changes.
-
-The telnet mode special commands have now been assigned to C-c keys.
-Most of them are the same as in Shell mode.
-
-** Picture mode changes.
-
-The special picture-mode commands to specify the direction of cursor
-motion after insertion have been moved to C-c keys.  The commands to
-specify diagonal motion were already C-c keys; they are unchanged.
-The keys to specify horizontal or vertical motion are now
-C-c < (left), C-c > (right), C-c ^ (up) and C-c . (down).
-
-** Nroff mode comments.
-
-Comments are now supported in Nroff mode.  The standard comment commands
-such as M-; and C-x ; know how to insert, align and delete comments
-that start with backslash-doublequote.
-
-** LaTeX mode.
-
-LaTeX mode now exists.  Use M-x latex-mode to select this mode, and
-M-x plain-tex-mode to select the previously existing mode for Plain
-TeX.  M-x tex-mode attempts to examine the contents of the buffer and
-choose between latex-mode and plain-tex-mode accordingly; if the
-buffer is empty or it cannot tell, the variable `TeX-default-mode'
-controls the choice.  Its value should be the symbol for the mode to
-be used.
-
-The facilities for running TeX on all or part of the buffer
-work with LaTeX as well.
-
-Some new commands available in both modes:
-
-C-c C-l         recenter the window showing the TeX output buffer
-                 so most recent line of output can be seen.
-C-c C-k         kill the TeX subprocess.
-C-c C-q         show the printer queue.
-C-c C-f         close a block (appropriate for LaTeX only).
-                 If the current line contains a \begin{...},
-                 this inserts an \end{...} on the following line
-                 and puts point on a blank line between them.
-
-** Outline mode changes.
-
-Invisible lines in outline mode are now indicated by `...' at the
-end of the previous visible line.
-
-The special outline heading motion commands are now all on C-c keys.
-A few new ones have been added.  Here is a full list:
-
-C-c C-n   Move to next visible heading (formerly M-})
-C-c C-p   Move to previous visible heading (formerly M-{)
-C-c C-f   Move to next visible heading at the same level.
-           Thus, if point is on a level-2 heading line,
-           this command moves to the next visible level-2 heading.
-C-c C-b   Move to previous visible heading at the same level.
-C-c C-u   Move up to previous visible heading at a higher level.
-
-The variable `outline-regexp' now controls recognition of heading lines.
-Any line whose beginning matches this regexp is a heading line.
-The depth in outline structure is determined by the length of
-the string that matches.
-
-A line starting with a ^L (formfeed) is now by default considered
-a header line.
-
-* Mail reading and sending.
-
-** MH-E changes.
-
-MH-E has been extensively modified and improved since the v17 release.
-It contains many new features, including commands to: extracted failed
-messages, kill a draft message, undo changes to a mail folder, monitor
-delivery of a letter, print multiple messages, page digests backwards,
-insert signatures, and burst digests.  Also, many commands have been
-made to able to deal with named sequences of messages, instead of
-single messages.  MH-E also has had numerous bugs fixed and commands
-made to run faster.  Furthermore, its keybindings have been changed to
-be compatible with Rmail and the rest of GNU Emacs.
-
-** Mail mode changes.
-
-The C-c commands of mail mode have been rearranged:
-
-C-c s, C-c c, C-c t and C-c b (move point to various header fields)
-have been reassigned as C-c C-f C-s, C-c C-f C-c, C-c C-f C-t and C-c
-C-f C-b.  C-c C-f is for "field".
-
-C-c y, C-c w and C-c q have been changed to C-c C-y, C-c C-w and C-c C-q.
-
-Thus, C-c LETTER is always unassigned.
-
-** Rmail C-r command changed to w.
-
-The Rmail command to edit the current message is now `w'.  This change
-has been made because people frequently type C-r while in Rmail hoping
-to do a reverse incremental search.  That now works.
-
-* Rnews changes.
-
-** Caesar rotation added.
-
-The function news-caesar-buffer-body performs the rot13 code on the
-body of a news message.  You can also specify the number to rotate by,
-as a prefix argument.  The function is bound to C-c C-r in both
-News mode and News Reply mode.
-
-** rmail-output command added.
-
-The C-o command has been bound to rmail-output in news-mode.
-This allows one to append an article to a file which is in either Unix
-mail or RMAIL format.
-
-** news-reply-mode changes.
-
-The C-c commands of news reply mode have been rearranged and changed,
-so that C-c LETTER is always unassigned:
-
-C-c y, C-c w and C-c q have been changed to C-c C-y, C-c C-w and C-c C-q.
-
-C-c c, C-c t, and C-c b (move to various mail header fields) have been
-deleted (they make no sense for posting and replying to USENET).
-
-C-c s (move to Subject: header field) has been reassigned as C-c C-f
-C-s.  C-c C-f is for "field".  Several additional move to news header
-field commands have been added.
-
-The local news-reply-mode bindings now look like this:
-
-C-c C-s  news-inews (post the message)    C-c C-c  news-inews
-C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
-         C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups:       C-c C-f C-s  move to Subj:
-         C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To:      C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords:
-         C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution:     C-c C-f C-a  move to Summary:
-C-c C-y  news-reply-yank-original (insert current message, in NEWS).
-C-c C-q  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
-C-c C-r  caesar rotate all letters by 13 places in the article's body (rot13).
-
-* Changes in tags handling.
-
-** M-. (`find-tag') and similar commands now look first for an exact
-match in the tags table, and try substring matches only afterward.
-
-** The new command `find-tag-regexp' visits successively the tags that
-match a specified regular expression.
-
-** You can now use more than one tags table.  Using `visit-tags-table'
-to load a new tags table does not discard the other tables previously
-loaded.  The other tags commands use all the tags tables that are loaded;
-the first tags table used is the one that mentions the current visited file.
-
-** Tags tables can now be told to "include" other tags tables.  This means
-the tags table gives the file names of other tags tables.  Tags command
-then search included tags tables after the including table (but before any
-other tags tables you have loaded).  Included tags tables can make it much
-easier and more efficient to maintain a tags table for a large package with
-many subdirectories--there is one tags table for each subdirectory, and a
-master tags table that includes each subdirectory table.  You use `-i'
-options to `etags' when creating the tags table to give the file names of
-the included tables.
-
-** You can now use the tags table for completion of names during
-ordinary editing.  The command M-TAB (except in Emacs Lisp mode)
-completes the identifier in the buffer before point, using the set of
-all tags as the list of possible completions.
-
-** `tags-query-replace' and `tags-search' changes.
-
-These functions no longer permanently create buffers for files that
-are searched but that do not contain any matches for the search
-pattern.
-
-* Existing Emacs usable as a server.
-
-Programs such as mailers that invoke "the editor" as an inferior
-to edit some text can now be told to use an existing Emacs process
-instead of creating a new editor.
-
-To do this, you must have an Emacs process running and capable of
-doing terminal I/O at the time you want to invoke it.  This means that
-either you are using a window system and give Emacs a separate window
-or you run the other programs as inferiors of Emacs (such as, using
-M-x shell).
-
-First prepare the existing Emacs process by loading the `server'
-library and executing M-x server-start.  (Your .emacs can do this
-automatically.)
-
-Now tell the other programs to use, as "the editor", the Emacs client
-program (etc/emacsclient, located in the same directory as this file).
-This can be done by setting the environment variable EDITOR.
-
-When another program invokes the emacsclient as "the editor", the
-client actually transfers the file names to be edited to the existing
-Emacs, which automatically visits the files.
-
-When you are done editing a buffer for a client, do C-x # (server-edit).
-This marks that buffer as done, and selects the next buffer that the client
-asked for.  When all the buffers requested by a client are marked in this
-way, Emacs tells the client program to exit, so that the program that
-invoked "the editor" will resume execution.
-
-You can only have one server Emacs at a time, but multiple client programs
-can put in requests at the same time.
-
-The client/server work only on Berkeley Unix, since they use the Berkeley
-sockets mechanism for their communication.
-
-Changes in Lisp programming in Emacs version 18.
-
-* Init file changes.
-
-** Suffixes no longer accepted on `.emacs'.
-
-Emacs will no longer load a file named `.emacs.el' or `emacs.elc'
-in place of `.emacs'.  This is so that it will take less time to
-find `.emacs'.  If you want to compile your init file, give it another
-name and make `.emacs' a link to the `.elc' file, or make it contain
-a call to `load' to load the `.elc' file.
-
-** `default-profile' renamed to `default', and loaded after `.emacs'.
-
-It used to be the case that the file `default-profile' was loaded if
-and only if `.emacs' was not found.
-
-Now the name `default-profile' is not used at all.  Instead, a library
-named `default' is loaded after the `.emacs' file.  `default' is loaded
-whether the `.emacs' file exists or not.  However, loading of `default'
-can be prevented if the `.emacs' file sets `inhibit-default-init' to non-nil.
-
-In fact, you would call the default file `default.el' and probably would
-byte-compile it to speed execution.
-
-Note that for most purposes you are better off using a `site-init' library
-since that will be loaded before the runnable Emacs is dumped.  By using
-a `site-init' library, you avoid taking up time each time Emacs is started.
-
-** inhibit-command-line has been eliminated.
-
-This variable used to exist for .emacs files to set.  It has been
-eliminated because you can get the same effect by setting
-command-line-args to nil and setting inhibit-startup-message to t.
-
-* `apply' is more general.
-
-`apply' now accepts any number of arguments.  The first one is a function;
-the rest are individual arguments to pass to that function, except for the
-last, which is a list of arguments to pass.
-
-Previously, `apply' required exactly two arguments.  Its old behavior
-follows as a special case of the new definition.
-
-* New code-letter for `interactive'.
-
-(interactive "NFoo: ") is like (interactive "nFoo: ") in reading
-a number using the minibuffer to serve as the argument; however,
-if a prefix argument was specified, it uses the prefix argument
-value as the argument, and does not use the minibuffer at all.
-
-This is used by the `goto-line' and `goto-char' commands.
-
-* Semantics of variables.
-
-** Built-in per-buffer variables improved.
-
-Several built-in variables which in the past had a different value in
-each buffer now behave exactly as if `make-variable-buffer-local' had
-been done to them.
-
-These variables are `tab-width', `ctl-arrow', `truncate-lines',
-`fill-column', `left-margin', `mode-line-format', `abbrev-mode',
-`overwrite-mode', `case-fold-search', `auto-fill-hook',
-`selective-display', `selective-display-ellipses'.
-
-To be precise, each variable has a default value which shows through
-in most buffers and can be accessed with `default-value' and set with
-`set-default'.  Setting the variable with `setq' makes the variable
-local to the current buffer.  Changing the default value has retroactive
-effect on all buffers in which the variable is not local.
-
-The variables `default-case-fold-search', etc., are now obsolete.
-They now refer to the default value of the variable, which is not
-quite the same behavior as before, but it should enable old init files
-to continue to work.
-
-** New per-buffer variables.
-
-The variables `fill-prefix', `comment-column' and `indent-tabs-mode'
-are now per-buffer.  They work just like `fill-column', etc.
-
-** New function `setq-default'.
-
-`setq-default' sets the default value of a variable, and uses the
-same syntax that `setq' accepts: the variable name is not evaluated
-and need not be quoted.
-
-`(setq-default case-fold-search nil)' would make searches case-sensitive
-in all buffers that do not have local values for `case-fold-search'.
-
-You can set multiple variables sequentially, each with its own value,
-in `setq-default' just as in `setq'.
-
-** Functions `global-set' and `global-value' deleted.
-
-These functions were never used except by mistake by users expecting
-the functionality of `set-default' and `default-value'.
-
-* Changes in defaulting of major modes.
-
-When `default-major-mode' is `nil', new buffers are supposed to
-get their major mode from the buffer that is current.  However,
-certain major modes (such as Dired mode, Rmail mode, Rmail Summary mode,
-and others) are not reasonable to use in this way.
-
-Now such modes' names have been given non-`nil' `mode-class' properties.
-If the current buffer's mode has such a property, Fundamental mode is
-used as the default for newly created buffers.
-
-* `where-is-internal' requires additional arguments.
-
-This function now accepts three arguments, two of them required:
-DEFINITION, the definition to search for; LOCAL-KEYMAP, the keymap
-to use as the local map when doing the searching, and FIRST-ONLY,
-which is nonzero to return only the first key found.
-
-This function returns a list of keys (strings) whose definitions
-(in the LOCAL-KEYMAP or the current global map) are DEFINITION.
-
-If FIRST-ONLY is non-nil, it returns a single key (string).
-
-This function has changed incompatibly in that now two arguments
-are required when previously only one argument was allowed.  To get
-the old behavior of this function, write `(current-local-map)' as
-the expression for the second argument.
-
-The incompatibility is sad, but `nil' is a legitimate value for the
-second argument (it means there is no local keymap), so it cannot also
-serve as a default meaning to use the current local keymap.
-
-* Abbrevs with hooks.
-
-When an abbrev defined with a hook is expanded, it now performs the
-usual replacement of the abbrev with the expansion before running the
-hook.  Previously the abbrev itself was deleted but the expansion was
-not inserted.
-
-* Function `scan-buffer' deleted.
-
-Use `search-forward' or `search-backward' in place of `scan-buffer'.
-You will have to rearrange the arguments.
-
-* X window interface improvements.
-
-** Detect release of mouse buttons.
-
-Button-up events can now be detected.  See the file `lisp/x-mouse.el'
-for details.
-
-** New pop-up menu facility.
-
-The new function `x-popup-menu' pops up a menu (in a X window)
-and returns an indication of which selection the user made.
-For more information, see its self-documentation.
-
-* M-x disassemble.
-
-This command prints the disassembly of a byte-compiled Emacs Lisp function.
-
-Would anyone like to interface this to the debugger?
-
-* `insert-buffer-substring' can insert part of the current buffer.
-
-The old restriction that the text being inserted had to come from
-a different buffer is now lifted.
-
-When inserting text from the current buffer, the text to be inserted
-is determined from the specified bounds before any copying takes place.
-
-* New function `substitute-key-definition'.
-
-This is a new way to replace one command with another command as the
-binding of whatever keys may happen to refer to it.
-
-(substitute-key-definition OLDDEF NEWDEF KEYMAP) looks through KEYMAP
-for keys defined to run OLDDEF, and rebinds those keys to run NEWDEF
-instead.
-
-* New function `insert-char'.
-
-Insert a specified character, a specified number of times.
-
-* `mark-marker' changed.
-
-When there is no mark, this now returns a marker that points
-nowhere, rather than `nil'.
-
-* `ding' accepts argument.
-
-When given an argument, the function `ding' does not terminate
-execution of a keyboard macro.  Normally, `ding' does terminate
-all macros that are currently executing.
-
-* New function `minibuffer-depth'.
-
-This function returns the current depth in minibuffer activations.
-The value is zero when the minibuffer is not in use.
-Values greater than one are possible if the user has entered the
-minibuffer recursively.
-
-* New function `documentation-property'.
-
-(documentation-property SYMBOL PROPNAME) is like (get SYMBOL PROPNAME),
-except that if the property value is a number `documentation-property'
-will take that number (or its absolute value) as a character position
-in the DOC file and return the string found there.
-
-(documentation-property VAR 'variable-documentation) is the proper
-way for a Lisp program to get the documentation of variable VAR.
-
-* New documentation-string expansion feature.
-
-If a documentation string (for a variable or function) contains text
-of the form `\<FOO>', it means that all command names specified in
-`\[COMMAND]' construct from that point on should be turned into keys
-using the value of the variable FOO as the local keymap.  Thus, for example,
-
-  `\<emacs-lisp-mode-map>\[eval-defun] evaluates the defun containing point.'
-
-will expand into
-
-  "ESC C-x evaluates the defun containing point."
-
-regardless of the current major mode, because ESC C-x is defined to
-run `eval-defun' in the keymap `emacs-lisp-mode-map'.  The effect is
-to show the key for `eval-defun' in Emacs Lisp mode regardless of the
-current major mode.
-
-The `\<...>' construct applies to all `\[...]' constructs that follow it,
-up to the end of the documentation string or the next `\<...>'.
-
-Without `\<...>', the keys for commands specified in `\[...]' are found
-in the current buffer's local map.
-
-The current global keymap is always searched second, whether `\<...>'
-has been used or not.
-
-* Multiple hooks allowed in certain contexts.
-
-The old hook variables `find-file-hook', `find-file-not-found-hook' and
-`write-file-hook' have been replaced.
-
-The replacements are `find-file-hooks', `find-file-not-found-hooks'
-and `write-file-hooks'.  Each holds a list of functions to be called;
-by default, `nil', for no functions.  The functions are called in
-order of appearance in the list.
-
-In the case of `find-file-hooks', all the functions are executed.
-
-In the case of `find-file-not-found-hooks', if any of the functions
-returns non-`nil', the rest of the functions are not called.
-
-In the case of `write-file-hooks', if any of the functions returns
-non-`nil', the rest of the functions are not called, and the file is
-considered to have been written already; so actual writing in the
-usual way is not done.  If `write-file-hooks' is local to a buffer,
-it is set to its global value if `set-visited-file-name' is called
-(and thus by C-x C-w as well).
-
-`find-file-not-found-hooks' and `write-file-hooks' can be used
-together to implement editing of files that are not stored as Unix
-files: stored in archives, or inside version control systems, or on
-other machines running other operating systems and accessible via ftp.
-
-* New hooks for suspending Emacs.
-
-Suspending Emacs runs the hook `suspend-hook' before suspending
-and the hook `suspend-resume-hook' if the suspended Emacs is resumed.
-Running a hook is done by applying the variable's value to no arguments
-if the variable has a non-`nil' value.  If `suspend-hook' returns
-non-`nil', then suspending is inhibited and so is running the
-`suspend-resume-hook'.  The non-`nil' value means that the `suspend-hook'
-has done whatever suspending is required.
-
-* Disabling commands can print a special message.
-
-A command is disabled by giving it a non-`nil' `disabled' property.
-Now, if this property is a string, it is included in the message
-printed when the user tries to run the command.
-
-* Emacs can open TCP connections.
-
-The function `open-network-stream' opens a TCP connection to
-a specified host and service.  Its value is a Lisp object that represents
-the connection.  The object is a kind of "subprocess", and I/O are
-done like I/O to subprocesses.
-
-* Display-related changes.
-
-** New mode-line control features.
-
-The display of the mode line used to be controlled by a format-string
-that was the value of the variable `mode-line-format'.
-
-This variable still exists, but it now allows more general values,
-not just strings.  Lists, cons cells and symbols are also meaningful.
-
-The mode line contents are created by outputting various mode elements
-one after the other.  Here are the kinds of objects that can be
-used as mode elements, and what they do in the display:
-
-  string        the contents of the string are output to the mode line,
-                and %-constructs are replaced by other text.
-
-  t or nil      ignored; no output results.
-
-  symbol        the symbol's value is used.  If the value is a string,
-                the string is output verbatim to the mode line
-                (so %-constructs are not interpreted).  Otherwise,
-                the symbol's value is processed as a mode element.
-
-  list (whose first element is a string or list or cons cell)
-                the elements of the list are treated as as mode elements,
-                so that the output they generate is concatenated,
-
-  list (whose car is a symbol)
-                if the symbol's value is non-nil, the second element of the
-                list is treated as a mode element.  Otherwise, the third
-                element (if any) of the list is treated as a mode element.
-
-  cons (whose car is a positive integer)
-                the cdr of the cons is used as a mode element, but
-                the text it produces is padded, if necessary, to have
-                at least the width specified by the integer.
-
-  cons (whose car is a negative integer)
-                the cdr of the cons is used as a mode element, but
-                the text it produces is truncated, if necessary, to have
-                at most the width specified by the integer.
-
-There is always one mode element to start with, that being the value of
-`mode-line-format', but if this value is a list then it leads to several
-more mode elements, which can lead to more, and so on.
-
-There is one new %-construct for mode elements that are strings:
-`%n' displays ` Narrow' for a buffer that is narrowed.
-
-The default value of `mode-line-format' refers to several other variables.
-These variables are `mode-name', `mode-line-buffer-identification',
-`mode-line-process', `mode-line-modified', `global-mode-string' and
-`minor-mode-alist'.  The first four are local in every buffer in which they
-are changed from the default.
-
-mode-name       Name of buffer's major mode.  Local in every buffer.
-
-mode-line-buffer-identification
-                Normally the list ("Emacs: %17b"), it is responsible
-                for displaying text to indicate what buffer is being shown
-                and what kind of editing it is doing.  `Emacs' means
-                that a file of characters is being edited.  Major modes
-                such as Info and Dired which edit or view other kinds
-                of data often change this value.  This variables becomes
-                local to the current buffer if it is setq'd.
-
-mode-line-process
-                Normally nil, this variable is responsible for displaying
-                information about the process running in the current buffer.
-                M-x shell-mode and M-x compile alter this variable.
-
-mode-line-modified
-                This variable is responsible for displaying the indication
-                of whether the current buffer is modified or read-only.
-                By default its value is `("--%*%*-")'.
-
-minor-mode-alist
-                This variable is responsible for displaying text for those
-                minor modes that are currently enabled.  Its value
-                is a list of elements of the form (VARIABLE STRING),
-                where STRING is to be displayed if VARIABLE's value
-                (in the buffer whose mode line is being displayed)
-                is non-nil.  This variable is not made local to particular
-                buffers, but loading some libraries may add elements to it.
-
-global-mode-string
-                This variable is used to display the time, if you ask
-                for that.
-
-The idea of these variables is to eliminate the need for major modes
-to alter mode-line-format itself.
-
-** `window-point' valid for selected window.
-
-The value returned by `window-point' used to be incorrect when its
-argument was the selected window.  Now the value is correct.
-
-** Window configurations may be saved as Lisp objects.
-
-The function `current-window-configuration' returns a special type of
-Lisp object that represents the current layout of windows: the
-sizes and positions of windows, which buffers appear in them, and
-which parts of the buffers appear on the screen.
-
-The function `set-window-configuration' takes one argument, which must
-be a window configuration object, and restores that configuration.
-
-** New hook `temp-output-buffer-show-hook'.
-
-This hook allows you to control how help buffers are displayed.
-Whenever `with-output-to-temp-buffer' has executed its body and wants
-to display the temp buffer, if this variable is bound and non-`nil'
-then its value is called with one argument, the temp buffer.
-The hook function is solely responsible for displaying the buffer.
-The standard manner of display--making the buffer appear in a window--is
-used only if there is no hook function.
-
-** New function `minibuffer-window'.
-
-This function returns the window used (sometimes) for displaying
-the minibuffer.  It can be used even when the minibuffer is not active.
-
-** New feature to `next-window'.
-
-If the optional second argument is neither `nil' nor `t', the minibuffer
-window is omitted from consideration even when active; if the starting
-window was the last non-minibuffer window, the value will be the first
-non-minibuffer window.
-
-** New variable `minibuffer-scroll-window'.
-
-When this variable is non-`nil', the command `scroll-other-window'
-uses it as the window to be scrolled.  Displays of completion-lists
-set this variable to the window containing the display.
-
-** New argument to `sit-for'.
-
-A non-nil second argument to `sit-for' means do not redisplay;
-just wait for the specified time or until input is available.
-
-** Deleted function `set-minor-mode'; minor modes must be changed.
-
-The function `set-minor-mode' has been eliminated.  The display
-of minor mode names in the mode line is now controlled by the
-variable `minor-mode-alist'.  To specify display of a new minor
-mode, it is sufficient to add an element to this list.  Once that
-is done, you can turn the mode on and off just by setting a variable,
-and the display will show its status automatically.
-
-** New variable `cursor-in-echo-area'.
-
-If this variable is non-nil, the screen cursor appears on the
-last line of the screen, at the end of the text displayed there.
-
-Binding this variable to t is useful at times when reading single
-characters of input with `read-char'.
-
-** New per-buffer variable `selective-display-ellipses'.
-
-If this variable is non-nil, an ellipsis (`...') appears on the screen
-at the end of each text line that is followed by invisible text.
-
-If this variable is nil, no ellipses appear.  Then there is no sign
-on the screen that invisible text is present.
-
-Text is made invisible under the control of the variable
-`selective-display'; this is how Outline mode and C-x $ work.
-
-** New variable `no-redraw-on-reenter'.
-
-If you set this variable non-nil, Emacs will not clear the screen when
-you resume it after suspending it.  This is for the sake of terminals
-with multiple screens of memory, where the termcap entry has been set
-up to switch between screens when Emacs is suspended and resumed.
-
-** New argument to `set-screen-height' or `set-screen-width'.
-
-These functions now take an optional second argument which says
-what significance the newly specified height or width has.
-
-If the argument is nil, or absent, it means that Emacs should
-believe that the terminal height or width really is as just specified.
-
-If the argument is t, it means Emacs should not believe that the
-terminal really is this high or wide, but it should use the
-specific height or width as the number of lines or columns to display.
-Thus, you could display only 24 lines on a screen known to have 48 lines.
-
-What practical difference is there between using only 24 lines for display
-and really believing that the terminal has 24 lines?
-
-1. The "real" height of the terminal says what the terminal command
-to move the cursor to the last line will do.
-
-2. The "real" height of the terminal determines how much padding is
-needed.
-
-* File-related changes.
-
-** New parameter `backup-by-copying-when-mismatch'.
-
-If this variable is non-`nil', then when Emacs is about to save a
-file, it will create the backup file by copying if that would avoid
-changing the file's uid or gid.
-
-The default value of this variable is `nil', because usually it is
-useful to have the uid of a file change according to who edited it
-last.  I recommend thet this variable be left normally `nil' and
-changed with a local variables list in those particular files where
-the uid needs to be preserved.
-
-** New parameter `file-precious-flag'.
-
-If this variable is non-`nil', saving the buffer tries to avoid
-leaving an incomplete file due to disk full or other I/O errors.
-It renames the old file before saving.  If saving is successful,
-the renamed file is deleted; if saving gets an error, the renamed
-file is renamed back to the name you visited.
-
-Backups are always made by copying for such files.
-
-** New variable `buffer-offer-save'.
-
-If the value of this variable is non-`nil' in a buffer then exiting
-Emacs will offer to save the buffer (if it is modified and nonempty)
-even if the buffer is not visiting a file.  This variable is
-automatically made local to the current buffer whenever it is set.
-
-** `rename-file', `copy-file', `add-name-to-file' and `make-symbolic-link'.
-
-The third argument to these functions used to be `t' or `nil'; `t'
-meaning go ahead even if the specified new file name already has a file,
-and `nil' meaning to get an error.
-
-Now if the third argument is a number it means to ask the user for
-confirmation in this case.
-
-** New optional argument to `copy-file'.
-
-If `copy-file' receives a non-nil fourth argument, it attempts
-to give the new copy the same time-of-last-modification that the
-original file has.
-
-** New function `file-newer-than-file-p'.
-
-(file-newer-than-file-p FILE1 FILE2) returns non-nil if FILE1 has been
-modified more recently than FILE2.  If FILE1 does not exist, the value
-is always nil; otherwise, if FILE2 does not exist, the value is t.
-This is meant for use when FILE2 depends on FILE1, to see if changes
-in FILE1 make it necessary to recompute FILE2 from it.
-
-** Changed function `file-exists-p'.
-
-This function is no longer the same as `file-readable-p'.
-`file-exists-p' can now return t for a file that exists but which
-the fascists won't allow you to read.
-
-** New function `file-locked-p'.
-
-This function receives a file name as argument and returns `nil'
-if the file is not locked, `t' if locked by this Emacs, or a
-string giving the name of the user who has locked it.
-
-** New function `file-name-sans-versions'.
-
-(file-name-sans-versions NAME) returns a substring of NAME, with any
-version numbers or other backup suffixes deleted from the end.
-
-** New functions for directory names.
-
-Although a directory is really a kind of file, specifying a directory
-uses a somewhat different syntax from specifying a file.
-In Emacs, a directory name is used as part of a file name.
-
-On Unix, the difference is small: a directory name ends in a slash,
-while a file name does not: thus, `/usr/rms/' to name a directory,
-while `/usr/rms' names the file which holds that directory.
-
-On VMS, the difference is considerable: `du:[rms.foo]' specifies a
-directory, but the name of the file that holds that directory is
-`du:[rms]foo.dir'.
-
-There are two new functions for converting between directory names
-and file names.  `directory-file-name' takes a directory name and
-returns the name of the file in which that directory's data is stored.
-`file-name-as-directory' takes the name of a file and returns
-the corresponding directory name.  These always understand Unix file name
-syntax; on VMS, they understand VMS syntax as well.
-
-For example, (file-name-as-directory "/usr/rms") returns "/usr/rms/"
-and (directory-file-name "/usr/rms/") returns "/usr/rms".
-On VMS, (file-name-as-directory "du:[rms]foo.dir") returns "du:[rms.foo]"
-and (directory-file-name "du:[rms.foo]") returns "du:[rms]foo.dir".
-
-** Value of `file-attributes' changed.
-
-The function file-attributes returns a list containing many kinds of
-information about a file.  Now the list has eleven elements.
-
-The tenth element is `t' if deleting the file and creating another
-file of the same name would result in a change in the file's group;
-`nil' if there would be no change.  You can also think of this as
-comparing the file's group with the default group for files created in
-the same directory by you.
-
-The eleventh element is the inode number of the file.
-
-** VMS-only function `file-name-all-versions'.
-
-This function returns a list of all the completions, including version
-number, of a specified version-number-less file name.  This is like
-`file-name-all-completions', except that the latter returns values
-that do not include version numbers.
-
-** VMS-only variable `vms-stmlf-recfm'.
-
-On a VMS system, if this variable is non-nil, Emacs will give newly
-created files the record format `stmlf'.  This is necessary for files
-that must contain lines of arbitrary length, such as compiled Emacs
-Lisp.
-
-When writing a new version of an existing file, Emacs always keeps
-the same record format as the previous version; so this variable has
-no effect.
-
-This variable has no effect on Unix systems.
-
-** `insert-file-contents' on an empty file.
-
-This no longer sets the buffer's "modified" flag.
-
-** New function (VMS only) `define-logical-name':
-
-(define-logical-name LOGICAL TRANSLATION) defines a VMS logical name
-LOGICAL whose translation is TRANSLATION.  The new name applies to
-the current process only.
-
-** Deleted variable `ask-about-buffer-names'.
-
-If you want buffer names for files to be generated in a special way,
-you must redefine `create-file-buffer'.
-
-* Subprocess-related changes.
-
-** New function `process-list'.
-
-This function takes no arguments and returns a list of all
-of Emacs's asynchronous subprocesses.
-
-** New function `process-exit-status'.
-
-This function, given a process, process name or buffer as argument,
-returns the exit status code or signal number of the process.
-If the process has not yet exited or died, this function returns 0.
-
-** Process output ignores `buffer-read-only'.
-
-Output from a process will go into the process's buffer even if the
-buffer is read only.
-
-** Switching buffers in filter functions and sentinels.
-
-Emacs no longer saves and restore the current buffer around calling
-the filter and sentinel functions, so these functions can now
-permanently alter the selected buffer in a straightforward manner.
-
-** Specifying environment variables for subprocesses.
-
-When a subprocess is started with `start-process' or `call-process',
-the value of the variable `process-environment' is taken to
-specify the environment variables to give the subprocess.  The
-value should be a list of strings, each of the form "VAR=VALUE".
-
-`process-environment' is initialized when Emacs starts up
-based on Emacs's environment.
-
-** New variable `process-connection-type'.
-
-If this variable is `nil', when a subprocess is created, Emacs uses
-a pipe rather than a pty to communicate with it.  Normally this
-variable is `t', telling Emacs to use a pty if ptys are supported
-and one is available.
-
-** New function `waiting-for-user-input-p'.
-
-This function, given a subprocess as argument, returns `t' if that
-subprocess appears to be waiting for input sent from Emacs,
-or `nil' otherwise.
-
-** New hook `shell-set-directory-error-hook'.
-
-The value of this variable is called, with no arguments, whenever
-Shell mode gets an error trying to keep track of directory-setting
-commands (such as `cd' and `pushd') used in the shell buffer.
-
-* New functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid'.
-
-These functions take no arguments and return, respectively,
-the effective uid and the real uid of the Emacs process.
-The value in each case is an integer.
-
-* New variable `print-escape-newlines' controls string printing.
-
-If this variable is non-`nil', then when a Lisp string is printed
-by the Lisp printing function `prin1' or `print', newline characters
-are printed as `\n' rather than as a literal newline.
-
-* New function `sysnetunam' on HPUX.
-
-This function takes two arguments, a network address PATH and a
-login string LOGIN, and executes the system call `netunam'.
-It returns `t' if the call succeeds, otherwise `nil'.
-
-News regarding installation:
-
-* Many `s-...' file names changed.
-
-Many `s-...' files have been renamed.  All periods in such names,
-except the ones just before the final `h', have been changed to
-hyphens.  Thus, `s-bsd4.2.h' has been renamed to `s-bsd4-2.h'.
-
-This is so a Unix distribution can be moved mechanically to VMS.
-
-* `DOCSTR...' file now called `DOC-...'.
-
-The file of on-line documentation strings, that used to be
-`DOCSTR.mm.nn.oo' in this directory, is now called `DOC-mm.nn.oo'.
-This is so that it can port to VMS using the standard conventions
-for translating filenames for VMS.
-
-This file also now contains the doc strings for variables as
-well as functions.
-
-* Emacs no longer uses floating point arithmetic.
-
-This may make it easier to port to some machines.
-
-* Macros `XPNTR' and `XSETPNTR'; flag `DATA_SEG_BITS'.
-
-These macros exclusively are used to unpack a pointer from a Lisp_Object
-and to insert a pointer into a Lisp_Object.  Redefining them may help
-port Emacs to machines in which all pointers to data objects have
-certain high bits set.
-
-If `DATA_SEG_BITS' is defined, it should be a number which contains
-the high bits to be inclusive or'ed with pointers that are unpacked.
-
-* New flag `HAVE_X_MENU'.
-
-Define this flag in `config.h' in addition to `HAVE_X_WINDOWS'
-to enable use of the Emacs interface to X Menus.  On some operating
-systems, the rest of the X interface works properly but X Menus
-do not work; hence this separate flag.  See the file `src/xmenu.c'
-for more information.
-
-* Macros `ARRAY_MARK_FLAG' and `DONT_COPY_FLAG'.
-
-* `HAVE_ALLOCA' prevents assembly of `alloca.s'.
-
-* `SYSTEM_MALLOC' prevents use of GNU `malloc.c'.
-
-SYSTEM_MALLOC, if defined, means use the system's own `malloc' routines
-rather than those that come with Emacs.
-
-Use this only if absolutely necessary, because if it is used you do
-not get warnings when space is getting low.
-
-* New flags to control unexec.
-
-See the file `unexec.c' for a long comment on the compilation
-switches that suffice to make it work on many machines.
-
-* `PNTR_COMPARISON_TYPE'
-
-Pointers that need to be compared for ordering are converted to this type
-first.  Normally this is `unsigned int'.
-
-* `HAVE_VFORK', `HAVE_DUP2' and `HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY'.
-
-These flags just say whether certain system calls are available.
-
-* New macros control compiler switches, linker switches and libraries.
-
-The m- and s- files can now control in a modular fashion the precise
-arguments passed to `cc' and `ld'.
-
-LIBS_STANDARD defines the standard C libraries.  Default is `-lc'.
-LIBS_DEBUG defines the extra libraries to use when debugging.  Default `-lg'.
-LIBS_SYSTEM can be defined by the s- file to specify extra libraries.
-LIBS_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra libraries.
-LIBS_TERMCAP defines the libraries for Termcap or Terminfo.
-  It is defined by default in a complicated fashion but the m- or s- file
-  can override it.
-
-LD_SWITCH_SYSTEM can be defined by the s- file to specify extra `ld' switches.
-  The default is `-X' on BSD systems except those few that use COFF object files.
-LD_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `ld' switches.
-
-C_DEBUG_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' when debugging.  Default `-g'.
-C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' to optimize.  Default `-O'.
-C_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `cc' switches.
-
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.3.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-Copyright information:
-
-Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
-   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
-   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
-   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
-
-   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
-   of this document, or of portions of it,
-   under the above conditions, provided also that they
-   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
-
-Local variables:
-mode: text
-end:
-
-arch-tag: 373312be-99a8-46d5-bcb0-a62577ab5045